Show Posts

This section allows you to view all posts made by this member. Note that you can only see posts made in areas you currently have access to.


Topics - Kristopher Ryans

Pages: [1] 2 3
1
Climax Control Archives / Boiling Point
« on: May 10, 2025, 12:00:24 AM »
.
==========================================================
==========================================================


Dr. Halliwell’s Office
20 February 2025
10:45am
OFF-Camera


It felt like an eternity since he turned away from her. He didn’t know what more he should have expected though. There was no way that Kris expected her to understand, and he knew that it was going to be an uphill battle to convince her that going back to Sin City was in his best interests. It just felt that there was a huge chasm between them. She clearly thought that he was being impulsive, and he had given her years of examples that made backing up that assumption easy. Instead of raising his voice, or blowing up about it, he had taken a timeout to try and compose his thoughts. Some people would call that growth. Maybe Dr. Halliwell would have been less irritated by it had he worked out all of this before breaking into her office well before his appointment was set to start.

E.G.: .... so are you done talking or is there just something really interesting going on outside?

There wasn’t. Despite the fact that her practice was going well, she still hadn’t moved off of the shit street that Kris made fun of on her first visit. He had let himself in back then as well, and when she complained about it he informed her that it was much more dangerous outside than it was inside with him. In fact, even before his incident at Jet City South, he had known several people that were mugged and carjacked just around the corner. It was never the best neighborhood, and hadn’t really improved alongside the rest of the city. The problem with places like that, is that all of the action happened at night. It was more than uninteresting, the morning hours were perfectly still. Not even the birds wanted anything to do with this place in the sunlight. He knew that he couldn’t pretend to have gotten distracted, so he had to deflect her question.

Kris: Funny. I say that I need to go back. You tell me that I don’t. I guess that is the end of it, right?

He turned back towards her, but held his position near the window defiantly. He wasn’t going to cross the distance between them until she started to move her perspective on a return to the ring a little closer to his.

E.G.: You know that’s not true, and it’s unfair. If you think that you need to go back, there’s got to be a reason. If you don’t agree with my perspective, then you have to explain yours and try to convince me. I am not just going to give you what you want with no questions asked. That’s not my job.

He sighed, and shook his head. No matter what he tried, the words weren’t putting themselves into the right order in his head.

Kris: I always thought that there was going to be more time. I spent so much time not taking things seriously. I burned a whole lot of bridges. I pissed away a ton of opportunities. I just thought that there was always going to be time to make it right and check everything off of my list.

The words came out with no real purpose. None of them really explained why he was determined to make another return, but he ran out of words before ever actually getting to the point. Luckily, it was enough word vomit to give her a place to start with him. Her tone changed, and it appeared he had earned her full attention.

E.G.: Well, we often take things for granted while we are in the thick of it. That’s normal. That’s human. Despite all of your delusions of grandeur, that applies to you too.

She thought something in there would be reassuring, but he blew off each one of her words with a shake of his head. He didn’t need the therapist speak, and even though she gave it a good shot, she was still missing the point.

Kris: ...you aren’t understanding. I don’t feel bad about how I acted. I am the person that I am today because of how I acted. I needed to learn those lessons. I earned each and every one of those mistakes. I own that.

She nodded, and took another shot at trying to figure out exactly what he was trying to say.

E.G.: You just thought that no matter how bad you messed things up there would always be a shot at redemption, right?

He shook his head again, this time slightly annoyed that she still wasn’t getting it. He crossed his arms in front of his chest and took another step away from her.

Kris: It’s not about that. I am past needing that validation. I couldn’t possibly care less if everyone hates me. It’s about the things that I didn’t get to do. It’s about the notches that I haven’t gotten to put in my belt yet. It’s not like I was broken down. It’s not like I was on my way out. I was at the very top of my game…

He trailed off, but she was able to see the moment that the puzzle pieces finally snapped together for him. He knew what he wanted to say, but didn’t want to say it.

E.G.: ...and two guys came in your gym and took it from you.

There was a long pause, and she took it as a personal victory that he hadn’t immediately told her how wrong she was again. She mistook the pause for clarity. However, the only thing that she had done by saying the words for him was light the fuse. When he finally opened his mouth, rage poured out of it.

Kris: TRIED to take it from me! They didn’t succeed! The only thing that they really accomplished was making my life really annoying for 16 months and they got what was coming to them! Actually, no! They deserved so much worse than what they got!

This wasn’t the first time that he had blown up in her office, but it did catch her totally off guard. She slid her chair back from her desk, subconsciously creating more space between them and giving herself an exit strategy.

E.G.: You’re angry.

He got even louder, but didn’t move from where he stood.

Kris: YOU’RE GODDAMN RIGHT I AM ANGRY!

She rose from her chair, and pointed a finger at him in an attempt to stifle the rage before it got any worse. When she spoke, her voice was just as calm and collected as it was from her chair.

E.G.: No, I mean you are angry today. You are angry right now. Kris, it has been years since those men came into your gym. You have even already made a successful return to the ring since. You have your health. You have an amazing family. You won. They lost. It’s over.

She gestured to everything around them as a way to get him to look around and ground himself to this moment instead of continuing to live in the one that haunted him, but he wasn’t having any of it.

Kris: It’s not over! That is what I have been trying to tell you!

She dropped her arms defeated, and sat back down in her chair. Her only hope was to get him to explain himself so that he could get it all out.

E.G.: How do you mean?

He took a step forward, and it seemed like the worst of the outburst was over. His voice came out at a much more reasonable level.

Kris: It’s like nothing that I ever did mattered. I look back at my career, and the only things that I can see are all of the things that I never got to do. All I can see is all of the opportunities that I will never get. I might be alive, but they took everything from me that I actually care about.

That was the kind of negative speech that she didn’t allow during their sessions. It was counterproductive.

E.G.: That’s not true, and you know it.



Kris: Being in that ring has always been the only thing that I ever wanted. I thought that when it was over I would feel complete. I can’t do that. If I don’t go back and finish what I started, then they win. It doesn’t even matter if I am still breathing.

The fact that he was actually worried about starting another fight instead of thanking his lucky stars that the shots missed his heart by millimeters was beyond frustrating.

E.G.: Kris, you are lucky to be alive. You can’t keep wasting the opportunity that you have been given by forcing yourself into these impossible situations. The fact is, you may never get back to the level that you were at.

He came all the way across the room this time, and finally sat down across from her, but shook his head. That wasn’t something he could accept.

Kris: That’s not an option.

She shrugged, and had to deliver the hard truth that she had allowed him to dance around since he first got back on his feet.

E.G.: ...but it is the reality of your situation. Even under the best circumstances, people in your line of work start looking towards the exits when they get to be around your age. Your body can’t handle that kind of long-term stress. It breaks down. Father time is the only person that is undefeated in your business.

He shook his head more forcefully this time. He wouldn’t let himself listen to those words. That reality wasn’t real.

Kris: I didn’t break down. I didn’t get old.

She concedes, and walks back her comments, even if just by a babystep.

E.G.: Yeah, but you’ve never been great at taking care of yourself. You’ve always been reckless, and lived hard. At some point, you are out of time to get it back. You can’t blame what happened to you for that. All that will accomplish is stressing you out until you spiral all the way out of control.

He shrugged.

Kris: I am already spiraling out of control, and if I am ever going to find a way to pull myself out of it, I have to get back into the ring.

He had only blown up when she was giving him the textbook things that she had to say to everyone. That wasn’t what he was here for. The one time that she gave the honest truth a chance, he had come back to the table and sat down. If it worked once, maybe it would keep working.

E.G.: I just think that you are setting yourself up for failure. You aren’t trying to process or deal with any of this. You are trying to erase it so that it can’t hurt you anymore. They took something from you, and you are hellbent on taking it back, any means necessary.

Instead of disagreeing with her ludicrous line of thinking, he nodded.

Kris: Now you get it.

He was right, and she understood now. He wasn’t actually out for redemption at all. What Kris actually wanted was revenge, but against what the world was trying to take from him. He wanted to punish everyone the way that life punished him. It was insane.

E.G.: Kris, that isn’t rational. That isn’t how trauma works. If you would just come in here more regularly and start to unpack some of th---

He cut her off.

Kris: I can’t do that.

E.G.: No, you WON’T do that. You’re still running away from it. And instead of confronting that, you’re trying to frame it like you are running back towards the ring. How long are you going to pretend like all of this isn’t chasing you no matter where you go?

Kris: As long as it takes.

E.G.: As long as what takes?

Kris: Getting back what is mine.




==========================================================
>
==========================================================


”How long has it been, Eddie?”

”I feel like the two of us have been in this situation before. I mean, arguably, last time we were in the ring together it was part of a tournament that neither of us even realized that we signed up for. Mark Ward was trying to find himself a contender, and threw a handful of people into the fire without warning. I won’t lie, I didn’t even really want that opportunity. I am pretty sure that I even said that at the time. I thought that it was too much, too fast. I didn’t think that I was ready. I hadn’t even gotten my legs back under me inside of the six-sided ring, and I found myself standing across from someone UNBREAKABLE.”

”I couldn’t tell you that I was intimidated. I couldn’t admit that, not then. It was one of my first matches back from being gone for a long time. Suddenly, the stakes became so much higher than what I was prepared to face, and then there you were. Sin City superstars that the fans wholeheartedly love are few and far between. It is even rarer air for one of their favorites to be one of the fastest rising and brightest spots on the roster. It really seemed like the perfect situation for me to get steamrolled.”

”I didn’t really sleep at all that week. I can be honest about that now. I was terrified that all of the momentum that I was building was about to come to a screeching halt. I felt like even if I went out there and managed not to fall on my face, the crowd would riot after seeing you lose. I didn’t think that they would want me, not when they had you. I was worried that I had already been replaced in this company, and I was going to be the very last one to find out. After all, you still have basically your entire career in this business in front of you, and there were plenty of people saying that my time in the sun was over.”

”I was in a match that I was afraid of, in front of a crowd that I couldn’t trust to have my back, with stakes that I wasn’t ready for. The whole situation felt absolutely hopeless. It was a perfect storm of terrible.”

”That doesn’t mean that I wasn’t excited though, Eddie.”

”...for all of the reasons that I was terrified of that match, I also couldn’t wait for it to get started. I told you that at the time. I mentioned it in my remarks leading into the match. I think I said as much again on the night of the show. You reached out on social media before our last match. You were excited to share the ring with a member of the Sin City Hall of Fame…”

”I am not sure if you know how much I needed to hear that. I am not sure if you fully understand the impact of your words. Eddie, you were the only person that looked at me and still saw a Hall of Famer. You were the only one that I competed against last year that didn’t try to tell me that my time in this business was over. You saw my name on the card opposite your name, and got excited. You saw it as an opportunity to step into the ring with a legend. You saw me the way that I was afraid that nobody would. You weren’t calling for me to bow out respectfully like everyone else. You weren’t telling me to stay at home. You didn’t minimize my accomplishments, you celebrated them. You propped me up, and you didn’t have to do that. I am not sure that I ever got to thank you for that.”

”Thank you. Sincerely.”

”Back in September I needed that boost to keep going. I needed to hear those words so that when my music hit, I didn’t feel like I was walking out to be slaughtered and laughed out of the building. I needed the enthusiasm that you brought to our match, because like I said, I wasn’t all-in on the opportunity that was being offered to us. You changed that ahead of our match though. No, I still didn’t want to be the champion. That isn’t what changed. No, instead you motivated me to do something bigger and better. I was horrified that I was going to go out to the ring and drop the ball, and you came out like a ball of energy ready to tear the roof off of the place. Aside from what was going to happen when the bell rang at the end of that match, I think that we both had a bigger goal. I think that you helped me realize that the real prize was going to be the two of us stealing the show. I stopped looking ahead to Finn. The only thing that mattered was making sure to give everyone watching a moment that they wouldn’t be able to forget.”

”I may have won, but we succeeded because of you, Eddie.”

”You gave me the match that I didn’t know that I wanted. You gave me the boost that I didn’t know that I needed. Things may not have been smooth sailing since then for either of us, but the mark that match left on me isn’t one that is going away anytime soon. The impression that you made isn’t one that I will ever forget. When Christian Underwood said last week that he needed a match worth big ratings this week, I mistakenly thought that he was going to throw me into some crazy main event. I couldn’t be happier to be wrong, because now I understand what he really meant. He knew that he had to put us on the going home show, because there isn’t a semi-finals match that anyone is going to be more hyped for than this one. There is no way that anyone else in this tournament would be able to follow what we are going to do out in the middle of that ring. Christian knew that the only thing you can do after ‘Eddie Lyons v Kris Ryans 2’ is start the goddamn finals.”

”...for me, that shows exactly how far both of us have come in the last few months. I started taking the comeback seriously. I stepped away to get back up to speed, get focused, and sharpen all of the dull edges that you were able to expose in our last match. I busted my ass to fix the mistakes that I was making, and clean up the sloppiness. I took the time to put in the work that I have been avoiding for my entire career, and that wouldn’t have been possible without you, Eddie. You woke me up. You snapped me out of it. You reminded me exactly who I was capable of being in that ring, and then I put everything that I could into making sure that I can be that person week-after-week and month-after-month.”

”See, my last return was a bit of a rush job. I can be impulsive. I can be easily persuaded when my phone rings and Mark or Christian is on the other end of the line. I owe the two of them everything. There is no way that I could ever say no to either of them. When I realized that I was in over my head though, I asked them for the time necessary to be my best self. I told them that I would be back for this tournament long before it was announced that they were even going to do it again this year. My name was signed up before the format ever changed. I was the first person they called, because I told them that I was coming back ready for the opportunities that I was afraid of last year. I told them that I was coming back to finish what I started nearly a decade ago. I told them that there is too much left on my bucket list for me to walk away now.”

”Physically, I don’t think it is possible for me to be more ready for this fight.”

”Mentally, I am finally ready to be The Miracle.”

”I am not sure that I could honestly say either of those things without that last match we had, Eddie. You definitely lived up to the UNBREAKABLE moniker. You proved, without any doubt, that you are a hard son of a bitch to put down on the mat, but that isn’t going to stop me from doing everything in my power to do that, just one more time. I have big goals this year, Eddie. You are the one that helped me realize that my time isn’t up yet, but I know that clock is still ticking. I have to make the very best of every moment that I have left. You have been a champion in this company before, and am I certain that you will be again, but not this time. Not this tournament. Not this opportunity. Not the next champion. That can only be one of us, and I am finally ready for that person to be me.”

”...but that doesn’t mean we can’t give Amsterdam a show that they’re never going to forget along the way. Let’s tear it down.”


2
Climax Control Archives / The First Step
« on: April 18, 2025, 11:47:44 PM »
==========================================================
==========================================================


Dr. Halliwell’s Office
20 February 2025
10:32pm
OFF-Camera


E.G. Halliwell was smiling as she came to the door of her office. It had been a great morning. She woke up refreshed. Traffic hadn’t been terrible on her way through the city. The weather outside was perfect, and had put everyone she had come across in a much better mood. There were days where she dreaded the trip into work, especially on days where her list of clients was particularly challenging. Today was supposed to be one of those days, but so far it hadn’t wiped the smile off of her face. She was taking that as a win. She took her keys out of her pocket and slid them into the deadbolt, only for the door to push open at the slightest pressure. She sighs; the smile long gone from her face.

E.G.: You aren’t even scheduled for another hour and a half…

The first time this happened she panicked. It was almost something that she could laugh about these days though. Sometimes she thought about what her life would be like if she had done the rational thing and thrown Kris out of her office eight years ago. It certainly would have saved her a ton of headaches.

Kris: The earlier you schedule me, the earlier I have to be here to beat you through the door….

E.G. rolls her eyes and comes through the door. She locks it behind her, and flicks on the lights in the office before throwing her bag down on a chair in the corner of the room. She makes her way to her desk, but doesn’t take the bait to start an argument. They had been over this exact thing so many times that she knew she was wasting her breath. If she wasn’t willing to throw him out over it, she had to let it go. Kris was sitting in one of the chairs across from her desk, with his shoes propped up on the corner, scrolling through something on his phone.

E.G.: I would ask how you were doing, but I think I know. You might be a pain in the ass, but you aren’t breaking into my office for nothing. I’d like to just skip the pre-game if you don’t mind.

He puts his phone down in his lap, and looks up at her with a forced smile.

Kris: You know I can’t make any big decisions without your help. It’s been too long. You’re the only one that will tell me that I am stupid.

Everleigh shakes her head. If this was where he was trying to start, he would have needed to show up hours ago to finally get to the point. She knew better than to even let him start weaving his false narrative.

E.G.: Kris, everyone in your life is willing to tell you that you are stupid. You are selfish. You are impulsive. You are typically self-destructive. You know it. I know it. Let’s not waste a whole bunch of time trying to break through those layers. You want to talk, I am here to listen. You have to dig a little deeper than that though, or I am going to start answering emails while I am waiting on you to figure out what you want to say.

She couldn’t have used this approach with any of her other clients. It had taken years to be able to get to a point with Kris where they could get through all of the superficial layers he put between himself and the rest of society. It took even longer to find the right way to get around having to do that for each of his sporadic appearances in her office. Her solution may have been blunt, but oddly, it was the only thing that had ever worked.

Kris: Well that is just the list of all of the things that I need you for, isn’t it? I can’t listen to the world. That’s not how paranoia works. I definitely can’t trust any friend or family, because they are always just selfishly worried, right?

She rolls her eyes again, not even attempting to hide her frustration at having to listen to this speech for what felt like the one thousandth time.

E.G.: I think people call that caring, Kris.

He puts a hand up to stop her from interrupting his thought by answering his rhetorical question.

Kris: The point is, you are the only one that truly doesn’t care. Plus, it is kind of your job to tell me when I am being unreasonable, and you have all of those degrees so I am forced to accept that you are qualified to have an opinion.

He wasn’t wrong. The problem was that he wasn’t getting any closer to actually talking about whatever had brought him in the door.

E.G.: You’re always unreasonable.

He takes his shoes off of the desk, and sits up in his chair. Her lack of enthusiasm for his game had wiped the smile off of his face, and he had finally gotten serious.

Kris: I am thinking about going back to work.

She shouldn’t have been surprised. They had gone back and forth in sessions about this decision last year, and he eventually chose to ignore all of her advice. Of course he was back in her office to rehash all of it now that it was the time of year for his tournament to start again. Fortunately, she didn’t have to tell him directly that it was a terrible idea.

E.G.: Have the nightmares gone away?

He sits back in his seat and averts his eyes, trying rapidly to find a way not to answer the question. However, he knew that his body language had definitely already given him away.

Kris: They aren’t so bad.

He couldn’t even bring himself to look at her while the lie was coming out of his mouth. To be honest, she would have been surprised if they had improved. She had told him dozens of times that the only way that was going to happen is if he actually wanted to unpack the reasons they were happening in the first place. That wasn’t something he had been interested in doing during any of their sessions.

E.G.: …and I am still the only person you have talked to about them?

He shrugs, still diverting his attention out the window to avoid the judgement in her eyes.

Kris: Like I said, you’re the only one qualified enough to have an opinion. I don’t need anyone else in my head poking around and trying to tell me how I feel.

She wasn’t even sure that Kris really knew how he felt. His entire life had been spent splitting himself into smaller and smaller pieces to micro-manage different pieces of his life. He was one person in front of a crowd. He was another person at home. Those two were more than enough to cause him a whole mess of problems, but then he started stretching himself in even more directions. Could he be a successful father? Could he effectively run a gym and teach students? Could he still give fans the ‘Kris’ they knew and loved? Each one of these was another piece of himself that he snapped off from the original. Getting gunned down in his own gym a few years ago tossed all of those little pieces into the air, and Kris had never been able to put them all back together again. Some days were better than others, but all of the nights were bad. It was the reason that he stopped sleeping. It was the reason he volunteered to be at his daughter Ridley’s service all hours of the night. Yet, it wasn’t something that he could open his mouth and put into words.

E.G.: You won’t talk to anyone about it. You won’t do any work on it. And now you want to run head first into a situation that you know is only going to make it worse. I don’t know exactly what you want me to tell you.

The smug smirk came back to his face, and he crossed his arms in front of his chest.

Kris: I want you to tell me that it’s not a terrible idea.

Everleigh shook her head, not willing to tell him what he wanted to hear.

E.G.: You know I won’t do that.

He looked away from her, and back to the window, a grimace coming across his face. He bit down on his tongue a few times, debating on exactly how he wanted to phrase his next words.

Kris: What if I need it?

Unlike Kris, she answered immediately, and confidently.

E.G.: You don’t.

He looked back at her, but the smugness that was previously on his face was gone. He finally dropped the act, and for the first time she could see how he actually felt all over his face. Things were significantly worse than she expected. He was desperate.

Kris: You don’t know that…



==========================================================
==========================================================
>SCW Fan Event
18 April 2025
Oslo Spektrum

==========================================================
>
==========================================================


The feed starts with a wide shot looking down at the Oslo Spektrum. We zoom in as part of the card for Climax Control flashes across the various different marquee screens. Once we drop to street level, the camera moves to the left to mount the curb to allow a car to pass on their right. It comes to a stop, and the driver runs around the vehicle to open the door for whomever rides in the back. From behind, we see them step out, and look up at the sign before having a laugh.

”It seems like every time that I come back, the show gets further and further away from home…”

The Sin City faithful know the voice without having to see his face. He takes a few steps away from the car, and the camera moves with him first down the sidewalk, and then up the steps leading to the front doors of the building.

”There was a time that I wouldn’t have made trips like these. I would have said that it wasn’t worth the flight time. I would have said that I had too many obligations back home. There was one contract that I signed with Sin City where Mark and Christian couldn’t force me to leave the continental United States for an entire calendar year. But…..”

When he pulls open the center door of a set of three, and steps across the threshold and into the building. From the moment the door opens, the cheers of the screaming fans inside are startling. The Sin City Hall of Famer shrugs off his jacket, and hands it to one of his handlers revealing that he is wearing the new Blast from the Past: Reckless Elite shirt.

”I WASN’T GOING TO MISS MY CHANCE TO TEAR IT UP IN FRONT OF THE SIN CITY WRESTLING FANS IN OSLO, NORWAY!!!!!”

The already cheering fans roar even louder as Kris makes his way through the crowd, giving out high-fives and even going as far as to sign one of the posters presented to him. He talks over his shoulder to the camera, only barely able to be heard over the raucous crowd.

”I was a bit of a passenger princess for the first stop of the tour. I was trying to keep a low profile so as to not step on the wife’s toes, you know? It was her big night. Her big return. Her big win. I spent the duration of the show handling our little crew of offspring, and I was content to let her have her moment. Not this week though. This is my moment. This is my tournament. Let’s go!”

He turns away from the camera as he gets to the front of the crowd, and goes up a few stairs onto a platform. The camera stays on the floor in front of him, but moves behind a makeshift railing made to keep the fans a few feet back from the stage. Behind Kris is a black backdrop covered in miniature versions of the Sin City Wrestling logo, but the whole setup seems awfully well-designed, albeit temporary. There is a podium at the center of the platform with a microphone for him to use, but Kris nonchalantly picks it up and drops it off the side of the stage. He raises his voice slightly, but forces the fans to quell their cheers to be able to hear him instead of talking over them through the PA system.

”I’m not going to lie, I appreciate all of the enthusiasm, but I only know what half of those signs out there even say. Hopefully I didn’t sign anything awful on my way up here.”

He gets a chuckle from the crowd, but continues before they can turn against him for not knowing anything about the language before showing up.

”...but there was no way that I was missing this tour for Sin City. There was no way that I was going to sit on the sidelines for another Blast from the Past tournament. See, I have been very vocal about pointing out the few milestones that are left for me to achieve here, and winning Blast from the Past is one of them. Somehow, someway, this one has always eluded me. I have had past students from my gym win it. My wife has won it. I have never had the luck required to go the distance though.”

A hush falls over the crowd as they all lock-in on what the Hall of Famer is saying. A smirk crosses Kris’ lips as he realizes that he has them all in the palm of his hand.

”That’s not going to be a problem this year though. Mark and Christian went and axed the worst part of this tournament. And I don’t mean any disrespect to the Mixed Tag Team Division. We all know that I was responsible for building it, and dominating it before anyone thought that was a cool thing to do. The blind tournament vibe was just never really my thing though. The few times that I tried it, my partner ended up costing us matches early on. This year there are no partners though.”

He pauses as the fans burst into more cheers. Kris seems at least slightly surprised at being so well received, despite the relatively short time away. The pause allows him to go back and slightly correct himself though.

”...I mean this tournament was always basically two singles matches happening at the same time, in the same ring. The rewards were always for two individuals, not one team. At the end of the day, everyone is in this tournament for the reward, not the long-lasting friendships that we make along the way. Then I saw that the bosses were scrapping the inconvenient part of the tournament. I finally saw my opportunity to actually go the distance.”

The fans, or at least those that cared enough to attend his part of the event, don’t seem opposed to the idea of seeing Kris make a deep run during Blast from the Past.

”...and then a couple of weeks ago my wife sweetened the pot by letting me in on the secret that she was going to be joining the tournament as well. Now we don’t have to wait on some random pairing to put us together. We don’t have to cross our fingers and hope that our partners don’t suck. We put our names on the list for Blast from the Past, and our ability to run the table and win this thing is totally in our own hands. If anyone wants to stop us, they’ll have to do it between the ropes by putting our shoulders to the mat for a three count. No distractions. No shitty partners. Reckless Elite is here to take Blast from the Past 2025 for ourselves.”

The fans pop again, but Kris cuts them off quickly.

”My wife took her first step in this tournament last week. She didn’t let me down, so I have to hold up my end of the deal. That brings me to our first obstacle on this comeback tour, Logan Hunter.”

The crowd boo the rookie from the GO Gym, and Kris holds his hand up behind his ear as if he can’t hear them to evoke more of a reaction. The negativity brings a smug smile to his face that he couldn’t have hidden if he’d wanted to.

”...yeah, I haven’t been all that impressed either. I’ve tried to give the kid the benefit of the doubt. He got off to a little bit of a hot start before fizzling out lately. I would like to be able to speak a little more harshly about that, but it kind of sounds like the story of my 2024, so I am going to have to give the kid a little bit of a pass...”

The crowd boos that idea, and immediately Kris reverses course to get back on their good side.

”You’re right! What was I thinking? I was losing matches for the World Heavyweight Championship last year. I failed to recapture the Internet Championship last year. I was busy beating people on my way to winning major opportunities. I was competing in high profile matches. I was in the main events. I was one of the few people last year to pin Finn’s shoulders to the mat for a three count. The matches that I was losing, while heartbreaking, were against some of the best that Sin City had to offer. I wasn’t opening the show and having some hack mop the floor with me. I wasn’t pissing away matches to nobodies. I wasn’t failing to rise off of the bottom of the roster, despite being the hot new thing in the locker room.”

The fans are now whole-heartedly back on Kris’ side.

”If people can’t spot the difference between me, a Grand Slam Champion and Hall of Famer and a kid that will never be either of those two things, then they need to make sure they are watching Climax Control in just a couple of days because I have something to show them real quick. This kid is not ready for the beating that I am about to uncork and unleash on him. I have been out of the ring for months waiting for this tournament to start. I announced back in February that this was going to be my sole focus. I am putting the shitty end to last year behind me. He couldn’t last ten seconds with Fenris, and I have taken that big bastard on for hours at a time. Logan isn’t on my level today, and I don’t think the day exists that he ever will be.”

”...so this kid has got to go, and he will. He’ll be flat on the mat, in the center of the ring, wondering why he ever bothered to sign up for this tournament. He will be the warning shot that I send to anyone else that makes it out of the first round. I am not here to make friends. I am not here to have a good time. I am here to win this tournament, and have my name etched into history alongside my wife’s once again. After that, who knows? Who cares?”

Kris waves to the camera and acts like he is going to step down from the stage, only to be met with a chorus of boos. When he looks up, all of the hands in the crowd go up in front of him, and he gets the message immediately. Instead of descending and exiting the way that he came, he runs the stage, and leaps off into the crowd like he had done during the Jet City shows in San Diego. After a few moments of him floating around in the arms of the crowd, the camera cuts away.


3
Climax Control Archives / The Nightmare
« on: October 18, 2024, 11:47:19 PM »
==========================================================
>Fever dreams and the absence of denial
cast like a seascape of something
only slightly better than nothing
an epiphany of sorts
of what was there before you knew it
the single touch from the god of your yesterday
===========================================================


The Flicker
OFF-Camera



It's another one of those nights where all I do is toss and turn. I thought that my return to the ring would keep the dreams at bay. I was hoping that hearing the crowds, and feeling the adrenaline would make them go away. I had been granted no such reprieve. "How long have I been asleep?" I turn over to look at the clock; it's just a little after six. I was out of distractions. Another week from now, Kris Ryans will be doing what he does best, flying around the ring and entertaining the masses. That didn’t help me in the middle of the night though. The long stretches after the Supercards were bad enough. Not being booked the first Climax Control out of the break prolonged the madness.I look out the window, and the sun hasn't come up from the horizon yet, but the light of day is already shimmering across the water. "Just another day in paradise...." I think it, but I don't mean it. No part of me wants anything to do with this day. This feeling isn't burn out. I don't find myself glued to the bed because I am tired of the job I have returned to. I thought it had been the clinic, so I signed it away. I thought that it could be the gym, so I got rid of it. I thought it was the memories, and I moved away from them all. I started a family. I survived. Every week I go out and enjoy what I do, but the dreams still won’t stop. "Get up you idiot." Sitting up is the first step towards Climax Control. That should have made it easier. The comforter feels heavier than normal. I put my feet on the floor, and it is so cold to the touch that it takes all my strength to keep them down. "It's all in your head. Stop being a bitch."

I force myself up out of the bed, and two steps later I am at the window. The blinds twist open effortlessly, but I am not sure what I am looking for. Outside, the world is still dead. The night owls have more than likely just crashed. The early risers were just getting out of their beds. The result is an otherwise boring world. Looking outside is a lot like looking inside myself. It's empty. I wipe the sleep from my eyes and drop my hands to the table in front of me. The wood is rough around the edges; a welcomed distraction. "I should really get around to refinishing this...." I couldn't begin to count the times that my anger has gotten the better of me and it has ended up turned over, or otherwise deposed. There were dark days after the shooting. There were even darker ones before those. In that moment, all that I wanted to do was cover up the blemishes. Fix it. Make everything right in the world again, but it will likely never happen. I know, at least in the back of my mind, that I will never get around to restoring it. You can’t erase the past, and you can’t go back….

I tear my eyes away from it and back up to the window, but what I see there startles me. The sand, water, and waves are still there, but the man that I catch in my reflection is one that I barely recognize. The wrinkles around my eyes have added decades to my story within mere moments. I try to scream out but the sounds that come out of my mouth are weak and foreign to my ears. I turn away from the window too quickly, and my hip cracks loudly before sending pain radiating up my side. I start to double forward, only to have my hand find a walker between myself and the bed that hadn’t been there when I got up to go to the window. "You gotta get your head in the game." But maybe getting back into the game had always been the biggest problem. Why am I forcing myself back down the same path?

I shove the walker away, and turn back to the window. This time the reflection that looks back at me is my own. The wrinkles are gone. The sunspots were cured, and my hip moves fluidly without a sound. I look back over my shoulder, and the walker is gone, but so was the bed that I got out of. Suddenly, the sound of two ear-piercing shots ring out in the empty space where all of my belongings had been. ”No! No. No. No. No. No….” I slam my hands down on the desk, and it wobbles slightly after all of the years of abuse. The fleeting thoughts of restoring it are far from my mind now, and I just want out. I collapse to my knees, with my forehead resting on the backs of my hands on the desk. I slip a little further down, feeling heavier by the moment. The knobs on the front of the table are worn, and I let my fingers feel the grooves that have been torn into them for a decade worth of abuse, causing it all to snap together in my mind. ”I don’t want this…”

I tried to look away, but the scene outside the window was changing. The sun is starting to come up over the trees on the horizon. Every second the view gets brighter. The more I focus, the more that I notice the world isn't all that asleep after all. Birds fly back and forth across the street, not knowing which of the street light posts they want to stay on. It's like they are chasing each other back and forth. I grab the knobs of the table and pull open the drawer. The only thing inside is a small box. I smile upon seeing it. ”Maybe this is exactly what I deserve... Deserve? Maybe not, but it is exactly what I need to start the day. The lid lifts easily, almost as if it was dying to be opened. I had almost forgotten that it was here, but somehow I also knew that I would never let it slip all the way away. I had been pushing myself to this very spot since I woke up.

A light kicks on overhead that is bright enough to make the rest of the room fade away. The desk was gone. Where the window used to be was an endless sea of white. Even the floor that I was standing on seemed entirely made of the blinding light that surrounded me. I never saw the contents of the box, but I didn’t need to in order to know what was there. ”No! Take me back! I had the answer! It was right there! This isn’t fair!” My voice echoes in the void, but no response comes back. Instead, the spotlight overhead flickers once, twice, and my blood pressure spikes the third time. It intensifies for only a moment before burning itself out. As suddenly as the all-encompassing light had arrived, it left me cloaked in darkness. I screamed, but there was nobody to hear it.



==========================================================
>an ominous darkness creeps across the sky
an impromptu nothing that means the world
my stomach, in knots
my dreams, lost
this punctuated goodbye
false tears from a hollow-eyed out nothing
===========================================================


Finally Awake
Seattle, WA
October 15th, 2024
OFF-Camera


Kris's eyes flicker open once, and then the heaviness of his sleep shuts them closed. He is awake, but the rest of his body doesn't know it yet. They open again, this time trying their best not to focus on anything. The nightmares had been relentless for weeks, but still Kris isn't ready to deal with the proverbial elephant in the room. Distracting himself had worked. He found a reason to get out of Hawaii, and take Max up to Seattle to spend some time with their brother. However, even when he was outside of his own home, every time he closed his eyes he was getting out of his own bed, and looking out the same window. It haunted him so much that he had more or less sworn off laying all the way down until he found a way to push through it.

KRIS: ...the chair was a bad idea…

He tried to reposition himself to get a little more comfortable, but he had already exhausted all of the different ways that he could drape himself over the chair in order to get even a single moment of rest.

JASON: I could have told you that….

Kris sat up with a start. He hadn't known that anyone was in the room with him. He turned to face Jay, quickly wiping the sleep out of his eyes, and already starting to feel his blood pressure rise.

KRIS: JESUS CHRIST!

Kris first turned and looked at the window in front of him. The sun was starting to rise already. He looked to the table next to him, but his phone wasn't there. He immediately started digging around the chair next to him, but didn't find it there either.

JASON: Looking for this?

Jason holds out the phone to him, and Kris quickly snatches it out of his hand. It unlocks the moment the camera catches a good look at Kris’ face, and he goes to work swiping away a dozen or so notifications.

KRIS: How long have you been down here creepily watching me?

Jason shrugs, not the Kris even bothered to look up at him.

JASON: Long enough to know that you still talk in your sleep, especially when you aren’t having a very pleasant time…

Kris finally found what he was looking for in his phone, and glared at his brother as he rose from the chair.

KRIS: You turned off my alarm?

Jason shrugged his shoulders again, still entirely unbothered by the fact that his younger brother was becoming more livid by the second. The small smirk on his face told Kris that he wasn’t going to ask about what his nightmare had been about. All Jason wanted to do was have a little fun at his expense.

JASON: I only figured it would save you from waking up from that nightmare. I felt sorry for you. Not sorry enough to wake you.... but sorry.

Kris wasn’t going to get sucked into a conversation about what was on his mind, or why he had ended up sleeping in a chair in the basement gym. As far as he was concerned, if his brother could have done anything to help him, he wouldn’t still be having the same dream at thirty-five. Instead, Kris was going to focus on something that actually mattered.

KRIS: Where’s the kid?

Jason points back over his shoulder like they were just in the other room, but in reality he was pointing much further south than Kris was prepared for.

JASON: Already gone. Holdan too. They thought that you left without them. Probably should have told them to check the basement.

Something told Kris that Jason had willfully allowed them to leave him here. He wanted to have this conversation. He wanted to turn Kris’ misery into a game for his own amusement. However, Kris wasn’t playing.

KRIS: As always, you’ve been incredibly helpful.

Kris pushed past his brother, on his way back up to his room to pack up his things. If he was lucky, he would be able to catch them before the jet took off and left him stranded a few thousand miles from everywhere that he needed to be.

JASON: I can really feel how much you don’t mean that.

Kris was already up the stairs by the time that Jason yelled back after him. It didn’t matter. He wasn’t going to go back to fight for the last word. He probably didn’t have the time anyways, but he definitely didn’t have the energy.



==========================================================
>I see him there…
…and he's laughing at me…
He's laughing at me again today.
No more.
What was past, was pretense.
He is not me.
===========================================================


Burn It Down
October 18th 2024
OFF-Camera



Kris had successfully managed to get a ride back to San Diego with both Max and Holdan. For those few hours, he had been able to push all of the other thoughts to the back of his head. It was the distraction that he needed at a time where he was running on empty. However, once the two of them were back home, there was no place for him there. He couldn’t use them anymore. Kris had his own life to return back to, even if that meant being in that same room, with that same desk, and the same taunting box. He couldn’t avoid it, but more importantly he wouldn’t avoid his kids. They had never been part of his plan, but they were the best part of his life. Maybe if he could throw himself back into that, these dreams could finally just fade to the back of his mind for a few years again.

Mikah: You okay? You’ve been pretty quiet since getting back from Seattle….

He couldn’t even remember how many days he had been back for. They had all been a blur that he hoped nobody else had noticed. He did all of the things that Mikah wanted to do. He took care of every need that the children brought to him. He wore the mask well, but he could hear from the tone of her voice that maybe it hadn’t been well enough. He could lie, but that would just make things worse in the long run. She needed to hear some version of the truth. She deserved that.

KRIS: Nothing important. I just haven’t been sleeping well.

She stared at him questioningly for a moment, but when it was clear that was all that he was going to volunteer on the subject, she decided it would be okay to change it.

Mikah: Well if it is good news that you need, our offer has been accepted in Vegas. All that is left is the paperwork.

He shrugged. It was an amazing place; the type of place that he always said that he was going to get in his early years in Sin City. He should have been excited, but from the moment she had mentioned it, he felt nothing.

KRIS: Anyway that we can handle that when I get back from Reno?

She frowned, inferring significantly more meaning from his words than he had anticipated.

Mikah: When you get back? Are you planning on making this a solo run?

He shrugged once again.

KRIS: It’s Alexander Raven. That’s not someone that I need a cheering section in order to beat.

Under normal circumstances, she wouldn’t have been able to argue with him. She knew that Kris was pretty familiar with Raven. After all, he had been backstage back when Raven had shared several stages, including The Insurgency, with the Jet City originals. Although, that felt like a lifetime ago.

Mikah: ....but it’s not. You know that it is also going to be Kevin Carter, and J---

He cut her off. This wasn’t an argument that he was prepared to have, because it wasn’t a situation that he had any control over.

KRIS: Stop.

She stomps her heel on the ground, and raises her voice at him for cutting her off.

Mikah: Back to this? I can’t say his name anymore? I thought that you had moved past that.

Kris raises his voice to match hers, but there was something hollow about it.

KRIS: I don’t care what kind of backup the guy has. I don’t care who wants to come down to the ring and stick their nose into our match. The only thing that I can control is what I do down in that ring. None of the rest matters.

As far as Mikah was concerned, that couldn’t have been further from the truth.

Mikah: You saw what they did to that kid! You want that to be you just because you had too much pride to bring your entourage with you?

Kris couldn’t find any reason to compare himself to a kid that was in too far over his head and got what he deserved.

KRIS: The kid’s last name is Harris. He had it coming.

Mikah seemed taken aback given how Kris had been treating the majority of the roster since his return a couple of months ago.

Mikah: Whose side are you even on?

Kris shook his head without hesitation.

KRIS: Neither. Fuck’em all. I’d sit, eat popcorn, and watch them all wipe each other out if I had the chance. That’s why I wasn’t trying to get involved. Must have been Mark’s idea to throw me in the middle of it.

Mikah opens her mouth to argue, but slams it shut. She thinks on his words for a moment before trying once again to put a positive spin on it.

Mikah: Maybe he knows that you’re the only one that could step into the ring under those conditions and hold their own.

There was a long pause where she waited on his response, but he didn’t have one that she was going to want to hear. Luckily, he was saved by the sound of Ridley stirring in the next room over. Mikah shot a look to the baby monitor, and then held up her index finger to him before heading off to see if their child was actually going to wake up. Once he felt that she was out of earshot, he finally gave his thought on the situation.

KRIS: ....or maybe he is trying to put me out to pasture next…

He hears the footsteps in the hallway stop, and she pokes her head back around the corner, clearly not having caught the specific words that came out of his mouth.

Mikah: What was that?

He looks back at her, and forces a smile to his face.

KRIS: Nothing. It’s not important.



==========================================================
>as words fall down around you
a glass house that shatters so easily
you are your own broken dreams
watching your sanity slip with every glimmer of hope
trying to reconstruct what has fallen
I am this pain
===========================================================

”Ever since this card was announced, I keep hearing that I don’t just have one opponent. ”

We hear Kris’ voice before the camera feed actually fades in and shows him at the center of the frame, seated behind a desk.

”I keep hearing that the only man carrying a championship into this match, is the very same one that is going to have his back-up lurking about to make sure that he walks away from this match with a victory. This is the same guy that thinks that he is going to take the Roulette Championship to a main event level. And this is the same guy that has recently claimed to be both the Alpha and Omega of Sin City wrestling, while walking around with a losing record…”

The study, shining and clean, looks like the antithesis of the man sitting at the desk. The shelves are full. The desk appears to be a solid working space with a flat panel monitor and a fit in the center with what appears to be a giant calendar. Overhead, a newly polished chandelier. It's the piece of the puzzle that Kris always promised would come last. It would be the one thing that would signify his return to his previous success, despite whatever condition the room around him would look like. It has four arms, each holding a bright white bulb roughly the size of a softball. However, the arms also cast a shadow. From each arm hangs a championship belt. They are well above Kris's head, but the SCW World Heavyweight Championship, his old Roulette title, the first Internet Championship and one half of the tag team titles that he held with his brother Jason hang from the chandelier. Kris can literally look up and see his Grand Slam in SCW. He doesn’t have to think about the bad memories. The months of losing streaks that plagued the start of his career. The injuries. The setbacks. The time spent away from the ring. No, the only four objects in his eyeline are the four championships that took him to the top of his career. In contrast, the man himself is sitting in the chair, with a keyboard in his lap, looking as if he is slowly losing his grip on reality.

”...and I get it. If I were walking around with the bottom-tier championship in this company, I would do whatever I could do in order to make it relevant. I have been there. I have done that. Before there were Peter Vaughn and Griffin Hawkins, all of the Roulette records were set by me. I won that championship when everyone thought that I was destined to be a nobody forever, and I carried it and defended it more than any person in history. I only relinquished it when I was ready to move onto a bigger challenge, and I picked the perfect opportunity. The next championship that I went on to win was the SCW World Heavyweight Championship, and I picked up the Roulette Championship for the second time, in the very same match. That’s something that Raven couldn’t do when he won the championship years ago. And that is also something that Raven hasn’t been able to do in the years since.”

The air conditioning kicks on in the room, and the belts sway a little as the air from the top of the room is forced down on them. He backs away from the desk in his rolling chair and stands before shoving the chair out of the way. Kris turns his chair to the side. On the first shelf that is visible over the desk, enclosed in glass, is the Sin City Mixed Tag Team Championship. It was the only belt that Kris never lost. Above it was his second Roulette Championship and the SCW World Heavyweight Championship that he won from Jack Savage. The case in between the latter two was empty, and that was the case where Kris’ eyes were focused.

”....obviously I don’t need to add another Roulette Championship to my collection. I already have more than one of those. I have done everything that I set out to do with that championship. I set a bar higher than it had ever been set before, and I encouraged people to try and do better while I was off making myself a Grand Slam Champion and getting inducted into the Hall of Fame. There’s only one championship in this company that I would be willing to take a closer look at these days, but that’s not for us to talk about today. Soon though.”

A smile comes across his lips. That was a story for another time, but his message had been sent. He drops back into the chair, and positions himself back to the front of his desk. He doesn't pull forward to actually sit near it though, instead he chooses to kick back, as he is known for doing while recording his little vignettes.

”....because for all of the nasty things that Raven is going to say about me, and for all of the awful things that he intends to do to me, I have no reason to actually care. What has he actually done on his own? Sure, people might be scared of him now, but that has more to do with J2H3 and Kevin Carter. It isn’t because he is a dominating, unstoppable champion. We have seen him fail to hang onto championships in the past. We have seen him fall short more than two dozen times in that ring. He’s not special by himself, and he knows that. That is the only reason that people start surrounding themselves with people above their station. But I get it! Alexander Raven always talks a big game. He needs big stars to back it up for him. ”

Kris reaches his open hand up towards the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. Even if he was standing, he wouldn't even be able to put his fingertips on it, but the desperation on his face tells of how much that belt means to him. It was the last piece of the first Grand Slam. It was what made him break through the glass ceiling that was holding him back.

”...but he doesn’t have one of those, does he? Years in this company! No SCW World Heavyweight Championship. Not only have I done that on multiple occasions, but I managed to pin the man holding that championship right now. And I am not talking about years ago either. I am talking about Violent Conduct. I am talking about walking into a match where everyone told me that I didn’t have a chance, and putting the champion on his back in the center of the mat. I didn’t have back-up. I didn’t have distractions. I didn’t bend any rules, and I didn’t knock out any refs. All I did was show up, and put Finn’s shoulders to the mat. How many people can say that they have done that this year?”

The smile has long since disappeared, but Kris turns his attention to the tag team championships and seems legitimately sad at it's appearance. He put his faith in a man that was supposed to be a human highlight reel. Instead, that man isn't even good enough to have a spot on this roster at the moment.

”...I could have come back to a division where I had partners. In fact, it probably would have been the smarter move. I am dangerous by myself, but pair me up with a couple of like-minded individuals and we will run all over this company. Jet City did it. The Black Sheep did it. Reckless Elite did it. It doesn’t make you special. What really makes you something in this company is getting things done the right way. Taking shortcuts, and ending careers is the easy way out, and that is why that is exactly what Raven chooses to do. I have no doubt that if he had to play by the rules for even a second, he would show you that he doesn’t deserve the position that he has in this company. He is the Roulette Champion, because the Roulette division allows him to do whatever he wants to whomever he wants, and the only reason he wants to take that style to the main event is because that is the only way that he is ever going to win one.”

The only belt that he hasn't addressed was his first one. The one that he hadn’t made an indelible mark on, or broken any records with. That was the one that he would be chasing after this small order of business with Alexander Raven was over. That was where his true focus was.

”This might be the first ever time I have stepped into the ring with Alexander Raven, but I can promise all of you that he is no stranger to me. He has been a bottom feeder in this company for years, and before that he spent the first half of his career as Alexander Remington’s bitch while my brother and I laughed at him backstage at company after company. Remington, a man that could have never made it in Sin City, and a man that me, my brother and Parker Wayde embarrassed on more than one occasion. Remi plagued Raven’s entire existence the same way that losing to me on Sunday is going to haunt him for the rest of his time in this company.”

He takes his legs off the table and scoots back into position at the desk. He looks down, like reliving his past has left him defeated. When he looks up, the only thing that he looks like is tired.

”I might have just returned. I may not have walked away with the SCW World Heavyweight Championship at Violent Conduct, but I think it is obvious that I have already done everything that I will ever need to do in order to guarantee my place in this company. If Raven doesn’t think that is the way that things work around here, he should have a conversation with his buddy J2H3. The fact is, those of us that have broken our backs to make money for this place will always have a platform to compete. We fought for our place. We earned it.”

A month ago he sat and talked about his failures. He talked about how he wasn’t excited about his direction. He wasn’t ready for the main event. That wasn’t what he was back for. No big pushes. The opportunities will come, when they are supposed to come, but this opportunity seemed to be one that he was looking forward to.

”Alexander Raven hasn’t earned a goddamn thing. He has taken it by force. It’s long past time for someone to put him in his place. If that has to be me, so be it.”

The video gets fuzzy, the frame starts to bleed and twist from the sides until Kris can't be seen anymore, and then goes black without another word. The last bit of what Kris said had hit their mark.


4
Climax Control Archives / Big Pressure
« on: September 06, 2024, 11:52:26 PM »
==========================================================
===========================================================


Internment Camp
6th September 2024
OFF-Camera



I have been avoiding San Diego for a few weeks hoping that the tensions would die down. Stealing Max from school to jet away to Thailand wasn’t my best idea, and Holdan really gave me the business when we got back. As much as he tore into me though, part of me felt like it was an experience that I missed out on during childhood. He wasn’t ever around to be the parent to me that he was trying to be for Max. To be honest, I didn’t even know that he actually existed back then. I was a different person. He was a different person. It was something that I actively tried to force out of my mind for years. But I figured that I had taken my lumps in stride. I took responsibility for my actions. I didn’t deny that what I did was selfish, and possibly even illegal. I put everyone in jeopardy, because I was just thinking about being the fun older brother for a change.

But surely a few weeks was more than enough for everyone to cool off, right?


MAX: No! Absolutely not!

I hadn’t even made it halfway across the backyard before he spotted me and immediately threw down the bags that he was carrying. The acre of land that had previously been covered in half-finished art projects, and broken down machinery and scaffolding was almost completely cleared. To be honest, I had long thought that this was going to be a project that I was going to have to undertake after Holdan finally kicked the bucket, as it had only gotten worse in the last couple of years. Apparently the kid had been hard at work finishing clearing it out though, and I had a feeling that I already knew why.

KRIS: I haven’t even said anything yet!

He shook his head, and as I took a few more steps forward, he took a few more steps backwards.

MAX: Yeah, but it’s Friday. We both know why you are here, and I am not done paying off the last time you convinced me to flee the country with you.

I shrugged the accusation off with a smile, hoping to shift the conversation into a more favorable lane.

KRIS: ....but it was fun, right?

He shook his head, still unconvinced to even give me a chance to speak.

MAX: The last couple of weeks have really worked to counter-balance that though.

Holdan let me have it, but I had convinced myself that he would spare the kid. It obviously wasn’t his fault. He was desperate to have a relationship with Jason, but I was a suitable replacement at least temporarily. I was his connection to this family, and there was no way he was going to let me down two weeks ago. That wasn’t the case today though.

KRIS: He was that mad?

Of course, the question was rhetorical. I could see the level of work he had gotten done in the last couple of weeks. He had spent a significant amount of time slaving away back here, and I doubt that was entirely by choice.

MAX: Well, apparently he can’t punish you since you are an adult. Which means he had to take it out on me so that I don’t let you talk me into things anymore.

I shook my head.

KRIS: Jesus! It’s not like I am a stranger trying to lure you into a van with candy.

I was finally able to close the distance between us, and started picking up the things that he had dropped to carry them to the dumpster along the back fence. He followed behind me, which I took as a good sign.

MAX: No, you’re an acquaintance that lured me onto an airplane headed to Thailand. I feel like that’s worse.

I laughed, as if a spontaneous vacation was the worst thing that possibly could have happened to the kid.

KRIS: Obviously you’ve never been lured into a van with candy before then….

I tossed everything into the dumpster and turned to face him. I expected some kind of softening of his attitude, but was met with the same energy that Holdan had given me once we got back from our trip.

MAX: Not the point. I get it. You wanted to have fun. Apparently everyone but you has to pay for that fun though, and you’re only up here when you want to run away for the weekend. I have to stay all week. I have to deal with the fallout.

I wanted to apologize to him, but the words wouldn’t come out of my mouth. I knew that it was what he wanted to hear, but the truth was, I wasn’t actually sorry, just sorry that Holdan had such a bad reaction to it.

KRIS: I guess I just kind of figured that he couldn’t pin any of it on you. I figured he would be mad at me, but eventually get over it.

It was his turn to shrug in my direction, but it came with a pretty brutal rolling of his eyes.

MAX: Well, you were wrong.

He leaned down to pick up a mangled barrel, but barely managed to get it off of the ground before the weight inside shifted and the end of it dropped at my feet. Instinctively, I reached down to help.

KRIS: I can try talking to him if you want me to. Maybe I can convince it to take it easy on you.

Just as I had gotten the heavy end up off of the ground, he dropped his end to look at me with disbelief painted all over his face.

MAX: Really? You going to do that just like you were going to take me to Seattle to see why Jason doesn’t want anything to do with me.

I didn’t see why those two things had to be mutually exclusive.

KRIS: Why not both?

This time after he shook his head, his mouth opened and closed several times like he wasn’t sure if he was actually going to say the words that were bubbling up from the pit in his stomach.

MAX: ...because you keep promising things, and then not doing any of them. What’s the point?

He started to walk away but I took a few quick steps to catch up to him and step between him and his exit.

KRIS: Look, I am here now. I can’t fix the Seattle thing right this minute. Holdan is here though. I am here. That is something that I can definitely do something about. I can fix it. Just let me try.

He took a deep breath, and seemed to consider my offer for a moment before letting the breath out slowly.

MAX: Well, I won’t be out here holding my breath….

I am not sure if he gave me a second chance for a legitimate reason, or just to convince me to go away. I wasn’t exactly going to complain either way though. He motioned towards the house, and when I turned I could see Holdan standing at the back bay windows watching us talk. As soon as we made eye contact, he turned and disappeared back inside the house. When I turned back to Max, he was already walking back out to keep cleaning up.

KRIS: ....when did everyone become so goddamn moody…



==========================================================
===========================================================


No Fly Zone
6th September 2024
OFF-Camera



I felt like I had been banging my head against a wall from the moment that I stepped into the house. I thought that the kid was just being difficult, but I wasn’t prepared for what I was walking into.

HOLDAN: No.

That had been the answer to every question since the door had closed behind me. He didn’t appear angry, and he wasn’t raising his voice, but there had been no elaboration. He wasn’t entertaining the conversation in the least, and was doing his best to keep his answers short so that I could twist him up to get my way.

KRIS: ....but the kid is a good luck charm, and this is literally my biggest match since being back! I need him out there with me!

His eyes widened, and I saw a smile start to form in the corner of his mouth. It was the singular spot of hope I had gotten since first opening my mouth.

HOLDAN: Oh, I didn’t know that it was like that….

I wasn’t prepared for that answer, or how sincere he sounded. I know that my face definitely lit up. I breathed a sigh of relief, and then met his still icy gaze.

KRIS: So he can go?

He responded instantly, this time in a roar.

HOLDAN: NO!

Within a second, the blast of pure rage was gone, and he half-smiled at me before taking a sip of his coffee.

KRIS: Why are you like this?

He sighed, placed his mug down on the island counter between us, and then ran his fingers through his hair. I could tell that even though he was still mad, he was trying to pick his words carefully.

HOLDAN: I was hoping that Max wasn’t going to be yet another person for you to use however you see fit. I was hoping that for once you could act like a logical, functional adult. I didn’t expect you to show up and drag him half a world away, and neither did his school. But if I have to train him not to let you drag him into your messes, I will.

There wasn’t a lot of wiggle room for me to argue any of that. I had a pretty bad history of the exact thing that he was talking about.

KRIS: Who says I am a mess?

He taps the screen on his phone before spinning it around and pushing it across the counter to me.

HOLDAN: You did.

I looked down to see my response to Fenris on social media from the day before. Maybe it wasn’t the best idea to talk publicly about how I was afraid of the opportunity that I was being given.

KRIS: Oh, that is so not fucking fair! You know what I meant by that.

He nodded.

HOLDAN: I do. You win the title. You start abusing the people around you. You spiral. You relapse. You go back to treatment. You figure enough shit out to get back on your feet, and then slowly talk yourself into starting the process all over again. I wasn’t there for you, but I am responsible for that kid out there. If I have to keep him away from you in order to protect him from that cycle, I will.

Even though I knew every single one of those words were true, they still burned me to my core.

KRIS: You’re not giving me a lot of credit for how much progress I have made. It’s been years without any problems.

He chose to slightly reframe the last few years instead of agreeing with me outright.

HOLDAN: You mean it has been years since you got shot, and had to pretend to not exist for the longest time until the people responsible were finally brought to justice.

It was my turn to blow up now, because victim blaming was never his style.

KRIS: Okay, but at least I wasn’t spiraling or relapsing at that point! I was doing well.

He shrugged.

HOLDAN: Well enough to be gunned down in your own gym.

KRIS: How is that my fault?

HOLDAN: Look, I get that you’re trying. I can respect that. But you literally create chaos everywhere you go. If it is not something that you are doing to yourself, it is trouble that your mouth got you into. You don’t know when to shut up. You don’t know where people’s natural boundaries are, and you literally kidnapped a child a few weeks ago to run away to Thailand.

Again, I couldn’t argue any of that. It was true, and denying it wasn’t going to get me anywhere. Maybe I could reframe it though, as he had done my past moments ago.

KRIS: Is it even possible to kidnap a sibling?

The rage returned to his eyes as he exploded for a second time.

HOLDAN: YES!

I held my hands up innocently, and immediately backed down from the argument.

KRIS: Okay, well I know that now. I am sorry. Lesson learned.

HOLDAN: I doubt it.

Backing down clearly wasn’t working, so I tried to turn it around on him in an attempt to guilt him into seeing things my way.

KRIS: I feel like you are trying to cost me this opportunity as punishment for not listening to you about the last show.

He looked hurt for a moment, but it wasn’t a facade that he could keep up for very long.

HOLDAN: I feel like you… are finally understanding the words that are coming out of my mouth.

I sat down, defeated.

KRIS: So it’s like that?

With a smile on his face, he came around the island counter, and patted me on the shoulder. It was a consolation prize that I didn’t want at the moment.

HOLDAN: You’re on your own, kid. We will be right here cheering you on though.

Without breaking stride, he stepped out of the house and into the backyard. I could hear him yell out for Max, and then the two of them chatting as if they hadn’t both individually teamed up to crush me.

KRIS: What. The. Fuck.



==========================================================
>Big Pressure
==========================================================

”This is not the kind of opportunity that I was looking for when I announced my return….”

”Crazy, right? Believe me, I know. I have the chance to walk out of Climax Control as the number one contender to the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. The kid that first showed up in Sin City labeled as an ‘ACCIDENT’ and a ‘NOBODY’ is complaining about getting the opportunity that he would have literally murdered someone for eight years ago. I am not sure that I understand it either, but it doesn’t change how I feel.”

”...and I am not sure where to put all of those feelings. It’s not like I am some chump that has never been in this position before. I have held the SCW World Heavyweight Championship before. At one point, I was going to be the very last champion that this company ever had! When the doors closed, it was a relief. I got to have my huge main event moment, and then it was over. The company shuttered. The belt itself went into storage. I thought it was over. It wasn’t. The company returned. I got to carry around the title. I got to have some painfully brutal matches to defend that title. I got to be the champion that I never thought I would be….”

”...and then it spiraled out of control…”

”My fear became reality, and my reign fizzled out. Physically, I got hurt. Mentally, I was fried. I was exhausted. I didn’t want to show up anymore. The pressure that I had thrived on, that propelled me to the top, finally crushed me. Even worse, it wasn’t just my career that fell apart. My relationships fell apart. My friends left me to my own devices. My wife moved thousands of miles away from me and took the kids with her. I got fired. I had nothing, so once again, I became nothing. I saw the spiral coming, and decided to take the straightest path directly to rock bottom instead. I had reached the highest of highs, and within mere days of my last botched title defense, the lowest of lows.”

”I didn’t think that there was any coming back from that, and I was almost right. It took months for me to scrape myself off of shitty hotel bathroom floors. It took even longer for me to convince Mark and Christian to give me my job back. When they finally caved and let me return, it took years for me to earn back the respect that I had when I first became the champion, and even then I didn’t feel like I deserved it. I won the Golden Opportunity to call my shot at any champion, any time, anywhere, early in 2020. The Imposter Syndrome was so well baked in at that point that I put it off. Every single supercard that year came and went. I competed on a dozen different Climax Controls, and never once even brought it up. I had until the end of the calendar year to cash in, and my hand was forced on the last show of the year. I had to challenge for a title that I wasn’t sure that I was worthy of carrying, so I went down to the ring and did what I do every time I step between the ropes. I fought my own fight. I tried to push the prize out of my mind. I went down to the ring to put on a show, and teach a cocky kid a lesson. When the Sin City World Heavyweight Championship was dropped into my arms at the end of the night, and my hand was raised as the show went off the air, it should have been a crowning achievement. I should have been relieved that I had battled my way all the way back to the top of this company.“

”...but I didn’t. I felt like I didn’t deserve it. I felt like I hadn’t earned it. The weight that the championship heaped back onto my shoulders was crippling, and all I wanted to do was put it down and run as far away as I could. Panic became my default state of being. I had everything that I could have asked for. I was at the top of MY company. I was running a successful gym. I was the face of, and synonymous with, Sin City. The crowd had been begging me to step up and take my rightful place, and once that championship was on my shoulder, it felt like they could finally breathe easily again. Once again, I had stepped up at the right time, and saved the company from being run into the ground by an unfathomably uptight douche. Everyone believed in me, and everyone was ready for the dominant championship run that they had always wanted to see me pull off.”

”....everyone but me…”

”The panic didn’t go away. The Imposter Syndrome never faded. I never felt comfortable in my own skin, and after a couple of months of that, I fell right into the same downward spiral. I blew up all of my personal relationships again. I sabotaged my own career. I went back to all of my worst impulses, and I did everything in my power to make sure that nobody wanted anything to do with me ever again. My second SCW World Heavyweight Championship reign lasted three months, but to me it felt like it went on for decades. I couldn’t give that thing away fast enough, and in the end, the championship ended up back around the waist of the man that I had beaten for it. For all of my progress, for all of the hope that the crowd had, everyone was back in the exact same position that they were in before I was ever involved in the equation. The rebound back to the status quo really reinforced the idea that I was never meant to be at the top of this company. The way that everything smoothly went along without me was proof enough that all of my darkest thoughts were right….”

”...and I have never once asked, or positioned myself to be the number one contender since….”

”On two occasions, the pressures of being the champion ate me alive. On two occasions, holding that championship nearly cost me everything, including my life. On two occasions, I failed to live up to being the person that the fans wanted me to be. That seemed to be more than enough to tell me not to reach for things out of my league anymore. I got offers to leave Sin City that came with any title shot that I wanted. I have been offered to be handed the championship of start-up companies that just wanted some name recognition. I have been invited to tournaments. I have been actively recruited by rival promotions, and I have turned down every single opportunity that life has put in front of me in the last four years. I didn’t want to let everyone down for a third time, because I might not have enough left in the tank to get it right on the fourth one. For that matter, if I fuck this up all over again, there legitimately might not ever be a fourth one….”

”...and that thought has been gnawing at me since the moment that this card was released. It is my first main event in a long time. It is my first singles championship opportunity in four years, and it is only my fourth match removed from active retirement. The panic hasn’t lessened in all of this time, it is more alive than ever. I am terrified of what will happen if I manage to win this match, and then take on Finn, and I don’t know where to put all of those feelings.”

”Mikah says that she and the kids will be there to cheer me on. Fenris has told me to pull my head out of my ass and do what I do best. The fans in every arena that I have stepped foot in this year have blown out their lungs screaming for me to get this opportunity, and I have seen the signs in the crowd begging for me to get this chance. I didn’t know that this was what the Proving Grounds series was about, and felt blindsided by it when Mark dropped the bombshell on everyone last Sunday.”

”...but it feels like the only way out is through.”

”It seems like the only thing that I can do is finish what I started. All that I can do is step into the ring with Eddie Lyons and do my thing. It doesn’t matter what will happen if I get the opportunity to challenge Finn. That story hasn’t been written yet. The championship isn’t on my shoulder yet, and might not be ever again. I wanted to come back to Sin City to compete against all of the up and coming stars that I never got the chance to fight years ago, and I have been doing that. I wanted to prove that I can be just as good as I have ever been, and so far, I have managed to do that. I wanted to show people that the spotlight hasn’t gone out on Kris Ryans, and goddamnit, it hasn’t!”

”....so, Eddie. I hear you are excited about this opportunity. You tagged me on social media talking about how hyped you were for this chance, and I won’t lie, I have been following along a little. I know you were in a bad spot after losing to Alexander Raven. I know that you have suffered some setbacks when it comes to J2H, among other asshats masked, or not. This is a way to get your groove back. You need that big win that Bill Barnhart, and Justin Smith weren’t giving you. You took a huge first step by getting the better of Aiden a few weeks ago, and now you have a Grand Slam Champion in your sights. This is the way for you to set things right in your career. If you win this one, you get your shot at the big leagues. You want this match with Finn. You want that title. You want to return to the states as the Sin City World Heavyweight Champion since you were unable to recapture your Roulette gold. I get it. I respect it, and honestly I almost want the exact same thing for you.”

”Almost.”

”...because Eddie, you are easy to like. You’re UNBREAKABLE. It doesn’t matter how many times you get knocked down, you get back up. It doesn’t matter how many times you fail, because those failures are the building blocks of your future success. You come back stronger every time you lose. You get more confident with every win. You are exactly the type of person that lured me out of my retirement. This match-up is the exact thing that I came back for, and I am not going to let my anxiety about what is after this cloud the fact that we are going to put on a main event to remember. I would say that we are going to steal the show, but Mark and Christian already knew that, and that is why we are going on last. There isn’t anyone on the roster that could possibly follow the clinic we are about to put on in that ring. There aren’t any two other superstars that are going to send all of the fans home more satisfied than we are going to on Sunday night. This match may go down in history as better than whatever happens at Violent Conduct. This could be the year that a random Climax Control in September gave the world the match of the year.”

”... but I feel like you mistakenly think you need this more than I do. I feel like, all respect aside, if you get the opportunity you are going to kick my fucking head off of my shoulders and coast into Violent Conduct with all of the confidence in the world. I feel like as the younger, faster, hungrier competitor in this match, you think you’re going to have some kind of advantage in that ring, and I am truly sorry that I have some bad news for you. I know it is the last thing that you want to hear, but you really brought it on yourself.”

”...because I am not going to feel bad for beating you and taking this opportunity away. You’ve already proven to the world that you are truly UNBREAKABLE. As I have already said, every time you lose something, you come back and fight for something bigger and better. Every failure makes you work a little bit harder, and then you come back nearly unstoppable the next time around. That is how I know that you are going to recover from this loss. You are going to earn yourself another opportunity, and next time, you’re going to take it the distance.”

”....but I am not unbreakable, Eddie. I am not sure that I still have it in me to take big losses and come back better than ever. I am not an up and comer. I am not a future star. I came back to Sin City because I felt like my spotlight was about to go out, and I need to make the most of it before that comes to pass. If I lose this match, there might not be another opportunity for me, so fear or not, I have to push through. If I ever want a chance at being the face of this company again, it is now or never.”

”...and as terrified as I am of holding that title again, ‘never’ just isn’t an outcome that I am willing to tolerate. NOW is my only option, and that means going through you, kid.”

”It’s not personal.”


5
Climax Control Archives / Third Time's the Charm
« on: August 23, 2024, 11:36:47 PM »
==========================================================
===========================================================


Worldwide Road Trip
23th August 2024
OFF-Camera



I spent the better part of two weeks after Summer XXXtreme trying to convince Holdan that he and the kid should come on the tour with me. Mikah wasn’t a huge fan of showing up to every show these days, and the kids had gotten so used to traveling around the world that it wasn’t really special to them anymore, it was work. They weren’t really the cheerleaders that they used to be in the lead up to my matches, because this had always been their life. Mikah forcing me to bring Max and Holdan along for the ride to Summer XXXtreme had been a bigger blessing than I think she bargained for. Their energy was what had really propped me up for the duration of the cruise. I wanted to go out and beat Miles Kasey because it was the first time that they were going to be there to see me compete. I wanted to make an impression. As weird as it was, I wanted to feel like the cool older brother.

It felt like a no-brainer that they would follow me for Climax Control, but Holdan wasn’t having it. He wanted the two of us to get to know each other. He wanted me to be there for the kid as a role model. But he also wanted Max to have more of a normal life than Jason and I got, and that didn’t include jetting off to foreign countries for weeks at a time. It took every bit of good will I have built up over the years of continued sobriety to find a compromise. They weren’t going to take off for the week, especially not since school was back in session. And there was no way that Holdan was getting on a series of flights that would monopolize most of an entire day. However, he did add me to the kid’s school pick-up list, and made me promise that I wouldn’t make him regret it.

I think we all know that he should have seen this coming.


MAX: Didn’t expect to be seeing you here. Is Holdan okay?

I had been sitting in the line in front of the school for so long that I had almost forgotten what I was there to do. It wasn’t until the kid pulled open the door to the passenger side of the car and plopped down into the seat next to me that I was pulled out of the daydream. I did my best to avoid the question without raising undue suspicion.

KRIS: He’s fine. He’s just old, and not very fun.

The kid scrunched up his face, and gestured to the world around us.

MAX: Well sitting in a high school pick-up line isn’t really a fun activity. Seems to be more his style than yours.

The car behind us laid on the horn the moment that Max’s door was closed. Apparently I was stopping some crazed PTA mom from making her appointment to get fucked by her yoga instructor. At least, that is the story that I was going to stick to later when they asked me why I spun the ties and sped out of the parking lot leaving a cloud of dust and debris behind us.

KRIS: True, but only if we were heading somewhere as boring as his house.

Concern took over his face almost instantly. Apparently Holdan was already priming him not to trust me.

MAX: We’re not?

I shrugged off the question with a laugh.

KRIS: God no! We have to be in Thailand in two days.

The confusion only grew on his face, and he turned towards me in his seat.

MAX: Thailand? Like the country?

I nodded, doing my best to make it seem like it was all part of a plan that everyone had already agreed to. The more nonchalant I was, the more compelled he would be to just go along for the ride.

KRIS: Correct. Bangkok specifically. Unless you’d rather stay here this weekend.

He opened his mouth to argue, but closed it wordlessly while he seemed to consider why he would try to talk me out of the adventure. Instead, he settled for some kind of reassurance that this was okay.

MAX: You can just show up and take me out of the country?

Instead of answering that question, I turned to answering all of the ones that he should have been asking instead. For instance, why I would take him, of all people.

KRIS: Well, you’ve already proven to be my good luck charm. I can’t just leave you behind. Plus, we have your brother’s jet, and I have a very long history of poor decision-making.

I could see some of the excitement fade from his face at the mention of Jason. I couldn’t say that I didn’t understand the feeling.

MAX: My brother? I don’t even know him.

That was a problem for another day, but it wasn’t like I could say that to him.

KRIS: Yeah well, you aren’t missing much. However, now that there is someone that shares both of his parents, I don’t have to claim him anymore. He is all yours.

All of the words came out in jest, but he wasn’t willing to stop taking the subject seriously.

MAX: You and I only share one parent, and you’re still here.

I shrugged again, and made another excuse for Jason.

KRIS: I am nicer than he is.

He at least appeared to take that answer in stride, and softened just a bit.

MAX: Somehow I don’t think that is much of a challenge. Since Summer XXXtreme I have been watching some of the things that you two did as Jet City. He kind of seems like a bummer.

I elbowed him with a smirk on my face.

KRIS: Well, fair warning, standing next to me everyone kind of feels… lackluster.

He smiled, but I could tell that it was forced.

MAX: It feels weird that I have to get to know him like any other fan. It would be nice if he actually cared. It’s not even like I expect much. He could call and say what’s up. It just feels like he doesn’t want anything to do with me.

I wasn’t going to be able to fix this problem today, but I also couldn’t leave the kid hanging. There was every chance that the fact that he wasn’t around had significantly more to do with me than the kid.

KRIS: I know it’s unfair, but it really doesn’t even have anything to do with you. He’ll come around.

All my words earned was a sigh.

MAX: ...and if he doesn’t?

I knew that I couldn’t lie to him, and trying to cheer him up wasn’t having any impact on his feelings. So instead, I offered the only solution that I could.

KRIS: We have his jet. It’s not like we can’t just drop in on him.

That changed his expression entirely. I couldn’t help but feel the full weight of the ‘half’ sibling title, but that wasn’t something that I could put on him. He was still a kid. They were going to say hurtful things unintentionally. Leighton was particularly good at it, but at least dealing with her prepared me for it.

MAX: Really?

KRIS: I’ll tell you what, the next time that I am not booked for Climax Control, I will pick you up from school and we will book it straight to Seattle. We won’t even give him a heads up. No chance he can blow us off.

He sat back in his chair, convinced that I wasn’t just telling him what he wanted to hear. I could see the weight finally lift off of him.

MAX: That’s bold.

KRIS: Not really. Actually, I am pretty sure that is exactly what he expects to happen.

I hadn’t meant to say it out loud, but my words definitely piqued the kid’s interest.

MAX: So this is all some kind of game?

I laughed, and tried to bury 35 years worth of frustrations in it.

KRIS: With him? Always.

Apparently it had worked, because he had an immediate follow-up question.

MAX: Then how do we win?

This time there was no chance that I could stop myself from laughing. The kid definitely had a whole lot to learn about our oldest sibling if he was ever going to survive a conversation with him. Max deserved to know what he was getting himself into though if we really were going to disturb Jason up in Seattle.

KRIS: We don’t. He does, every time. If I had to guess, the only reason that he hasn’t come to see you is because he didn’t trust that I would show up first. He was trying to force my hand, knowing that as soon as I caved in one of the first things I would do is bring you to beat down his front door.

He frowned, and I could see the wheels turning in his head before he ever opened his mouth. All of that weight he had been carrying was about to get dumped on my shoulders.

MAX: Then why haven’t we done that yet?

The words felt a whole lot like getting shot all over again. Even worse, I could hear them coming out of his mouth in Jason’s voice. I definitely should have done that already. Honestly, it hadn’t even crossed my mind before today. I was always a couple of steps behind, and now even Max understood that. I did my best to deflect with a better answer.

KRIS: ...because going on a cruise and flying his jet to the other side of the world is so much more fun.

For the first time, the trip must have felt real, because he immediately patted his backpack, and then looked into the backseat of the car, only to find it empty.

MAX: ...but I didn’t bring any clothes or anything…

I laughed, and reached into my pocket.

KRIS: I got that part covered.

I tossed him the card from my pocket, and when he turned it over and saw the name on it, he smiled more genuinely than I had seen before.

KRIS: Everything for this weekend is on Mikah. Let’s go get me another win!


==========================================================
>Third Time’s The Charm
==========================================================

”In this business, when you underestimate your opponent, you get blindsided….”

”It doesn’t matter how good you are. It doesn’t matter what kind of roll you have been on. You can be at the top of your game, and still get knocked off the top of the mountain. Nobody is immune, and rarely does anyone see it coming. If you are lucky, you learn from your mistakes, and it never happens again. If you’re anything like me, you have to learn that lesson over and over again until it finally sticks.”

”When Sin City passed through Japan, I was reminded of one of the times my career almost blew up in my face. A few years ago I carried the SCW Internet Championship into our international tour. I was riding high, as it was the first singles championship that I had ever held. Even bigger than that, it was my first time traveling the globe as a champion. I was on top of the world. Every week was a celebration, including, but not limited to, my birthday which fell just before the Tokyo show. I thought that I was walking into another easy win. I didn’t think that I needed to take things seriously. I went out and partied a little too hard. I talked a little too much shit. I was a little too confident stumbling to my car, and because of that I was taught a painful lesson about walking around Los Angeles at night. The smart move would have been to pull myself off of the show, and live to fight another day. I didn’t think that I had anything to worry about though. I showed up to defend my championship. I was sure that I was going to win.”

”....and I got absolutely fucking embarrassed by a kid and his teddy bear…”

”You would think that I would have learned my lesson from that. I had to take a few months off to heal from the injuries I suffered that week. It sidelined my career, and when I finally came back, I had to work my way up from the bottom all over again. I went from sitting on top of the world, to being an afterthought. I went from being the fastest rising star in this company, to being someone that everyone thought was destined to flame out early. It took a long time to recover from that, but I did. Eventually, I recaptured all of that momentum. I went on to do bigger and better things than I had dreamed of as Internet Champion. I became a Grand Slam Champion….”

”...but that doesn’t mean that I learned a goddamn thing in the process…”

”...because sure enough, another day came where I was blinded by my success. I talked down to everyone on the roster. I thought that I was invincible. It didn’t seem to matter what anyone threw at me in the ring because I always managed to avoid disaster. There were signs in the crowd saying that SCW was KRIS. I didn’t think that the company could exist without me, and everyone should be lucky to get to see me do my thing in the middle of the ring.”

”As embarrassing as Despayre and his stuffed animal beating me was, the fall from grace following Bill Barnhart stomping me out was worse.”

”I didn’t think that he had what it took to lace up my PF Flyers, let alone stand toe-to-toe with me in the middle of the six-sided Sin City ring. I didn’t take him seriously. I made a long list of jokes at his expense. I brushed him off as a threat, and then when that bell rang he did everything but rip off my arms and beat me to death with them. To say that I lost that match wouldn’t be giving Bill the credit that he deserves. He dominated, and in doing so, he knocked me off of the pedestal that I put myself on.”

”....but a funny thing happened when he did. Despayre might not have been able to beat the message into me, but Bill certainly did. That match was the very last time that I looked over an opponent. That match was the very last time that I didn’t look into my opponents before a match. I started watching how everyone moved in the ring. I started listening to the contents of their promos. I became a student of the craft for the first time in my career, and because of that I rose to heights that I didn’t think myself capable of. Eventually, I became The Miracle.”

”...and it was that attitude that I carried with me into my latest matches with the Kaseys. LJ is a newcomer still trying to gain his footing. People said that our match was going to be a squash, and that I would run circles around the kid. They couldn’t have been more wrong. He brought the fight to me, and in the end, it was my preparation that carried me to the victory. The story wasn’t much different when it came to taking on Miles. People think of him as wasted potential, and the guy that gets close, but can’t quite take hold of the brass ring. I think the two of us proved at Summer XXXtreme that Miles is starting to put it all together. That match could have gone either way, and I am lucky to have survived.”

”....but the Kasey name isn’t unknown. Anyone with a passing knowledge of the group they are associated or the places that they have been knows that they need to be taken seriously. It wasn’t like I wasn’t sure what I was getting myself into when I saw my name across from theirs on the card. I wasn’t building a game plan from ground zero when it came to either of those guys.”

”Felix ‘The Cat’ Hernandez is truly one of those unknown    quantities….”

”...and for anyone else on the roster, I am sure that he has the potential to pop up and surprise them in the ring. A few years ago, he definitely would have had the potential to blindside me and hand me a loss that would set me back months in this company. I hadn’t heard his name before I saw it on the card. I hadn’t seen any of his matches in Sin City. I wasn’t paying attention to him at all, and there was a time where that would have been my downfall.”

”However, within thirty seconds of looking into the guy, I saw a face that I won’t ever forget. I saw an individual that will haunt me forever, no matter how many times I have beaten him since the most embarrassing day of my career. When I started looking into Felix, imagine my surprise when I saw clip-after-clip of him standing alongside The Barnharts. Then I find out that, like Bill, he is managed by Bea. I was smacked with the foreboding feeling that history could repeat itself for the third time. It became an itch under my skin that I couldn’t quite scratch. It was my first thought of every morning, and the thought that kept me awake at night. It caused me to push myself harder all week long. Until I could shake it, research took up every free moment. And if there was a chance of me forgetting that lesson that Bill taught me years ago, it went out the window at that moment. ”

”See Felix, you couldn’t have possibly known what you were doing, but you managed to bring the one person to the party that could cause you to have my absolute, undivided attention. Before you ever opened your mouth, or uttered my name, I was breaking down every single thing you have ever done in this business. I became obsessed with knowing your game forwards, backwards and inside out. I wanted to know everything that there was to know about you so that when the bell rings in Thailand on Sunday, there wouldn’t be any surprises.”

”...and what did I find?”

”I found a guy that is more reliant on a stainless steel ‘Magical Bag of Tricks’ than he is his in-ring abilities. I found a guy that appears to be as full of himself as I was on my worst days. I found a guy that talks a big game, but has fallen short in all but one of his endeavors in this company.”

”Color me a little disappointed….”

”See, I have been handed two blockbuster matches since my return. LJ Kasey and I were the highlight of Climax Control. Miles and I stole the show at Summer XXXtreme. In both of those cases, my opponent and I went out to the ring and threw everything that we had at each other in order to get the fans up and out of their seats. We tore the house down, because we actually gave it our all. We weren’t out there taking short cuts. We weren’t worrying about the best way that our managers could help us steal a win. We weren’t trying to get away with anything behind the referee’s back. We went to war, and we left everything that we had out in the ring, because that is the job. That is the kind of effort that this industry has been built on. The Kaseys and I went out there to create an instant classic, and I feel like we delivered. In both cases, I was paired up with a guy that was younger, faster, and hungrier at this point in their career than I was, but in both cases I walked away with a hard earned win.”

”Compare that to the fact that this week I will walk down the aisle to fight a guy the same age as me. I will step into a ring with a guy with physical stats that match mine almost exactly. I go to war against a guy that has been in this industry roughly just as long as I have been, and has taken all of the extended breaks in the meantime that I have. On paper, there is no advantage for either of us.”

”...except I don’t have to carry my tricks in a cartoon-possessed briefcase.”

”On Sunday, Felix is going to learn that my bag of tricks runs a whole lot deeper than whatever he is going to have Bea pulling out of that case. While he prefers to keep his feet planted firmly on the mat, I am going to be flying circles around him. While he is looking for a shortcut, I am looking to use myself as a wrecking ball. His little briefcase might have an item for every possible occasion, but how well-prepared will he be to take on the most unpredictable superstar to ever step into a Sin City ring? I have made a name for myself by slipping out of every predicament I find myself in during a match. I adapt. I overcome. If Felix thinks that his little case is going to be enough to help him pull out a victory, then Sunday night is going to haunt him for the rest of his life. ”

”...because I didn’t come back to play games.”

”I came back to stack W’s.”

”Felix can step up like so many others before him, and come catch the L he deserves.”


6
Climax Control Archives / Flicker
« on: July 05, 2024, 11:28:51 PM »
==========================================================
===========================================================


Cutting Ties
19th MAY 2024
OFF-Camera



I could hear her stomping through the house looking for me before she ever rounded the corner to come into the kitchen. There was no telling what she was going to be mad about today. There was always some kind of catastrophe brewing with the terrorists that masqueraded as our children. When she pushed open the door and leveled her index finger directly at me, I realized that this wasn’t something that I was going to be able to blame on the kids, and rushed through all of the things that I could have done wrong in the last couple of days.

MIKAH: Don’t play with me for social media points, Kris!

I let out an exaggerated sigh and wiped imaginary sweat from my brow. At least it wasn’t something that I was actually going to be in trouble for.

KRIS: I’d never….

With disaster averted, I turned my attention back to the countertop in front of me. I had been putting off looking at the packet of paperwork for weeks, but her tweet had forced my hand. If she was wanting to travel around the globe for a month, there was one thing that I had to finish before we could leave.

MIKAH: If you say we can leave the world behind for an entire month, I am going to hold you to it.

Luckily, whoever Jason had retained to do the legal work for Jet City had made my job incredibly easy. Each page that needed my attention had its own tab down the side. Every spot for an initial or a signature was highlighted. I flipped through it without looking back up at her.

KRIS: Cool. Let’s go then.

She crossed the kitchen to stand next to me at the countertop, but only shot a passing glance down at what I was doing. She pushed against me in an attempt to make me look up.

MIKAH: You don’t mean it.

I shrugged, finishing another one of the pages and flipping through to the next section.

KRIS: I surely do.

She took the pen out of my hand as I turned to another page, but instead of fighting with her for it, I reached into my pocket for another and kept things moving.

MIKAH: Just us and the kids? A whole month?

I nodded. There wasn’t any reason for her not to believe me, so I didn’t understand why she was making things so difficult. We had always been able to take off whenever the mood struck us. That was the main benefit of being retired to an island.

KRIS: It’s not like any of us have anything better to do.

It was the nicest way that I could put it.

MIKAH: No students?

There were always things that we could be doing. Even though I was in the process of taking care of my own gym, there was always Mikah’s and with it came Eiley, the other Eiley, Oz, and the other students. Sometimes it felt irresponsible to leave them to their own devices, but that wasn’t actually our problem. They weren’t actually our kids.

KRIS: Nope.

She still didn’t sound convinced though.

MIKAH: No last minute runs to Jet City?

I finished the last couple of pages and put the pen down before looking up at her with a smile.

KRIS: Not even a chance…

She frowned, still not buying it.

MIKAH: I still don’t believe you.

I sighed, gave up and started putting all of the papers back together into the folder.

MIKAH: What’s all of this that has more of your attention than I do?

I placed the open folder in her hands so that she could easily flip through it and get an idea of what it was.

KRIS: This is how you know I am not bullshitting you….

Her eyes started scanning across everything, and while she read she seemed to understand that there really was a chance that I was serious about the two of us running away for a month.

KRIS: ….and how I intend to pay for a month-long vacation.

I made sure to give her that line the moment that her eyes came across the offer line on my buyout from the company.

MIKAH: You are giving up Jet City?

I shrugged. It wasn’t going to be nearly as big of a deal for me as it was going to be for everyone else. I had already long written it off. That building and the students in it almost got me killed. I didn’t have a place in my life for it anymore.

KRIS: I think of it more as giving it back to Jason, and letting him do whatever he wants with it…

Mikah was there when I fought to set up Jet City South and keep it separate from what Jason was doing in Seattle. It was supposed to be a place for me to do my own thing, and now I was literally undoing all of that hard work with a few signatures.

MIKAH: ....but why?

I shook my head, the smile not fading from my face. I had been trying to talk myself out of it for so long that I really hadn’t been prepared for how good I would feel with the weight of it finally off of my shoulders.

KRIS: ...because after a whole lot of thought, I realized I didn’t care. I am done wasting my time with people that are never going to rise up to my level. It’s not like it was ever part of my dream to open a gym and teach people. I wanted to compete. I wanted to be the person in the ring, not the person that gets blamed every time some new flavor of the week flames out. I have better things to do with my time.

I could see the wheels turning as she tried desperately to connect this event to the other current source of stress in our relationship.

MIKAH: Is that what your whole little countdown is about?

The two things weren’t unrelated. One had definitely informed the other. If I really wanted to be the one competing, it wasn’t going to be enough just to get rid of the gym. I needed to get Mark and Christian on the phone, and I needed to sign a new contract.

KRIS: Something like that.

She immediately went on the offensive, trying to talk me out of it. It was part of the reason that I hadn’t even talked to her about going back as a team, or anything of the sort. I knew that her heart wasn’t in it anymore, and I didn’t want anyone saying that I needed to rely on her to make something of myself this time around. I needed this time around to be for myself.

MIKAH: You don’t have anything left to prove. Why go back?

I shook my head, but I couldn’t expect her to understand if I never gave her the chance to do so.

KRIS: It’s not about that. It’s not like I am going back to be the face of the company or anything. After the break-in at Jet City, I didn’t think I could ever get back into the ring. Through training with Oz, Jaycee and the others, we know I was wrong. I can still move as well as I ever could.

She knocked me down a peg with an addendum to that statement.

MIKAH: For now.

I agreed with her, but didn’t let it derail me.

KRIS: You’re right. For now. I can see that the spotlight is flickering. I know that I have a very small window of time before I really do lose a step. Before too long it won’t be my decision anymore. That’s not something that I want on my mind forever, ya know?

She sighed, but maybe she thought it wasn’t going to be worth arguing over. When either of us set our minds to something, there is little that the other can do other than get dragged along for the ride. Plus, if it was really something I wanted to do, there would be no way she would really try to take it away from me no matter how much she hated the idea. I counted myself lucky that she was at least trying to understand where I was coming from without giving me too much trouble about it.

MIKAH: So how long do we have before you’re expected to start showing up on Sundays?

I pulled up my latest countdown post from social media and showed it to her with a smile.

KRIS: Long enough for your vacation.

That was all the convincing that she needed to bounce up and out of the kitchen towards the kids rooms.

MIKAH: I’ll start packing.

Once she was gone, I realized that there was no amount of packing that she could do for the whole lot of us to be gone for that long. This whole thing was going to be more complicated than I originally thought. I started up the stairs after her, thinking maybe I could negotiate the timeline down a little.

KRIS: ....but what are we even going to do for a month?



==========================================================
===========================================================


Time to Come Home
15th June 2024
OFF-Camera



Globetrotting with the entire family hadn’t gone anywhere close to as poorly as it could have. Leighton was old enough that she was really able to enjoy being able to travel. KJ, Myles and Lindsay were just happy that every single day was some kind of new experience. Nothing ever lasted long enough for them to be bored. That just left Mikah and I to constantly trade the baby back and forth depending on which of us she was more interested in for the moment. To be honest, I think that Ridley was having a better time than all of the rest of us, and she was the only one that wasn’t going to remember a single second of it.

I had even managed to keep most of my promises to Mikah as well. We hadn’t had to bail on the vacation. I had said yes to every single wild idea that she had. I hadn’t so much as mentioned my upcoming return to Climax Control, and for the most part I had kept anyone from trying to weasel into our vacation to bother us. None of the students knew where we were. I wouldn’t even give my dad our location, even though he had been calling me relentlessly for the last few days, yet refusing to respond to texts. To make sure that nobody was dead or dying, I bought myself a small window of time where Ridley was sleeping and everyone else was shopping for the afternoon so I could call him back without having to deal with the backlash.


HOLDAN: Hey… where are you?

I rolled my eyes, thankful that he wouldn’t be able to see it even though he probably heard it in my tone of voice.

KRIS: Still on vacation. I told you that we wouldn’t be back until sometime after the 19th.

I could tell that wasn’t the answer that he wanted to hear. He was used to me dropping everything and making any excuse to run away to San Diego.

HOLDAN: Aren’t you supposed to be appearing at Climax Control in like a week?

It was a surprising way for him to try and get me to come home considering that the show was going to be in Colorado.

KRIS: Your point?

He sighed. It seemed like he was fighting with himself about whether or not he was going to tell me what was so important the he was willing to risk Mikah smothering me in my sleep for ruining the vacation.

HOLDAN: I just didn’t realize that you were going to be cutting it so close. I was trying to wait until you got back to men---

I decided to make it easy for him. If he didn’t have the self-control to keep his issues to himself, I was going to help him.

KRIS: Nah! Nah! Nah! I thought we agreed that you don’t get to call and mention any kind of problems until after I get back.

He instantly turned it back onto me like he had been prepared for me to try and shut him down.

HOLDAN: Yeah right! Then it’ll be that you’re too busy prepping for your big return.

That did sound like something that I would have done in the past, but honestly not something that had even crossed my mind in the present.

KRIS: I’d like to think I have earned a little more credit than that.

I forget that just because I can’t remember most of the bad years, doesn’t mean that others don’t remember them vividly.

HOLDAN: You have an unlimited potential for selfishness. I wouldn’t dare underestimate you.

I had to concede. There was no arguing with that. I made a career out of my selfishness. It was likely the first word people thought of when my name came up in conversation.

KRIS: That’s fair.

He wasn’t going to dwell on that though. I could tell that whatever it was that he had going on was weighing on him.

HOLDAN: There’s something important that I need to talk to you about when you get back.

At least he finally understood that he was going to lose this battle.

KRIS: Well as I have told you, I promised Mikah a whole month. There’s nothing in the entire world worth having to fight with her about shortening it by a few days.

Defeated, he let me shift the subject to Mikah so that he could ask a follow-up.

HOLDAN: She’s still not excited about you going back?

I had a feeling that he wouldn’t approve of me telling him that we were just avoiding the subject.

KRIS: She’s supportive, but I think part of that is because she knows that I would go back no matter what she thought.

I didn’t even have to see the smirk on his face to know it was there. I could hear it through the little laugh he let out before tearing into me a little.

HOLDAN: Oh, so it’s the full mid-life crisis return? You need to prove to yourself that you can still run with the best?

I couldn’t be upset that he saw it that way. I assume that a lot of people are going to come to that conclusion. I already knew what I was going to say to all of them though.

KRIS: Look, I have gotten to have a whole lot of endings with Sin City, and there haven’t really been many of them that I got to do my way. If I would have never gotten back into the ring after going into the Hall of Fame, it would be different. That’s not what happened.

He took over and took the thought to its logical conclusion for me.

HOLDAN: So it got taken from you, and now you’re going to go try and get it back?

I was just glad that he understood where I was coming from. If he got it, the people buying the tickets to be at the shows should be able to wrap their heads around it too.

KRIS: Might as well live the dream for as long as I can, right?

There was a long pause while he considered how best to put his next words.

HOLDAN: Depends on what it costs you.

I tried to push that thought out of my head before it could infect every positive feeling that I had about returning.

KRIS: That’s not something I want to think about right now. I will call you when I get back.

I could tell that he didn’t like it, but he knew it was the only answer that he was going to get from me.

HOLDAN: Don’t conveniently forget.

Still no faith in me. I should have been more insulted.

KRIS: I won’t. Just give me a couple of days.




==========================================================
>Flicker
==========================================================

”Mark and Christian really hit it out of the park with this return match….”

”Granted, I kind of fucked all of that up last week. It’s awfully embarrassing to end up thousands of miles away from your big return match. It doesn’t really send a good message. It made me look like maybe I wasn’t taking all of this seriously. It was definitely disrespectful for me to leave LJ all dressed up with nobody to take him to the dance.”

”...but I can’t do shit about that now, can I?”

”I guess I should count myself lucky that Mark and Christian were willing to just push the match for a week instead of canceling it altogether. Hell, I couldn’t have even really blamed them if they punished me with a match meant to teach me a lesson for making them look bad. I could have ended up in a handicap match. I could have ended up blindfolded, or with my hands tied behind my back. Hell, it could have been all three. The fact that it’s still me against LJ Kasey is a blessing. It would be disingenuous not to acknowledge that. ”

”...and I know what some of you might be thinking…”

”...but no. I know that I have a reputation of being sarcastic. I know that I have built a career off of being just as demeaning in front of a camera as I am undeniable inside the ring. I know that you people expect me to cut this kid to ribbons before we ever step into the ring, but I’ve grown up. See, I don’t see his lack of experience as a negative. I have seen some of what the kid is capable of inside the ring, and I know there is probably a whole lot more that we have yet to see. I don’t think a handful of matches can really tell you who a person is going to be in this business, but I know that I see the potential that got him hired.”

”...and that is what I think is exciting. I know, that come Sunday night, I am going to be looking across that ring at someone so green that they are unpredictable. I am going to be trying to run with someone younger, and maybe even a step faster than I am. LJ may have only had a few matches in Sin City, but that is a few more than I have had in the last couple of years. From the moment that bell rings, I am on the clock, because I am not delusional enough to think that I am going to be able to outlast him in a marathon.”

”...and yeah. I am a Grand Slam Champion. Yeah, I have done everything in this business. I have been in the ring with all of the big names. I have main-evented all of the big shows. All of those things are true, and every single one of them happened a long time ago. With everything that has happened since the last time I competed in this company, those accomplishments don’t even feel like they are mine anymore. They feel like they belong to another person. It’s in the past. I’m more worried about the present. And the present is me standing across the ring from another man that just wants his fair chance to work his way up the ladder.”

”I don’t want to be one of the ‘legends’ of this company that show back up after forever away and start demanding things that they haven’t earned. I have made a career out of making a return, and fighting my way back into the mix. And this won’t be the first time that I walk through the door and people tell me that my best days are probably behind me. I have heard it before, and I have proved everyone wrong each and every time. It would be miraculous if I could find a way to bottle that feeling just one more time. That’s what I want more than anything in the world, and that’s why I am here.”

”I could have kept sitting at home, looking at the championships on the wall, and telling myself that I could still do it if I wanted to. Instead, I decided to bet on myself and give it another shot.”

”LJ Kasey seems like a guy in a similar spot.”

”Things haven’t quite gone to plan for him. He hasn’t accomplished the things that he has set out to do in this company. Everytime he takes a step forward, he falters, and there are certain those that think that he is never going to put it all together. Yet, he shows up. He gives it another shot. He tells himself that it is going to get better next time. He tells himself that he is going to be great.”

”I’m just a guy trying to do the exact same thing. And LJ, I just so happen to think that the combination of our styles could tear the house down regardless of who wins.”

”A few months ago I asked the world if they saw their spotlight flicker, could they just sit by and watch it go out? I decided that I couldn't. I decided that I wanted one last shot at doing something great.”

”...and greatness is going to be waiting for us down in the Climax Control ring on Sunday, LJ. Let’s not let anyone down this time.”


7
Climax Control Archives / What I Do
« on: October 22, 2021, 11:56:45 PM »
==========================================================


Returns
Mikah’s House - Hawaii
21 October 2021
OFF-Camera




The last six weeks had flown by in a blur. One second Kris was tweeting about High Stakes coming up, as more of a subtle reminder of what he and J2H had been planning. He wasn’t even sure that it was actually going to happen back then. Days later he was on a plane to Hawaii, and his life outside the ring flipped upside down. He started splitting time up and down the coast, and sleeping on the jet more often than he had previously thought possible. Then he added his return to the ring, and all of the aches and pains that came with it. It was everything he had been missing, and also all of the pain that he had pushed out of his mind in the months he spent glorifying his return in his mind. As if it all wasn’t too much to handle, Mark and Christian dropped the bomb on him that after a few years of disappointment, he was finally going into the Hall of Fame. Kris still wasn’t sure that all of it was just an elaborate dream. Maybe in reality he had died, and this was the afterlife. It was the strangest thing. After all of these years, he got everything that he wanted, but all at the same time. He felt like so much of the joy of each individual moment was lost just via sensory overload. It was hard enough just to tell which way was up. Every morning, waking up started with trying to figure out where he had gone to sleep, and the same question.

Kris: Is this still real life?

Mikah’s eyes flicker over to him and cracks a half smile.

Mikah: Maybe? I mean, it could be a fever dream...

At least now he wasn’t confused about where he was waking up. By the time he finds his glasses and puts them on his face, he has already started to put together how he got back to Hawaii. It was just a small stopover before the both of them would be heading to Climax Control together.

Kris: If it is, it’s the best and longest one I have ever been a part of. At this point, I’m not even complaining. I’m just going to ride it out. No more asking questions or waiting for the other shoe to drop. Maybe sometimes shit is just supposed to work out.

She pushes her blonde locks out of her face for a moment as she leans against the headboard of her bed. She has her tablet in her lap, leaned up against her knees as she looks through her emails.

Mikah: It’s not a dream, or at least if it is I’m definitely not aware of it. But is it possible for the both of us to be in the same dream and be hyper aware?

She raises her eyebrows for a second before furrowing them together and then looking over at him.He is still fighting with his eyes to get them to actually focus. Life had become a game of fighting off perpetual jetlag. When he finally looks over to her, the sight of her brings a legitimate smile to his face.

Kris: I want to say yes… but no. If it was, I think that you would be having just as good of a time as I am. Instead you have Dani knee-deep in your shit. Here I am going into the Hall of Fame and finally getting the gigantic match I’ve been planning for years...and I get to wake up with you. You’re saddled with me, and being called out. Sounds like a nightmare.

The smile never leaves his face. In truth, he was actually enjoying the fact that Dani was trying so hard to get Mikah’s attention. It was exactly the type of thing that he would do if he were in the Bombshell division. If the best of the best isn’t around, convince them to be around. Kris had done it himself. It usually worked.

Mikah: Dani? She’s not bothering me that much. I think it’s bothering her more that I haven’t answered her challenge yet, which I find more and more entertaining each day. And saddled with you? You’re saying that like it’s a bad thing. There’s nobody else I’d rather be with.

She scrunches her nose up at him before looking at him and smiling a little bit. She lets the tablet rest against her legs for the time being to focus her attention on him.

Kris: Nobody believes that you’d willingly spend all of your time with me. It’s only a matter of time before Dani convinces you to come back by offering time to get away from me. Not that I would hate that. All of this plane travel would be a lot more fun if you were going back and forth with me.

He obviously wouldn’t expect her to make the stops in San Diego while he was at Jet City South, but something was going to be better than nothing. She looks at him and gives him a small smile.

Mikah: You could have asked me to go with you, you know. I would have gone with you. It doesn’t bother me to fly and travel. I’m actually more at peace with traveling than you are. I knew traveling was going to have to be a thing when I made the move to Hawaii permanent. And even if I do accept her challenge, it wouldn’t make me want to get away from you at all.

It was comforting to know that asking her along was an option even if her match at High Stakes wasn’t going to be a reality. That really wasn’t what he was holding out hope for, but he really wasn’t in any position to hope for anything better than all of the recent gifts life had given him.

Kris: Hey now! I haven’t even decided if I am sticking around after all this High Stakes stuff. I wanted this match. I wanted the Hall of Fame for so long that it may have been driving me a little crazy. After that though… what’s left? There’s only a couple of things that I would even really want to do, and I can’t do one of them without you.

She raises an eyebrow at him.

Mikah: And what is that one thing that you can’t do without me? I must know this...

She looks at him, her eyebrows raised with interest as she looks at him before she sets her tablet on the bed next to her.

Kris: There was this undefeated mixed tag team that killed it for a while last year. I was thinking about trying to beat all of their records.

The smile grows wider across his face.

Kris: Well… our... records. You know, wipe the whole Coby addendum off of the record books. I never really wanted to challenge for the big one again. I was content when we were just doing our thing. That was fun, and at this point, that’s one of the biggest things that I care about. Although, if you’re not down I have other boxes that need checking off. That is just the one that I can’t do all on my own.

She looks at him, thinking about what he was saying.

Mikah: I don’t have anything going on. Think we can convince them to come to Hawaii though? I’m not sure how many shows they could get out here….

She winks at him before pushing the blanket off of her legs a little bit.

Kris: I doubt it. They rarely go anywhere fun.

Other than the Summer XXXtreme show, Kris hadn’t been a fan of any tour that he had been on with the company, even quitting during the international tours on two different occasions. It was no wonder that half of the people backstage couldn’t stand him. He should count himself lucky that Christian had been objectifying him for years.

Mikah: You’ve got that right; they didn’t even go to NYC when I was there ninety-five percent of the time. But choose to have an east coast tour after I’m no longer a member of their active roster. But you could maybe pull some strings.

She winks at him, playfully before poking his cheek.

Kris: Not without feeling dirty about it afterwards. That’s how I end up at Summer XXXtreme competing in see-thru clothes. I’d rather not be that person anymore. It was an easy way to get the thing that I wanted, but you can’t shower that kind of thing off, you know?

It had taken him a long time to come around to the fact that the whole thing had rubbed him the wrong way. It wasn’t even like he reaped any real benefit from it either. His rise to the top was still miraculous, and far from easy. He would have thought with how much he had degraded himself that it would have greased some wheels. Instead it was just more negativity to look back on.

Mikah: I’m kidding. I wouldn’t want to objectify myself to get something I want, so I wouldn’t want you to do it either. But you can do it for me.

She scrunches her nose up at him before stopping for a moment to listen to see if either of her children were awake but then relaxes a little when she hears nothing.

Kris: Plus, I’m not even sure if it is going to be something that sticks. Aside from us being a team again, there’s really only one or two dream matches that I have left. Getting in the ring against Ben and Evie would involve you, but would sell itself. Stepping into the ring with Fenris again would be dope. I could win the Internet Championship and be a two-time Grand Slam Winner… are there any of those?

He would have to remind himself to have someone ask Mercedes about it. She was always able to rattle off obscure things like that. It was the reason that Kris stopped messing with her. From the way that she talked in the ring, she knew everything about everyone. He wasn’t about to make himself a target now that he was happy with how things were going. There were definitely some gnarly losses that she could refresh everyone’s memory on.

Mikah: Facing Ben and Evie would be fun. But the only problem there is that I actually like Evie. And I don’t even know my own record in SCW to be honest, let alone yours or anybody else’s. I didn’t even really care to be a Grand Slam Champion, if you remember correctly.

She shrugs her shoulders before scooting to the edge of the bed to stand up. Once she’s on her feet, she stretches before looking at him again.

Kris: It just feels like I have already done everything else… you know? I still have the urge to go out there and be in the ring. I still like being in front of the crowd, and I definitely don’t want to go sign anywhere else. There’s just… not much left on the bucket list.

He realized that in a way he was asking for trouble. He should feel good about the fact that nobody insane was after him. Nobody was trying to maim him, or kidnap loved ones. There were no stakes. It was safe.

Mikah: Beat J2H first and then decide how you feel after that. I think I’m going to let Dani sweat a little bit longer. I was never one to answer things on Twitter anyways. There are a few Bombshells that I haven’t faced yet, but I’m not sure that I need to face them either.

She shrugs her shoulders a little bit.

Kris: That’s kind of how I’ve been looking at it. I was looking into Fenris’ partner, and honestly haven’t been impressed by anyone on his hit list. I miss the days when just about everyone was a superstar. I’m not going to be excited about going back full time just to be beating Bill Barnhart as much as I did last year.

Despite how much he wanted all of the big matches, at this point in his career, the slow grind that he would need in order to make it all happen was almost too much to sign up for. Maybe Mikah was right. Hell, maybe J2H was right. That guy pops in whenever, and does whatever he wants. That wouldn’t be such a bad gig.

Mikah: I’d be okay with a match every now and then with somebody that’s worth it. I don’t want to be facing Crystal all the time like I was a few years back. And yeah, I’m no help on that end because before recently, I wasn’t even aware that person was in SCW. I’m not even sure that Dani is worth it yet, I’m still thinking about it. I have a few days to make sure she is; let her sweat it a little longer. At least your match with J2H will draw big crowds, who’s to say my potential match with Dani will?

She raises an eyebrow and shrugs her shoulders at him.

Kris: You should just come with me to this next show. You know she’ll be there running her mouth. If you feel inclined to take her up on it, you’re already in the building. Otherwise, it is just an excuse to spend a little extra time with me. And I’ll even promise not to make any big decisions about anything until after High Stakes.

It was his best pitch to avoid another few days of travel blur.

Mikah: I think...I will come with you to Boston. And then instead of having to come back to Hawaii, we can go to NYC from Boston and be there? It’s just a suggestion. . .

She was sure that her house in NYC was still standing, she hadn’t heard otherwise.

Kris: I might have to go back to San Diego in between for a couple days, but that sounds much better than doing it all alone… but we still get a few days to ourselves before then...

It was totally unto themselves, but that hadn’t ever mattered to Kris. Together they had four little ones to be chasing after, though they had yet to have them all in the same room at the same time. He was used to sharing her attention with everyone else in the house, but he wasn’t going to waste anymore of their time worrying about what may or may not be meant to be for them in Sin City. At this point in his life, the ring wasn’t the thing that he was most focused on anymore. Sure, it was his dream. But he had already lived it.


==========================================================


>I would be lying if I said that I wasn't excited for this match. I mean, let's be honest, the Caleb Storms match was a tune up and everyone knew it. There wasn't going to be any real competition there if I was on top of my game. After that loss last time I came back though, Mark and Christian needed to see what they had. They needed to see what condition that I came back in. If it was the worst version of myself, there would have been no Hall of Fame, and of that I am absolutely certain. If I came back sloppily, there would be no marquee match with J2H3 at High Stakes. I had to prove that I was in it to win it when I came back. I get it. I have earned that weariness over the course of my career here. However, I more than proved that I am every bit the competitor that I say I am. I proved that I was as sharp as ever. I got the victory, and everything that has followed since has been a dream come true.

….but not this. This wasn't a dream match for me. This wasn't one of those boxes that I needed to check off before retiring and riding off into the sunset for good. Nah, I wanted this one for a different reason. I wanted this one for a more personal reason, and I don't mean that however the card writing intern might think. I couldn't possibly care less about his relationship with Fenris. I have very few friends in life, and those that I do I support with every single cell in my body. Fenris is in that group, so I support him in all of his endeavors. That's what friends do. They don't get bent out of shape about a manufactured and not at all realistic love triangle. This isn't a primetime sitcom. It's open combat.


And that is what excites me. Stepping into the ring with, and beating David. Why? Because of all the chirping from him that I have heard since the last time I was in the ring. The guy throws my name around more than any other person on my roster. What was it he said before that tag match at Summer XXXtreme?

“I’m teaming up with possibly the biggest prick on this boat, and I hear Kristopher Ryans is on the boat.”

Those were his words. Or something like that at least…. Shots fired I guess. I thought it was a little uncalled for that someone who hasn't really done anything worth bragging about was taking a free shot at a Grand Slam Champion that wasn't even scheduled to compete. Even worse, he was using my name to insult a close friend and hide his true feelings. I mean, we all saw what happened during that match. We know what has transpired since. Why bring my name into it at all? Why did I need to take some undeserved warning shots? When did "The Miracle" become a punchline? Last I checked, the kid's claim to fame was a short reign with the title that I put back on the map a few years ago. Even since then, he hasn't beaten anyone worth naming. He has done nothing in the ring to be worthy of getting mentioned in the same sentence as me. The single thing that we have in common is that we have slept with the same person. Congrats are in order for him. He's part of a pretty big group, because it is no secret that I have gotten around in my time here. For real, The Mean Girls are getting inducted into the Hall of Fame at the same time I am, and I knocked up at least one of them. It's not an accomplishment to share that kind of history with me, and most people would look at it as a negative. This guy doesn't know me. Hasn't really talked to me. But frequently talks about me. Now he gets to join another big group. The group of people that have fallen at my feet inside that Sin City ring.

...and I know that is going to chew him up inside...

“It would have to really gnaw at one’s craw to lose to Kristopher Ryans.  Possibly the biggest heathen in Saved City, and the most annoying to boot….”

...because he said it himself, even though he was saying it to Jack Washington. It’s only funny, because not only did I beat that guy, I took away his SCW World Heavyweight Championship for shits and giggles. That’s how good I am. Last year, I won a shot at any championship, any time. And I literally sat on it until I absolutely had to use it. And what happened? I went out and showed the world that I am one of the very best in the world when it comes to what happens between those ropes. I always have been. I always will be. Why? Because that is what I wanted out of life. I grew up watching it, and wanting to be the one on television doing all these larger than life things. I went out and became what I wanted to be in life. I conquered all of the obstacles put in my path. Granted, I was also the one that put a lot of them into my path to begin with, but that’s a story that’s already been told. There is one single person in this company’s history that can even begin to compare his resume against mine, and we are set to square up at High Stakes. That means everyone else is in a league beneath the two of us. The rest of the superstars not just signed right now, but in the entire history of the company, fail to measure up.

So why would anyone feel bad about dropping a match to me? Why would anyone hang their head in shame after going out to the ring to just take the L? So many people have gone out there and fallen short, and not all of them were awful. I’m just that much better than the average. That’s why they call me The Miracle. You wouldn’t look at me, or listen to me talk, and think that I am as good as I am in that ring, but I am. It defies explanation, but is backed up by year after year of facts. If there is an award worth winning, I’ve won it. If there’s a title worth holding, I’ve probably already had it twice. I have won more of them than anyone else in the company, and I am just one Internet Championship away from being a two-time Grand Slam Champion. I’ve beaten every single ‘face of the company’ put in front of me, whether it was when I was a Nobody, or after everyone realized they were watching something Miraculous.

David isn’t an idiot. Well, at least not that big of one. He was part of that weird cult for a while. Now he seems to think that some big sexual awakening somehow has something to do with how well he performs inside the ring, because that’s all we hear about. But still… he has to know that there is no shame in losing to me. At least not professionally….

….but personally?

Yeah, I could see that. See, it isn’t about what I do in the ring. He hasn’t had a single negative thing to say about my abilities in the past. He hasn’t ever doubted my record. He doesn’t set aside my accomplishments. He just thinks I am annoying. I bother him on a personal level. He doesn’t seem to like me very much, despite not knowing me at all.

….but why?

Again, I think he gave us the answer already.

“You can’t live a loss like that down because Kris is a social media kingpin.”

...and that’s what it boils down to for him. I’m a guy that cares about wins and losses. Sure, I might rub that loss in your face at the end of the night, but come the next day I’m not thinking about it anymore. I am already thinking about what I am going to do to get the next one. David doesn’t seem to be one of those people. He seems like the kind of person that is going to get all in his feelings about losing to me. The type of guy that would get all defensive every time it gets mentioned afterwards. It’s okay. He’s not alone in that group. O’Malley’s bitch ass will keep him company. But honestly, it would bother him to lose to me, because he doesn’t think he could handle having to stew about it afterwards while I laugh him off. It has nothing to do with business. There is not a single thing about it that is professional. This isn’t a job for him. This is just a gateway to me mocking him on social media. From everything he said about me all summer, that’s what he seems to be afraid of. I wish I could take that fear away from him. I wish that I could tell him that it probably wasn’t going to go down that way this time too. The problem is, I really am just that damn good at what I do.

If it’s not broke, don’t try to fix it, ya know?

I mean, being me is what got me into the Hall of Fame. Being Kristopher Ryans is what gained me entrance into The Battle of the Great Ones. I love every second of being me, and if that rubs people the wrong way, it’s just a perk that I never really counted on. But he shouldn’t think for a second that his opinion of me changes anything about what I am going to do in that ring. I go out there to win, and I do that better than just about everyone that’s ever stepped through the curtain in Sin City. After this match is over, he won’t have to reach so far for a reason to not like me. I’mma give him one.

Another shiny L for his record.

And another punchline for social media.

It’s what I do.


8
Climax Control Archives / Square One
« on: October 01, 2021, 08:35:39 PM »

>What I’m going to need everyone to remember, is that I wanted this…

Nobody ever begged me to come to Sin City Wrestling. Nobody wanted me to become one of the best to ever compete in this company. I didn’t have anyone really standing in my corner and forcing me forward down this path. The only person that ever motivated me, was me. The only thing that ever drove me were my goals.

You can’t get too hung up on what everyone wants in this business. That was really hard for me to wrap my head around last time I showed up and shook Sin City to its core. I came back expecting some level of respect. Maybe I thought that I had earned a little more than everybody thought I did. A lot of people said that I didn’t have it anymore, and that my prime fighting days were behind me. Well, the greatest Mixed Tag Team Championship run in the history of the company, another solid win streak for my record, and a second World Heavyweight Championship reign later… I had proved my point.

I didn’t make it very many matches into the year before I realized that my mark had been made. There was nothing left to do. I was back in the same boat that I had been in before taking time off in the years before that. I decided that what I needed was a little bit of time off to recharge the old batteries. Behold though! The same people that had a problem with my sudden reappearance and subsequent takeover of Climax Control for the better part of a year were pissed all over again that I was gone.

Damned if you do. Damned if you don’t.

You know?

...but none of it really mattered. At least not to me. I was honest about what I was coming back to prove from the very beginning. I wanted to prove everyone wrong. I wanted to win the championships of a division that I felt had been made specifically for me and Mikah. I wanted to get back to the top just to prove that I could. Once I checked off all those boxes, the only one left was this match that we may or may not have brewing for High Stakes in just a few short weeks. There was nothing that I could do about that for months though, and the only thing that competing against scrubs every week was going to get me was some unforeseen injury.

I wasn’t going to let that happen.

I wasn’t going to let something like that ruin a match that has been built up for longer than any other match in the history of this company. This has been years in the making. Two of the best are finally going to step in the ring with one another for the first time….

...if it actually happens.

Right now, all of you all at home have as good of a guess as I do. Last time I asked, the only thing I got in response was some half-hearted attempt to make it seem like I wouldn’t show up. If there is anything that I have proven over the record-setting amount of titles that I have won in this company, it’s that I show up, and when I do, I win.

I’ll be showing in Atlanta to do it all over again.

…and I’ve added a few more boxes to that checklist for this time around.





==========================================================



Tricking The Past Again
Hawaii
13 September 2021
OFF-Camera



Kris hadn’t been sold on going to Hawaii. It had never been part of the plan of coming back. It was just an opportunity that presented itself at first. The two of them had joked about it on a couple of occasions, but this offer had seemed legit. Last he and Mikah were in Sin City together, they had been keeping their distance from one another. Once upon a time though, they had been unstoppable. If his path was leading back to SCW, it only made sense to check up on the one person that he had been flawless alongside in the ring. It wasn’t just that though. The two of them had history, even if it was messy. There was a good chance that he could convince her to help with the professional stuff, but it was really the sliver of a chance at something else. That was what spurred him to jump onto a plane and make the trip, without knowing exactly what to expect. The Miracle had done what he could to occupy his mind and stop himself from dwelling on those thoughts during the flight. Unfortunately, no second rate monster flick was going to be able to totally distract him. The possibilities were the only things on his mind, even when he was walking through the terminal in Hawaii. They were weighing on his mind as he walked out of the security gate to find her sitting on a bench and looking down at her phone.

Kris: “Long time no see…”

He figured that her reaction to such a simple greeting would tell him enough about where they currently stood with one another. When she stands up and adjusts her short shorts before walking over to him with a smile, the worst of his fears ease.

Mikah: "It’s nice to see that you’re not dead. And that the plane didn’t crash into the ocean.”

With a smile, he shrugged his shoulders. It was Mikah-speak for being happy to see him, and he hadn’t expected anything else.

Kris: "You know I'm not going out in a plane crash. It'll be me that kills me eventually…."

He wasn’t going to waste any time dwelling on that thought though, and quickly shifted the focus back to her.

Kris: "Why Hawaii though? It's like a big ass volcano surrounded by the most dangerous ocean things. I feel like this is a death trap. Flying here was basically hell."

As he questioned her, the two made their way out of the airport and to her rental car. Even though she had bought the house and started to settle in, she hadn’t gone as far as actually buying a car. She fumbled for the foreign feeling set of keys as they walked.

Mikah: "Why not Hawaii? No snow here. And I don't get stuck on the mainland with all the people I don't like."

She flashed him a grin before popping the trunk for him to put his things into it.

Mikah: "...I'm just tired of people. And I think living on the beach is going to be my best decision yet."

Kris pulled the bag from his shoulder and tossed it into the trunk without regard for anything in it. He quickly removed his face mask, hat and glasses and tossed them all in on top of it. As soon as they were off he seemed to loosen up a bit.

Kris: "There are perfectly good beaches not surrounded by fire and sea monsters…"

He spun around on his heels, trying to orient himself to his new surroundings. He then pointed off in the opposite direction from the airport behind them.

Kris: "They're just a few thousand miles that way!"

He turned back to her and closed the trunk with a smile on his face.

Kris: "You're lucky we're friends. I wouldn't have come all the way out here for anyone else."

She raised an eyebrow at him, but pressed her lips together and bit her tongue for a moment. He caught the reaction, and felt a tinge of excitement about it. If she reacted that negatively to simply being called a friend, maybe that sliver of hope he had wouldn’t be for nothing.

Mikah: "Florida is too humid and California is overpopulated and still brings up bad memories."

Kris: “You couldn’t pay me enough to set foot in fucking Florida anyways. The whole place sucks. Never had an experience that wasn’t awful.”

She waved it off as they got into the car. She was familiar enough with a few of the islands that she didn’t even bother setting the GPS anymore.

Mikah: "You're worried about a little volcano? And what kind of sea monsters? I'm assuming you mean sharks..."

She asked him as if he was being ridiculous. She raised an eyebrow at him as she started to drive to Kaneohe, Hawaii a mere twenty-five minutes from Honolulu.

Mikah: "...but Cali has them too..."

He shook his head back and forth quickly. He had put a lot of thought into it on the plane, and would likely be thinking about it every time he tried to sleep for months.

Kris: "Nah, the water is deep out here. California is just a coast. This place is just lava rock floating where all the scary stuff lives. You all even have beaches with haunted sand and shit….."

He tried to shake the thoughts away, but had trouble.

Kris: "I've been terrified of this place since I was a kid. You know they have a whole language nobody speaks anymore? How does that happen? Everyone forget? Sounds like bad juju."

She couldn't help but chuckle at him as she drove.

Mikah: "This is amusing to me… but look… I'm sure you know how to swim, Kristopher. It's not like you to go into the water, you know."

He tried to force as much contempt into his facial expression as possible, but could barely keep the smirk off of his face.

Kris: "I'm glad you find my fear funny. You know, I quit SCW once because I didn't like flying over the ocean. This shouldn't be a surprise."

He backtracked off of that point immediately though.

Kris: "Then again… part of that was not wanting to be on a different continent from all the dealers I knew…."

It looked as if he tried to argue the conflicting theories out in his head, but stopped to offer her a little reassurance.

Kris: "Not that I have that problem anymore. I wouldn't have brought those kinds of problems down here to you. Going on like ten months without. Haven't gone a whole year in a long time. Maybe it'll happen."

She knew about his struggle with sobriety and she halfway understood. She couldn't remember what she had told him of her own struggles, but only because it wasn’t a topic that she let come up in conversation.

Mikah: "I'm sure you can make it a year. Only two months more to go, right?"

She thought about adding another little joke in there but she thought better of it.

Mikah: "...and it's paradise. There's a lot of other things to do and places to explore. You won't have time to even think about that stuff."

He looked around as she spoke, taking in the view. She wasn't wrong. Every inch of what they passed was as pretty as it had been sold to him his whole life.

Kris: "Paradise is nice to visit every now and again, but doesn't it get old?"

Almost as soon as the words left his mouth, he knew her answer.

Kris: "Nah, you haven't been here long enough to find out yet I bet. Then again, San Diego is still amazing to me thirty something years later. Maybe this is just where you belong. Bikini weather year round, and all the open air in the world."

As he spoke, he almost seemed to be coming around to it.

Kris: "Still out in the middle of the ocean though… What happens if some big storm hits? Nobody would even know! We could all just be gone. Who would tell the world?"

She laughed again, having gotten used to this over the years. He was always going to stress himself out about things that weren’t going to happen. There was still a weird charm about it though. The smile stayed on her face even after she stopped laughing, but she kept her eyes on the road.

Mikah: "Definitely seems like a problem for Future Mikah."

She turned quickly and winked at Kris as she drove, seeing the smaller town of Kaneohe come into view.

Mikah: "I'm not sure why you're not more open to small town life. Or even island life. If I remember correctly, you liked to be left alone… What could be more alone than this?”

He shrugged his shoulders. For all of its beauty, it didn’t seem a whole lot different from home.

Kris: "This place is just  like San Diego for richer people it seems like. Maybe it's not so bad. I mean other than the evil sand thing. Let's not go to those beaches."

She frowned at him, but was ready for yet another wacky theory of his.

Mikah: "Evil sand? I'm not sure I follow you."

She gave him a look, not sure what kind of sand he was talking about. The multi-million dollar house she bought was on the beach and she had instant access to the ocean, but there wasn’t anything that felt evil about it.

Kris: "There's some beach with sand you're not supposed to mess with. Lots of people have stories about smuggling some home and bad things happened until they returned it. It's like black sand. Powdery lava stuff. Bad karma. And this place is apparently full of it."

He paused for just a second.

Kris: "Feels like I mess up everything easily enough on my own. Don't need that kind of help with it…."

He lingered on that thought for a second before something in his head clicked together. He turns to her, almost looking offended.

Kris: "...and it’s not that I like being alone. I don’t. That’s just extra time with me, and that guy is only good in small doses. It’s people that I don't like. At least not real people. Maybe three total that aren't family. Probably less than that within the family. If you're not a nameless, faceless fan screaming in the crowd, I don't care. And even if you are, I'd still rather you not breathe on me. It’s a personal space thing."

It was harsh, but the last year and a half had really drilled that into him.

Kris: "There's only three people in Hawaii I care to talk to and all of them live in one house."

She raised an eyebrow at him as she maneuvers the car through the streets of the smaller town.

Mikah: "Okay, so maybe I should have phrased that better."

She chuckled a little bit as she slowed down even more, seemingly knowing where the speed limit got slower. He didn’t hold it against her though. Not really. No matter where he went it always seemed like there was someone looking over his shoulder, waiting for him to slip up. Being on edge about society in general was just a side effect of that.

Kris: "Don’t worry about it."

It wasn't something that they needed to dwell on. They would have plenty of time for that on this trip. He just got here. It was time to keep things light and happy.

Kris: "...and you've done plenty of good things in your life, and at least one awesome thing."

His eyes widened when he finally saw the house they're headed towards.

Kris: "...who did you have to murder to pay for this?"

She gave him a disappointed look before pressing the button to open the gate to the place.

Mikah: "You really underestimated my financial situation. I've never claimed to not have money."

She winked at him as she drove the car up the long driveway and into the garage. She parked it and turned it off before moving to get out of the vehicle.

Kris: "All I'm saying is, you've been on vacation off and on for like two years. I own a gym and probably couldn't buy half of this house…."

As he exited the car, he looked around dumbfounded by what he saw.

Kris: "Life is unfair sometimes. How do you get more free time than me and nicer stuff? And you got to be better looking!"

She blushed just a little at his words.

Mikah: "I've always had money. I am a trust fund baby and all this money sat in an account since I was in the womb, I guess. And wealthy parents. And all that."

She waved it off as if it wasn't a big deal. She was never worried about money. That is where the two were different though. Mikah never competed just because it paid well, she did it because she loved the sport. Kris was more free-falling his way through life ass-first anyways, and collecting a paycheck for it made things all that much easier.

Mikah: "And I try not to flaunt the money too much. But I just figured you knew. We stayed in top tier hotels when we were sneaking around years ago..."

She laughed, as she led him inside.

Kris: "I thought you were billing Christian for all of that. I always did…"

He chuckled at the thought of the amount of Sin City money he had blown during his times with the company. Sometimes he had made ridiculous requests just to see what he could get away with.

Kris: "Several of the hotel rooms we destroyed in the process of… well… totally got billed to Christian or Mark…. Came as a cost of doing business with me."

They hadn't exactly been sneaky about any of it either. Their affair had been the worst kept secret in SCW history.

Kris: "Still baffles me that they didn't know. Even more that they didn't realize we were going to be the best team they ever had because of everything happening off camera."

She chuckled and shrugged her shoulders at him. She placed her keys up in their spot before leaning against the kitchen counter.

Mikah: "Look. We have plenty of time for all of that. I know you’re going back. I know that at some point you’re going to ask me about doing the same. Let’s just not get into it now. You just got here. We have missed a lot of time. Let’s catch up on that part first, and then we can work out the rest."

She gestured to the house around them, and his attention was pulled to the back windows, and the beautiful view of the beach.

Mikah: "I moved out here to get away from all that for a little bit, so just enjoy this for a day or two first, okay?"

She smiled before pushing herself off of the counter. Kris didn’t need very much convincing to let the subject go either. She was right. They could get to that at some other point in time. For the most part, he was just relieved that she wasn’t shooting the plan down outright. Even better, that meant that there were other parts of their relationship she wanted to hash out. Maybe that sliver of hope shouldn’t have ever been just a sliver. He wasn’t going to get his hopes up that high yet though. 

Kris: "You’re right… there’s no way that I’m leaving here for fucking Florida. We have at least another week. What can we fill it with?"



==========================================================

>We were eight days into the year last time I beat Caleb Storms…

We have come an awful long way to end up in the exact same place, haven’t we, Caleb?

I mean, we were the headliners for the first Climax Control of the year! I was walking into the arena as a dual-champion for the second time in my career. I had dominated the Mixed Tag Division. I had given the world a reprieve from the weird championship obsessions of Jack Washington. I climbed all the way to the very top of this company one win and a time while everyone screamed at me that it couldn’t be done. I proved every single one of those people wrong, and walked into the main event of Climax Control to fight the Internet Champion….

I guess I shouldn’t really say that you are in the same place now that you were then Caleb. That would be selling you unnecessarily short. Right now you are the legitimate Sin City Wrestling Internet Champion. Back then you were just a guy that was handed a championship as a joke. You hadn’t earned anything, and that rubbed me the wrong way at the time. Of course, you lost that match to me, and then dropped that sham title not too long after that. It was probably the best thing that you could have done for yourself. How did it feel to win that championship for real? Twice! Had to be better than when it got handed to you, right? What about now that you’re the only person in this company to have ever held it three times? At this point, you’ve been more successful with that championship than I have ever been. That is a long way to have come from a championship you didn’t deserve.

...so even though you’ve upped your game, Caleb, we find ourselves slipping down the card a little bit this time around. We managed to kick off the year with a hell of a main event last time, but this time we’re hovering around the upper middle. I can’t say that I blame you for it. We’ve been over that. You’ve made things happen for yourself in my absence. I wouldn’t dream of being anything but complimentary about that fact because first and foremost, I’m honest. The reason we are sliding down the card is because nobody really knows what to expect out of me. Am I going to show up as the Kris Ryans that was the face of the company? Is this the Third Coming of The Miracle?

No….

At the same time, am I going to be walking down to the ring with the blind confidence that I had before Bill Barnhart beat me in my first match back last time around?

Absolutely not.

There’s no way that I am going to lose focus like that ever again. I learned my lesson. I may be one of the best to ever come through this company, but that doesn’t mean that everyone on the roster is some kind of cakewalk. Everyone can beat anyone if the time is right. Nothing is guaranteed. That was something that I apparently needed to learn the hard way, and it only took that one match to pull my head out of my ass. I don’t just show up and expect to be great. I put the work in because I know that I’m great already. I don’t have to go out and prove that. I don’t have to walk around reminding people of it. The only thing that I need to do is go out and do exactly what has gotten me to the top of this company on more than one occasion.

...and at this point, there is absolutely nothing miraculous about it. Nobody is surprised when I go out there and win. Nobody is surprised to see that I can still do amazing things in the ring that nobody else is dumb enough to even try. It is just who I am, and what I do. But that’s not exactly chaos that you can put at the top of the card without giving it an eye test first, is it? That’s not the type of person that you would allow to have one of the biggest matches in the history of High Stakes, is it? So no matter who I am, or what I’ve done… I have to come back home. I have to come back to Climax Control. I have to remind Mark and Christian exactly who I am apparently.

So in a way, I’m back to square one. Yet still standing across the ring from Caleb Storms.

The beginning of the next chapter of my career here is going to be written with the exact same words as the start of my 2021.

Kris Ryans defeats Caleb Storms.

Nothing more. Nothing less.

However, it is not because he is unworthy. It is not because he is untalented. He has proven all of those words wrong in the short time that I have been away. He has turned himself into a real contender. He is a champion in this company, and Mark and Christian will always see their champions as the real measuring sticks. They want to see how I stack up against Caleb now that he has some momentum on his side. I’m sure they haven’t forgotten how, last time around, I laid him out with Godspeed and he still somehow found the willpower to kick out and keep a main event crowd glued to the edge of their seats.

That’s the kind of thing that is always going to make people want to see two stars go for a second round. No doubt it would have happened already had I not taken a vacation for half the year.


Maybe they know that no matter the result, this is going to be one of the can’t miss matches on the card just because our styles are so captivating.

Maybe it’s all of the above, or even more.

 Personally, it doesn’t matter to me what reason anyone needs to watch it, as long as they are paying attention when my music hits. I’m not coming back to mess around. There are things that I want. A match at High Stakes is just the tip of the iceberg.

...and this match will eventually just get lost in a highlight reel in a few months time.






9
Climax Control Archives / Number One
« on: May 05, 2021, 02:15:14 AM »

>

The shaky video feed comes to life with “The Miracle” front and center in the frame. As he moves through the hallways, surrounded by stacked up crates and other random equipment, the fans quickly deduce that he must have been recording from backstage during Climax Control. The booming sounds of fans from inside the arena where the show was still wrapping up support the realization, as well as the fact that Kris was still dressed as he was during his brief run-in with Scott Oliver. Since then, his world had been full of surprises. He hadn’t even considered stepping back inside the ring anytime soon, but that had all changed. In stopping by to talk to Mark and Christian, Kris learned that a challenge was going to be thrown out. He had then watched J2H take the screen to call him out. Only moments before pulling his phone from his pocket to start his recording, he had watched O’Malley win the Internet Championship, making him the one Kris would be tagging with should he accept the challenge. From the look on Kris’ face, there was no doubt he had already made a decision about it.

I just want to make sure that we’re all on the same page here...

His tone was a lot more serious than most anticipated. Everything else about his demeanor led viewers to believe that he was excited about the opportunity. Although, anybody with any knowledge of his working relationship with O’Malley had to understand his hesitance.

...I had no intention of stepping back into the ring ahead of what I had planned to be my last match at High Stakes closer to the end of the year...

It was a much more formal retirement announcement than he had previously put out. Although most already assumed as much. Kris was no longer under contract. He was splitting time between the two Jet City gyms, and attempting to be an actual parent. Sin City just wasn’t on his radar, aside from a handful of the people in it. Kris wasn’t going to bullshit the fans by avoiding the subject though.

J2H3 and I have been planning that one for a while. It’s been plenty public that we were putting that one together. If you look at the history books of this company, there are only two names that stick out as contenders for the best ever, and they’ve never even really been in the ring together. Of course we were going to make that match happen. It would be an injustice to anyone that has ever been a fan of this company to leave that match on the table.

Given his tone, the fans knew that Kris was just fluffing them up for the catch.

....I came to Climax Control to see some friends. Give some advice to the students out of Jet City, and thank Mark and Christian for the opportunities that they have given me along the way. Absolutely nothing more, and absolutely nothing less. So all of this has caught me kind of off-guard.

He shrugs...

Then again, how many people can say that they got J2H3 to show up in the building to call them out in person? And yeah, he may not have expected O’Malley to pull out the victory, but he knew that either way he was pairing me up against someone I’ve been in the ring with that may not like me all that much. On top of that, he gets to handpick his own partner, another guy that doesn’t necessarily like me. I guess it didn’t sit well that Mikah and I beat him in that swamp shit match. So it’s really me stepping in the ring with three people with a reason to maim me regardless of who was holding the Internet Championship.

When he said it that way, it kind of sounded like the whole thing was an obvious set up. Kris made it sound like J2H3 was baiting him into a trap. Then again, that might have just made it that much more exciting to The Miracle.

It was the first decent pitch that anyone in this company has made to me since I dropped the World Heavyweight Championship. I mean, I was here for a year and only lost twice. I thought that maybe someone would want to call out a guy that was that successful. I was a champion for the majority of my time here last year, and every single day that I was under contract this year. I was unstoppable. Yet, there didn’t seem to be any interesting opportunities left. It was all so incredibly…. boring.

A smirk starts to break in the right corner of his mouth.

A tag team match? J2H3 wants to challenge me in a tag match? He may have been the longest reigning World Heavyweight Champion but I have dominated both of the tag divisions in this company. My record as a member of a team is outrageous. And he wants to pick a guy that I really wished I had gotten to have a real defense against to be his tag partner? Even better.

There was only one piece of the equation left, and clearly that was the part that Kris was being hesitant about.

...and then there’s O’Malley.

He shakes his head. It is almost like Kris knows that there is almost no way that the two manage to make it through the match as a functioning team.

How about this, you old Irish asshole…. I will never…. Ever… not even once… step into the ring with you again if you somehow fuck this up for me intentionally. I realize there is a good chance that we lose just because some of your in ring decisions are just as stupid as your face, and that’s fine. I can live with that. But if you want to turn this into a three-on-one situation or leave me hanging out there, rest assured that you will never get the match with me that you so desperately want. Understood?

The smirk turns into a full on smile as Kris tries to hold back a laugh at O’Malley’s expense.

I’ll see the three of you in the ring next week. It should be a blast.

With a wink, he kills the feed and the screen goes black.

==========================================================



Jet City Reunion
Jet City Sports Lab - SEATTLE
4 MAY 2021
OFF-Camera



It had been a long time since Kris had seen the Jet City Sports Lab in person. He and his half brother had managed to spin their successful tag team into a successful brand name, and finally into a gym that was starting to boom with all of the recent success of its students. The state of the art sports lab in Seattle was much more appealing to the eye than Jet City South. Jason had an eye for that kind of thing, whereas Kris was really only concerned with what went on inside the gym. Jason’s attitude had always been geared towards professionalism. Kris was trying to show students like himself the path he took to the top, and there hadn’t been anything glamorous about it. In Kris’ mind, the vision that Jason was selling was a lie, but a pretty one. He had learned to appreciate it for what it was, instead of hating it for not being his own vision. As Kris strolled through the double front doors like he owned the place, several staff workers caught a glimpse of him and had turned the opposite direction. Parker Wayde, a long term trainer at the gym and Jason’s right hand man pointed Kris in the direction he was looking for without a single word. Kris’ brother had his back to the door, so had no advanced warning of Kris’ arrival.

Kris: It’s awfully good to be home...

Jason had been mid-conversation with his assistant when his brother’s words stopped him and caused him to spin around to face the terrorist.

Jason: Absolutely not! No. Maddie, put the sign up...

Jason pointed to a digital display along the wall that ran on a loop around the entire facility. Almost instantly bold and blinking red letters spelled out “KRIS DOES NOT WORK HERE! PLEASE IGNORE ANY OF HIS REQUESTS!” Kris read the words as they started to trail along the wall all the way to the other side of the gym and back.

Kris: For real? You don’t think that is a little excessive?

Jason shook his head without any kind of hesitancy.

Jason: Have you forgotten that I am plagued with remembering every stupid thing that you’ve done for the last… let’s say… 32 years.

It was more hurtful than Kris was expecting right from the start.

Kris: Rude… you’re really not happy to see me?

Jason finally finishes up whatever it was that needed his attention and turns back to his half-brother already exhausted by their conversation.

Jason: Why are you here? You have your own gym. There is no reason to come all the way up the coast to terrorize the people that chose to stay at JCSL. You can do that at Jet City South. I’m sure Court and Ruby would be happy to keep you occupied.

That was the entirety of Kris’ problem. If he was down at Jet City South, he would be the one with the assistant breathing down his neck every second of the day. Even if he managed to give her the slip, one of his students would need some kind of help preparing for an upcoming match. In short, there was no way that he could do anything to get ready for his own battle if he stayed in San Diego. Jason would bust him if he tried to lie his way through a reason that sounded better, so Kris was willing to take a stab at honesty.

Kris: They’re actually the reason that I came up here. They both have the big Bombshell Championship matches coming u---

The older of the two brother’s still wasn’t impressed and his patience was dwindling so he attempted to speed things up.

Jason: Yeah, and they could end up squaring off against each other even though they’re still in the cute honeymoon stage of their relationship. Again, not my problem.

Kris was dumbfounded to find out that his brother was actually following along. Maybe he did really care.

Kris: You know, for a guy that doesn’t want to be involved you sound awfully involved.

Jason shakes his head. If Kris was looking for a feel good answer, he came to the wrong place.

Jason: I keep tabs on you guys because your name is attached to mine. If your gym does well, mine looks good. If yours crashes and burns, my name becomes less valuable. It’s business, not pleasure. Then again, there isn’t very many things that I find pleasurable about playing games with you these days.

Kris wasn’t just going to take the verbal beating lying down.

Kris: That is because I am old enough to pick the games that we play now. I’m not just some puppet for you to pull the strings on anymore.

Jason sighs, giving up.

Jason: We’re going in circles here Kris. I’m going to need you to get to the point. I have a lot going on today.

Kris did the only thing he could, and just blurted out what he needed.

Kris: I need to win a fight against myself. You’re the only one that can help with that.

It was the first thing that drew Jason’s genuine interest.

Jason: ...J2H is finally stepping up….?

It was the hook that Kris had been hoping for. His brother knew what this match meant to him, especially on the kind of stage provided by it being Climax Control’s 300th show.

Kris: Actually he showed up randomly this past week to challenge me to a tag match. He picked Mac as his partner. I got stuck with whoever was lucky enough to walk out of the ring with the Internet Championship.

Jason could see the dominoes falling into place even before Kris told him. He could see it turning into a three-on-one beating quickly.

Jason: ...and let me guess… O:Malley won.

Kris blows that subject off entirely. That’s not what he was here for.

Kris: That’s not the point. I’m not worried about the two of them. I have seen Mac up close, and I think that I can run him down. O’Malley is going to want the bigger piece of him though. One of the two of us has to be able to counter James, and that isn’t going to be the Irish joke.

Jason: So you’re coming to me because James’ style is basically a little bit of yours and a little bit of mine. I can see why you’re scared

Kris wasn’t going to let the insult slide.

Kris: I never said I was scar--

Jason: [Interrupting] Well, you’re here. That says enough. You want to beat the guy so that you can try to claim that you’re the best of all time. You think because you beat me inside the SCW ring that I’ll be a good tune up for you. The problem is, it involves asking me a favor. You hate doing that. If there was any other way, you wouldn’t be here. So yeah… I think you’re scared. Even if you don’t want to admit it. If you fall on your face during this match, the one that you’ve been planning for High Stakes is irrelevant. You’ll be giving James all the ammo he needs to get into your head ahead of that one.

Kris mouth opens and closes wordlessly a few times. He hadn’t actually thought about it that way.

Kris: ...maybe that’s what he wants….

Jason cuts him off before he can spin a new conspiracy theory.

Jason: Look at you! Always trying to dig for some deeper meaning instead of just seeing things for what they are. James Huntington-Hawkes is the only one with the standing to challenge your place in Sin City history. You’d be a fool not to be scared about watching everything that you’ve worked for slip away.

It was reassuring in a strange way. Jason was scolding him, but at the same time acknowledging that the doubts Kris was feeding into were a waste of time. There was no need to be paranoid about what if scenarios. The match was coming. It was real. That is what he should be focused on.

Kris: ....so are you going to help me or did I come all this way just for a lecture?

Jason’s least favorite thing about dealing with his brother was his need to be spoon fed the answers that he wanted to hear. He surrenders with another sigh.

Jason: When have I not helped you out when you needed it?

Turning back to Maddie, Jason starts to empty all of his pockets onto the stack of papers they had been going over.

Jason: Cancel all of my appointments please...

Jason takes off his jacket and loosens his tie before the two start to head back towards the locker room, leaving Maddie holding a stack of items and looking more confused than ever.

Kris: You know… that sign might actually be helpful. I know it is meant as a way to make the staff ignore me, but maybe the students will take the hint and steer clear.

Jason laughs at how naive Kris still is despite years of rough lessons learned.

Jason: I doubt it...

He points up ahead along the path they are walking, only for Kris to spot Courtney Pierce, already changed and looking like she had been hitting the gym hard for a few hours. She caught sight of the two brothers and made her way over to them with a smile.

Court: So what did I miss? Don’t tell me that you two old timers haven’t even started yet….

The two founders of Jet City exchanged exasperated glances, knowing that their week of preparation had just gotten much longer.



==========================================================


>Can you believe there have been 205 episodes of Climax Control between this Sunday and the last time that J2H3 and I were in the ring together?

The scene opens with Kris in his office looking at the wall of championships displayed on the back wall. Each of the five championships he was eligible to win in SCW were hanging, with both the Roulette and World Heavyweight Championships stacked with their double.

Back then I didn’t have any of these...

Kris gestures at the wall with a laugh, and tries his best to recall his first run-in with James Huntington-Hawkes III.

...I wasn’t even a Nobody yet. No Miracles had happened. I hadn’t broken any Roulette records yet. I hadn’t formed Jet City or The Black Sheep to dominate the tag divisions yet. I hadn’t held a single championship on my way to the Grand Slam... yet. We were far from the people that we would eventually become in the history of this business. All of our collective greatness played out after a weird chance meeting. Back then he was only just figuring out that his long ass name was too much, and I hadn’t found out that my name was a lie. He was a guy that nobody took very seriously, and I was an unknown. James just seemed like a spoiled rich kid that was too used to getting what he wanted and I was a burnout going nowhere. The version of him that came to Climax Control to call me out didn’t even exist yet. The Miracle that he wants to step in the ring with hadn’t happened. Yet, both of those things were actually born while we shared the ring, albeit not under the best circumstance for me.

It wasn’t the best of memories, but Kris looks proud of himself for remembering a time forgotten about by just about all of the present SCW locker room. The night he crossed paths with J2H3 had been a launch pad for them both.

I was fighting Equinox, thumbtacks were flying. People were getting hurt. Then this clown Ringo comes down, and starts to get beaten up. Then J2H3 comes out with a whole new attitude, all tatted up, and suddenly the guy can actually wrestle worth a damn. That match still hasn’t ended, to this day. They came down, eventually laid out Equinox, and left. No bells. No nothing. It’s a draw on my record only because there was never an official decision, and that was the singular time that I can remember two of SCW’s biggest future stars crossing paths. J2H3 went on to break records with the World Heavyweight Championship, and even hold multiple championships at the same time. The inconsequential guy whose championship match he ruined later became The Miracle standing before you now. Our origin stories overlap even though they are entirely separate from one another.

....but that’s the point, isn’t it? That’s what makes what we plan to do at High Stakes so enticing to everyone. That is why it is the match so good that it was booked nearly a year in advance. Everyone should consider themselves lucky to get this early preview, but we didn’t need to do this to sell tickets to High Stakes. They’re going to sell out the moment that they go on sale. Why? Because since Climax Control 95 when we were in the same ring, we have both done absolutely everything that this company has to offer, and we did it without ever crossing paths. It almost feels cheap for one of the two of us to claim to be the best before we have really even gotten the chance to prove it to the other man inside the ring. The same list that put J2H3 up on top of the world didn’t have my name on it at all. He wouldn’t have showed up to call me out by name if he didn’t think that was a mistake. He wouldn’t be wasting time on me if he didn’t think that I was worth his attention. The fact that he called this shot shows that I belong among the very best that have ever stepped into our six sided ring.

His excitement had taken him a little off topic, so he tried to bring himself back around to the match at hand. Everyone was going to have to wait a few more months for the other.

So when I was asked if I wanted to be part of the historic 300th installment of Climax Control, I already wanted to say yes. When they said that J2H3 wanted to be the one standing across from me, it was a no doubt situation. Everything else since then has just been a bonus. Getting to face Mac in a legitimate match is probably the biggest of those.

Kris had gotten so focused on the dream match that he had nearly overlooked J2H3’s partner for this preview.

Had Mac and Amber gotten a real shot on the Halloween show, there is no telling if Mikah and I would have remained champions long enough for me to hand the championship off to Coby. And that isn’t sarcasm. That’s not me blowing smoke up the guy’s ass either. He’s good. He wouldn’t have been recruited to this match if he wasn’t. More importantly, he sounds like a guy that wants to do things the right way. The way that J2H3 and I did. I didn’t have to look much further back than his comments to Fenris to see that. He offered to have his opponent’s back, despite the fact that it would have been in his best interest to let outside interference chew Fenris up and spit him back out for an easy win. He didn’t do that though. He did the respectful thing. He did the right thing. I can respect that.

...and that’s not to say that he is some kind of slouch in the ring either. There is a reason that Christian thinks that the guy could be a successful World Heavyweight Champion here. He has proven himself on a nightly basis since his debut. I know that there have been a few setbacks along the way, but that doesn’t change the fact that the guy is trending upwards. He’s even got a shot to get his hands on the Internet Championship. I know a little something about that. It was the first one that I won in this company. And he’s going to have to take it from O’Malley if he wants it. I know a little bit about beating that guy down as well.

Although, that can’t be what Kris wants to see happen in this next match. For the first time, O’Malley suffering a crippling defeat would negatively impact the Grand Slam Champion. Usually he would be watching his rival lose with a smile on his face. Their opponents had made sure that wouldn’t be the case this time around. Kris had been lured out of his semi-retirement to team with one of the two people in his life that there was no hope for co-existing with. More painful than that, it put Kris in the position to have to say something positive about his foe-turned-partner.

On that subject, I’m hoping that O’Malley is able to prove some of the things that I’ve said about him wrong….

The Miracle looked like even attempting to be complimentary was going to make him sick. There was no way that he could fake his way through enough pleasantries to convince anyone he was sincere either. Kris decided against even trying to play nice.

...but I’m not honestly expecting too much. Why? Because he is the same guy that he has always been. He is about fifty percent edgy tough guy, and fifty percent sob redemption story. He says that he wants to be better, and do better. Then he keeps up with the same tired excuses to explain away his failures. Maybe he would have been more successful if he hadn’t tried to come up at the same time that J2H3 and I were. Maybe he holds that against me. To be honest, I don’t know how this whole thing started, and at this point I don’t care enough about it to call him out to end it. It means much more to him than it does to me. That is why he was online crying about this match while I was busy rising to the challenge.

A wave of relief washes over the former champion. He was always more at peace when he wasn’t trying to mask what he really wanted to say. Plus, there was no need to fake some kind of truce. Kris was already carrying an ace up his sleeve.

I’m willing to look past that though. I’m willing to work with this reject for the duration of this match, if only because it is in my best interests to do so. I know that he is probably better than I will ever give him credit for. The problem with that is, it has still never been enough to beat me. That means it’s not going to be enough to beat J2H3 at his own game. The best thing that I can hope for is O’Malley keeping Mac busy long enough for me to prove to the world that I am the best that has ever walked through the doors of this company.

Of course, his plan relied on O’Malley being co-operative.

I am willing to do all of the heavy lifting needed in this match to pull off the victory. I am willing to put aside any misgivings between me, O’Malley, Jet City and the GO Gym for one night. I am extending my hand in an attempt to put on a match that should have been the main event of the biggest supercard, let alone Climax Control 300. J2H3 said that booking this match gave the show the star power that it needed and I agree with him on that. I don’t want something petty to get in the way of that. So if O’Malley can hold up his end of the deal and keep that temper of his in check, maybe I will be inclined to grant him his one final wish before my match at High Stakes. I know that stepping into the ring with me one-on-one is what he really wants in this company, and I’m willing to set aside my boredom with the idea to give him a shot…

I am willing to bet that offer will be enough to motivate O’Malley to do the right thing and give his best effort. As if dropping a match to the number one contender to his championship wasn’t enough pressure. I just want to make sure that he knows what is actually at stake for him at Climax Control. If we can somehow work together, we can take this thing. Hopefully O’Malley has enough incentive because with the right motivation we could be unstoppable.

He pauses for just a moment, as if a totally new thought struck him just as he had finished speaking.

Motivation...

He says it slowly, and he tilts his head slightly to the side. Fans can tell that he is still working through the epiphany, but he doesn’t leave them hanging for very long.

It’s a funny thing really… Mac jumped at the opportunity to take on the Internet Champion ahead of his scheduled defense. And why wouldn’t he? It will be the perfect test run before putting the actual prize on the line. He should be competing to get as much of an edge as possible...

With Mac down, he moves back to O’Malley.

We know what the dumb Irishman is fighting for at this point. It’s almost sad that his attention is going to be more focused on me than the guy threatening to take his championship though. He’s either going to crack under the pressure, which I will enjoy having a front row seat for, or rise to the occasion, which will benefit me immensely. Either way I win. Although I’d like to see the guy prove me wrong for once.

He taps himself on the chest.

Me? I think all of you watching have figured that one out for yourselves, but I don’t mind saying it out loud. When people say some other guy is the best there has ever been, you can’t help but want to see how you measure up. There’s only one way to step out of a shadow. This is one that has been clouding my view for far too long.

That left just one person.

...but what about you James? I was listening, but I didn’t exactly hear a reason that you’re putting all of this together. You’ve told us all that you don’t need to be here. You’ve let us know that you’re more happy with life and the wife at home. You don’t need Sin City. You over it. So why? What is it that you’re fighting for? Money? That’s sad if that’s all it takes to get your attention. Shits and giggles? That isn’t going to carry you through this one. Respect? You’ll have a chance to earn it. You’re stepping in the ring with three highly motivated people, and if you’re not careful you’re going to be collateral damage when it’s all said and done.

He shrugs. Nobody knows the answer other than the longest running SCW World Heavyweight Champion.

You’re used to coming in and doing these little one-offs before running away to recover for a while. You’re used to taking on people like Teddy and embarrassing them. That’s not going to be the way that this match goes, and if you think it is, you’re about to get reality checked.


10
Climax Control Archives / The Continued Evolution of Kris Ryans
« on: January 08, 2021, 10:18:35 PM »
Enough
Kris’ Apartment - San Diego
24 December 2014
OFF-Camera


"I can't believe I didn't abort you when your father begged me to...."

Maybe it wouldn't have hurt so bad if that was the worst thing she had called to say. Honestly, I didn't even know she was out of prison. Her sentence wasn't up yet. She must have gotten off for good behavior or something. If she were calling from the inside I would have been able to deny her call without even hearing her voice. If she were calling from the inside her words wouldn't have been slurred from however many gin and tonics she had put down.

"You are the reason Lindsey died. It was your fault. It should have been you. Look what you have made of yourself. You're a no good drug addict living off his brother."

That one had crippled me. My shoulder still hurts from sliding down the wall down to a sitting position and hitting the windowsill on my way down. Soon that pain would fade from my mind though. I mean, she was right. What have I done with my life? Failed career. Failed relationships. Jason has to shell out money for me to live like I do. The fact that I have cleaned up doesn't change any of that. How could anyone love or care about me? I don't deserve that in this life.

"You know, your father didn't even drink before you. We were happy. He loved us. And then you came along and ruined all of it. You cry and bitch about the things he allegedly did to you and your brother. You brought it on yourself Kristopher. Even if it is just your wild drug addled imagination slandering a good man."

I thought I had killed off all of those memories. The nights he had come home after mom was gone and beaten the hell out of us, those were the good nights. I didn't even get the worst of it then. It was always Jason. He has always been the one to take the fall or penalty just so I can slide by. Hearing her accuse me of none of it ever happening brought it all back and reliving it all was too much to even try to push through. I thought time... drugs... therapy... would have dulled that pain.  She cried at that point, I think. I was already trying to slip the details.

"I wish you would just die already. You should have never been here and you have all stolen twenty-four happy Christmases from us. You shouldn't be allowed to see another. You’re garbage Kris. I'm glad I never wasted time loving you."

Maybe she was right. Maybe I don't deserve to make it to see another happy Christmas. Looking down at the needle on the desk, the several empty caps, a quickly drying spoon, I can't help but agree with her. There's really only one thing left to do before I pull the rubber band from my arm and forget any of this ever happened. I tap the home button on the back of the phone twice to light up the screen. His face was right there on the main screen. I tap it, typing the text message with one hand.


Mom was right. I'm so sorry Jason. I love you. I wish that I could have been a better brother.


I watch the circle spin until it stops. The message sent. I close my eyes, and feel tears start to roll down them. I pull the rubber band off. It won't be long now.



==========================================================



The Past Has Passed
Jason’s House - Seattle
25 December 2020
OFF-Camera



Just as he felt himself slipped away, a jolt surges through Kris’ body and shakes him awake. He sits up instantaneously, sweat falling down his face. He does what he can to slow down his heart rate before his chest explodes. As he turns to the edge of the bed and swings his feet down to the cold floor, the memory starts to recede into the back of his mind where it belongs. He was six years removed from that day, the worst of his life. Luckily for him, his brother had managed to scrape him off the floor all those years ago, and paramedics were able to breathe life back into him shortly after. It was the lowest point of Kris life, and this time of year, it always haunted him. He had hoped it would stop once he found success. When that hadn’t worked, he thought maybe the death of the dreadful woman that birthed him would be enough to put it in his rearview. However, it appeared that this yearly ritual would continue until the day that Kris was finally allowed to check out of this existence.

He had no interest in going back to sleep. There was a chance that he was going to see the woman every time he closed his eyes for days. So instead of forcing himself back down into bed, Kris rises, shooting a glance towards an analog clock hanging on the wall. It was still the middle of the night. There was a good chance that he was going to be the only person meandering around the house at this hour, which felt perfect. He found comfort in the silent solitude. He put on a pair of basketball shorts, and was in the process of pulling his red hooded sweatshirt over his head as he was walking out the door when he was startled.


Kris: Jesus fuck!

Kris had almost run directly into his brother as he came through the doorway of the guest room and into the hallway. The older and wiser half of Jet City didn’t seem surprised to see his little brother out roaming the halls. Had they not been under the same roof, his phone likely would have been ringing in the near future anyways. As much as Kris’ nightmarish memory had become a yearly tradition, so too had their conversations afterwards. Jason needed only to see the look on his brother’s face before realizing what had roused Kris from his sleep.

Jason: Sometimes you just wish she would stay dead, eh?

Kris wipes the sleep away from his eyes and tries to straighten himself up. Jason was always dissecting the little details in order to answer questions without having to actually ask them, so there was no reason for Kris to try and hide how he was feeling.

Kris: Is it that obvious?

Jason shrugs with a small smile coming across his lips.

Jason: It’s been on my mind too. It always is this time of year. It’s not everyday that you have to bring your brother back from the dead.

Possibly for the first time, Kris started to see his memory from his brother’s perspective. The text message had been enough to send Jason rushing to Kris’ aid. However, the sight of his younger brother face down on the floor and unresponsive wasn’t something that he was ever going to forget. Jason could still hear the EMT’s arguing about throwing in the towel when it looked like Kris wasn’t going to come back. Yet he had, at the last possible moment. The two of them had been through a lot together, but that was the scariest moment of all for Jason. Both of them had been helpless children when their sister had died. Jason had been able to let go of the guilt over that. Standing by as an adult while his brother checked out of his plane of existence early would have been the worst way for history to repeat itself. He wasn’t so sure that he could have overcome the guilt of being the last child standing.

Kris: I’m not sure if I’ve ever act---

Jason shakes his head and cuts the sentence off before Kris can get it out.

Jason: You do every year, and everyday in the hospital afterwards. You don’t have to apologize anymore. Come on...

Jason pats his brother on the shoulder as he moves past him in the hallway. Two doors down from Kris’ bedroom was Jason’s office, which is where it looked like the two men were headed. As soon as they stepped foot into the room, the low yellow lights flipped on overhead automatically. Kris hadn’t been inside the office in several years, but was shocked as he looked around. Not only were all of the various championships and accolades from Jason’s career, including pictures of the two of them winning the SCW World Tag Team Championships, but there was an entire section with headlines and pictures of Kris and his successes. The first one that caught Kris’ eye was a picture of him holding the SCW Internet Championship over his head.

Kris: I didn’t know that you had all of this...

As Kris’ eyes wander across the wall in front of him, a smile crosses his face. His brother had been paying attention to everything he had done in SCW for years. He even already had the headlines from the SCW World Heavyweight Championship match with Jack pinned just overtop of a picture of the two of them celebrating as Jet City.

Jason: Just because I didn’t go back doesn’t mean I’m not watching. You’re putting together a career to be proud of.

Kris’ eyes find an article that Jason had printed out of the announcement of Jet City South’s grand opening just a few months ago. He was surprised. Jason hadn’t been the most pleased with Kris splitting away from JCSL in Seattle when he went back to Sin City. Kris thought that maybe his sibling may have written him off the same way most everyone else had.

Kris: I’m not sure there’s anyone in the world proud of me.

Jason sits down at his desk with a heavy sigh, and leans back in his chair.

Jason: That’s just your head playing tricks on you. The girls wouldn’t have wanted you to come back and spend the holidays with the kids if they weren’t proud of how you’ve turned yourself around.

Kris wasn’t willing to bet that his brother hadn’t already heard the whole story. He had to know that Kris hadn’t really turned himself around. Two months ago he was still spiraling out of control. He was lucky that when he was given the chance to prove himself, he had been able to step up. Kris wasn’t going to give himself too much credit for that though. He hadn’t known the girls were coming. He was just in the right place at the right time.

Kris: A couple of months of sobriety isn’t much to brag about…. Six years and I still can’t prove mom wrong.

The two of them had this conversation yearly, so Jason knew where it was going. Kris couldn’t see that the woman that pushed them out into this world was wrong, despite how many times had proven it. He had a family that cared about him no matter how much he tried to push them away. He wasn’t creating messes that Jason needed to clean up. Even more importantly, not only was he running his own gym but the days of Kris living in his brother’s shadow were long over. Kris had miraculously risen from the dead and achieved everything he ever wanted. Yet, he was still hung up on a drunken conversation with a spiteful woman. Jason knew hammering that subject wasn’t going to work though. He needed to get Kris to look past it.

Jason: How many people in this world can say that they had a dream as a child, and are actually living it as an adult?

Kris turns away from the wall to look at his brother puzzled. After a couple moments of consideration, Kris played along.

Kris: Probably not a lot. Why?

Now that he had his brother’s attention Jason doesn’t break from his gaze. He was hoping that the reason that this yearly pep talk never worked was because they were always talking over a phone. If Kris had to look him in the eye, maybe things would finally start to sink in. He wasn’t going to waste the opportunity to try, and if he failed, he knew he would get another shot in 365 days.

Jason: Well you are. That’s what makes it so miraculous from my perspective. Since you were a little kid fighting for your life, the only thing you’ve ever wanted to be was a fighter. You do that in Sin City week after week. You get to live your dream in front of thousands of people… some that cheer for you no matter how horrible you are.

Kris shrugs. He loved his career, but looking back at everything it had cost him to get to where he is, he wasn’t sure that it was the best path. His desire to be inside the ring cost him his past relationships. Being on the road so much had always limited his ability to make and maintain friendships. He may have been living his dream, but he was doing it all alone. It almost didn’t seem worth it.

Kris: It’s just another addiction. I like the attention. I like not knowing if I am going to be able to win. Everything in the ring feels like being backed into a corner, and having to fight your way out. It’s...

He couldn’t find the right word, but Jason had it immediately.

Jason: Familiar.

It catches Kris off-guard, and he almost shakes his head to disagree with his brother. However, just before he does, the word really sinks in and stops him.

Jason: For someone that has been fighting for as long as they can remember, sitting still is hard. Believe me. I’ve been there. There’s no shame in that. You went back because it is where you feel that you belong, and that’s why you’re so good at it. People don’t understand that the six-sided ring is actually your comfort zone. It’s being out in the world that actually scares you. I have always thought that’s why you started doing drugs in your down time. It passes the time, and stops you from having to actually figure out why you’re not happy.

Kris steps away from the wall and moves to the opposite side of the desk that his brother sits behind. He wasn’t angry. He wasn’t going to take offense, or lash out at his brother for his honesty. Kris falls into the chair across from his brother and looks up at the ceiling.

Kris: I don’t even know where I would start...

This was progress. Jason sits forward in his chair, nearly dumbfounded that Kris was participating in the conversation without becoming combative.

Jason: Who is saying you haven’t already started?

Confused, Kris looks down from the ceiling and back to his brother without sitting up in his chair.

Kris: I’m not following.

Jason shrugs.

Jason: You cleaned yourself up without help this time. And without anyone having to beg you to do it. You did it on your own. You’re running a gym that is becoming just as successful as what we built up here. You’re carrying two championships in the company you love, and have apparently pulled your head out of your ass lately. You’re growing up, whether you see it or not.

Maybe Kris was too close to all of it to be able to see it as progress, but he was willing to take the compliment anyways. Usually these conversations involved being called a fuck up. He was enjoying the more positive spin this one was taking.

Kris: I thought we promised that we weren’t going to do that though?

The two laugh.

Jason: Never intentionally. It just has a way of sneaking up on you.



==========================================================





>There is one thing that everything that I have accomplished in this company has in common.

I earned it.

I earned every opportunity that I was given. I relied on my abilities to win the championships that I have in this company. Every award, victory, and championship reign cost blood, sweat, tears, and broken bones. I have been injured in the six-sided Sin City ring more times than I remember. I have broken walls backstage with my body. I have been beaten with every weapon that this roster can think of. I have suffered setbacks, and overcome all of them.

I never wanted a championship handed to me. I didn’t even want an opportunity to challenge for one that I didn’t earn. Look at how Mikah and I worked our way up the mixed tag team division before challenging for the championships. Look at how I waited until I had won more than ten consecutive matches before redeeming my opportunity to regain the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. I am not sitting here as a dual SCW champion for the second time in my career because I took shortcuts. I put the work in. I lost a lot of matches, and rose from the ashes to earn the championships that I have carried, and the awards that I have won. That is why there are people that buy tickets to the shows just because my name is on the card. 

That is not a status that Caleb Storms is going to rise to by being handed a championship by J2H3. Especially not when the only reason for Caleb getting the title was because he was the biggest joke on the roster. You see, people look at Caleb as a guy that has to be handed everything because he can’t do anything right on his own. I mean, I closed out the year with fourteen consecutive wins over some of the best that this company has to offer. On the other hand, Caleb made a lot of noise for someone that lost like eight straight at one point last year. The guy has his ass handed to him more often than he pulls out victories, and it has been like that since he made his way to Sin City. Nobody is surprised to see Caleb lose. They are surprised to see Mark and Christian allow him to hold a championship that he has no hope of successfully defending. Maybe it is a slightly better option than forcing it to be vacated, but not by much. Caleb is never going to better himself or his craft by being handed things.

As a champion, I am insulted by how this match is being sold to the public. This isn’t a champion versus champion situation. This is a champion taking on a pretender. It might be the main event of the night, but there won’t be any surprises for the audience. The SCW World Heavyweight Champion is going to begin the year doing what he does best, and Caleb Storms will be well on his way to another losing record in 2021. We couldn’t be any more different from one another, and that is never going to change until Caleb takes a hard look at himself. Only he can make the changes that he needs to in order to break out of that mediocre shell of his. I’m not saying it’s not possible. I’m not saying that he isn’t talented enough to do it. It’s not like everyone thought that I was going to make it to where I am. Think about it. I am referred to as The Miracle, because I should have never risen to the level that I am at. I started out my time in this company getting beaten regularly. I have grown, adapted, and evolved over the years in order to keep inching closer and closer to the top spot in this company. Nothing and nobody was going to stand in my way or prevent me from getting to where I wanted to be. All that hard work has paid off not once, but twice in my career. I am once again the face of this company, and it was just as miraculous this time as it was last time.

I am going to say something that most will laugh at me for: I believe that Caleb Storms could do everything that I have done in this company and more. I mean look at me! I did it, and I am not the biggest, or the strongest member of this roster. I am not the smartest, or the most well-trained. However, being at the top of a company like this was my dream since I was a child, and I never let it go. I wanted it bad enough that I refused to accept no for an answer. I fought, I clawed, and I eventually got to where I wanted to be. Over the years we have all seen those same flashes of brilliance but they are few and stuffed between some really bad losses. For every step forward he takes, there are several that move him backwards. He has been a talented member of this roster for years, and the only thing he has to show for it is being an easy target for a punchline. I feel bad for him, but I feel worse for the championship belt that he holds. Without the Internet Championship in his possession, Caleb Storms is just an athlete that hasn’t quite found his rhythm yet. With the championship, he is a disappointing waste of potential.

So Caleb, unfortunately I have to make an example out of you on Climax Control. I have been trying to be a better role model for this company. What you are doing with that championship is not something that I can let slide. The people in the locker room, and the fans in the crowd deserve something better than you have proven yourself capable of offering. You haven’t earned the right to be called a champion, and I refuse to treat you like one until you stand toe-to-toe with me and prove me wrong.

There is part of me that really, really hopes that you are able to rise to that occasion this Sunday. I think we all know that the chances of that happening are nearly zero though. If it’s any consolation, maybe this match and these words will wake up something inside of you that I really hope is there. Maybe this is your time to miraculously rise up and skyrocket to the top of this company like Jack Washington did in 2020. I don’t see it happening, but am inviting you, daring you even, to show up at Climax Control and make it happen.

Step up and become The Miracle...

...or shut up and take the L.




11
Climax Control Archives / Someone like Kris
« on: December 18, 2020, 10:59:53 PM »
The Real World
Kris’ Apartment - San Diego
21 November 2020
OFF-Camera


The big one was right around the corner. Sure, he had to defend the Mixed Tag Team Championships at High Stakes in less than 24 hours, but he was already thinking past that. Time was running out on the control that he had of his own destiny. It was strange, he never actually thought that he would make it to the end of the year without being forced to put his opportunity on the line, or cash it in early to either win or reclaim the mixed tag team championships. Making it to the end of the year with his opportunity intact hadn’t seriously crossed his mind. Even worse, actually using his opportunity to ascend back to his rightful place atop of the SCW roster was overwhelming to think about. Back when Kris returned to Sin City, chasing after the World Heavyweight Championship was the last thing on his mind. It was Crystal that handed him the opportunity that he never asked for. All he did was go out to the ring and win it. That was hardly a challenge given that his competition was O’Malley, Barnhart and his former friend, Griffin Hawkins. Even then, he was able to put it in the back of his mind for the last few months. However, in the last few weeks, the idea of having one big match to close out the year was starting to feel real. The problem was, he wasn’t necessarily ready for it.

He wasn’t as sure of himself now as he was back in 2018. Kris spent the majority of the year hiding in the mixed tag division and doing what was easiest. Sure his record looked nice on paper, but he wasn’t challenging himself the way that he used to. He wasn’t even sure if he really even wanted to keep going. On top of that, stepping up to challenge for the top prize felt like more than he could handle. In preparation, he had quietly gone about cleaning himself up over the last three weeks. The plan was two months of sobriety by the time Christmas came around. Not just for Sin City and his big opportunity, but for himself. It didn’t seem like much of a goal, but it was a big step for Kris, especially on his own. Still, he didn’t think that it would be enough. He had started pushing the Jet City South students a little harder in order to sharpen his own skills. He still felt like he was playing catch-up though. He had been coasting for months, and trying to get back into the swing of things was more difficult with age and injuries. At least he could say that it was starting to pay off. He was getting there physically, but the stress of it all was running him down. Mentally, maybe pressure was just too much. He had a feeling that it was all of this was going to be too little, too late.

Those were the thoughts haunting him as he sat silently in the center of his room, in front of a blank canvas that he had been struggling to put color to for hours. The sudden rapid tapping of what sounded like a dozen people startled him and nearly knocked him off his chair. He didn’t have energy to spare in order to be mad at his intruders, but when he reached for the handle and pulled the door away from its attackers he didn’t know what to expect on the other side.


Kristopher Ryans: Why is everyone always so anno---

When his eyes found the three women in the hallway his mouth stopped moving. His breath became stuck in his lungs and his eyes fell down to the floor. On the bright side, he was glad that he hadn’t come to the door shouting in anger. That outburst only would’ve made things worse for him.

Liz Smalls: Oh lookies, he’s like speechless and stuffs. That’s new. I like it.

Liz was the last person that he thought would be at his door. She tended to stay as far away from wrestling shows as she could, especially with companies she used to be a part of. Her time with SCW was long over. She left the wrestling lifestyle behind years ago to focus on being a mother and a businesswoman. There were significantly less concussions in that line of work, even if it was Kris’ son she was raising. They were co-parents, but not so much friends. Let’s just say they got along better with distance between them. She wasn’t the problem though. Likely she was just along for the ride with the two other women.

Kali Fox-Cooper: He’s looking like shit too...

Kali, his former manager in SCW who became much more than that over the course of their time together. Without her, he probably would have never gotten to the World Heavyweight Championship reign that turned  him into The Miracle.

Heather Cooper: Yeah… well… it’s not like he has any supervision these days. You know he can’t take care of himself.

His now ex-wife was the reason that his eyes were focused on the floor. He hadn’t actually laid eyes on her since he left, but that was his fault. Heather was a recovering addict, just as he was but she managed to keep herself together because of the children they shared. That was supposed to be enough. It never was though. Kris always caved in, and all three of the women in front of him wouldn’t tolerate it anymore. That is how he ended up in San Diego in the first place.

Kris: ....I… uh…. can….

He was struggling to put together any series of words that wasn’t just going to dig the hole he was in deeper for himself. Luckily, Liz didn’t have the patience to wait for him to invite them in, so she cut him off by pushing past him and into the room.

Liz: Come on! If he’s really sad he’s deffs been painting.

Kali dips past him as well, and the two ladies go to work judging him for his living conditions. Heather pauses at the door, glaring at Kris even though he refuses to look up at her. He takes a step back and moves aside to allow her to pass into the room.

Liz: It’s so dark in here! How do you live like this?

She yanks open the black-out curtains covering several panels of large bay windows, brightening up the space immediately. Kris’ eyes have trouble focusing in the light, but help the three of them to quickly survey their surroundings.

Kristopher: It feels too big when it is all lit up...

Kali laughs at the excuse.

Kali: Coming from the guy who left Seattle so that he could compete in front of crowds again that is kind of funny...

Heather moves across the room and smacks Kali’s upper arm. The tension in the room was already making her nervous, and she could see from Kris' overall demeanor that he wasn’t exactly enjoying any of this either. There was no need to make this any worse than it was already.

Heather: You’ve been painting a lot...

It was just an observation, but it came off as more of an accusation. He knew what she meant. The more he painted, the more he was spending time alone, and if he was sealing himself off from the world, there was only one other thing he would be doing. To Heather, seeing the walls lined with canvases told her that he was not only on drugs, but had been for weeks, if not months. Even worse, hardly anything she could see was finished. Like he had no direction or inspiration. They all felt empty.

Kristopher: I have classes to teach at the gym. Sin City stuff to prepare for. I just do it to keep busy the rest of the time.

He was still talking to the floor, trying to lengthen the amount of time that they were spending on the pleasantries knowing that they didn’t really give a damn about his artwork.

Kali: I would have thought you filled most of that time nodding off in a corner somewhere...

Heather turned to Kali to defend Kris, but he was more than happy to stick up for himself on this one. There was no way that he was going to let himself come between them now that they had moved on in their relationship without him. It was the absolute least he could do.

Kristopher: I was. You’re right. I mean it’s not like I could hide it from any of you. I’m doing better now.

Heather relaxes slightly, but it wasn’t a good enough answer for either of the other two.

Liz: So does that just mean like… you’re not on anything right this second?

The really shocking thing was that Liz was able to cut into the conversation without being focused on them at all. Instead, she was working her way around the different paintings in the room. Five long years had been more than enough time to learn how to handle Kris better than most people could. Sidestepping his bullshit was almost second nature to her at this point.

Kristopher: Totally clean for over three weeks. I’m trying to pull myself back together. I have a big one coming up.

Kali: Defending your titles with Mikah?

That was not a subject that Kris was going to tackle with all of them right now, so he made sure to clarify his answer.

Kristopher: No, that will be a walk in the park. I’m talking about the match for the championship on the last show of the year. Not sure who it will be against yet.

Kali and Heather exchange a look with one another, as Liz finally finishes her lap around the room. The three women come together in front of him and have a short, nearly silent conversation that Kris doesn’t catch. He is finally able to meet Heather’s eyes, but only for her to immediately turn away. The three women appear to come to an agreement between themselves before Kali sighs heavily in his direction.

Kali: We want you to come back to Seattle with us after that match. We were really hoping that you would leave and come with us tomorrow, but if you have something else scheduled, we understand. But, you’ve been gone most of the year. The kids miss you. Quarantines have been lifting. It’s time to come back to the real world. We agreed that you could as long as you were leaving the drugs behind.

It wasn’t what he was expecting at all. He had assumed that this trip was going to be something negative. He had been bracing for the worst type of news, but what he was hearing was relief.

Kristopher: I mean, it’s still a few weeks away but there is a big break coming up anyways so---

Kali’s jaw clenches up and she looks over at Heather as if silently saying she told her it was going to go this way. The look of disappointment on Heather’s face was equally as telling. That was not the answer that any of them had wanted to hear.

Liz: Okies…. I’ll say it. Why are you so set on dying in the ring like my daddy did, huh? You come down here and get hurt all the time. Your whole family wants you to come home. You just want to sit down here, paint nothing at all, do your drugs, and sulk? No thank you.

Her sudden attack on him struck a nerve, and he couldn’t help but snap back at her.

Kristopher: I said I stopped. And you three were the ones that asked me to leave!

Heather finally steps up, raising her voice to stop Kris’ argument in its tracks.

Heather: We asked you to get help! We asked you to figure your shit out! We asked you to stop shutting us out, and let us help you work on whatever it is that has you fucked up after all these years! And for all we did, you ran away!

Kris shrugs, but his tone totally changes. Instead of puffing out his chest and getting louder, he shrinks back, wishing he wouldn’t have said anything at all.

Kali: You wanted to come down here to handle yourself, and make the Hall of Fame. Instead you spiraled out of control, and missed your opportunity. It’s time to cut your losses. You have a family to think about. Knock this off before you get yourself hurt again. I’m sorry you didn’t get what you wanted out of it.

He points at the rings on both Kali and Heather’s hands with another unapologetic shrug.

Kristopher: Looks like everyone is pretty fucking happy without me...

Heather shakes his head and opens her mouth to defend both herself and Kali, but Liz cuts her off.

Liz: First off Kristopher, LANGUAGE! We don’t need to talk like that to speak to each other! Shame on you! A secondly, these two can do whatever they want. They don’t have to sit around waiting on you to finally grow up. You should be happy for them! Just because you are dead set on being miserable doesn’t mean everyone else has to be!

Heather steps past Liz to be face-to-face with her ex-husband. He was still one of her best friends and she was not going to let him continue to throw himself away without at least giving it one last shot.

Heather: You are lucky that we are going to let you be a part of our kids lives. We definitely don’t have to be nice, but we knew what we were signing up for when we got involved with you. You are chaos that we chose, but it’s time to grow up. Come home.

Her words cuts him in half, but before Kris can answer, Liz interrupts the two of them with a challenge.

Liz: How’s about this? You win… like you can somehow... like... become the SCW Champion... You vacate your other title, and stay until you lose the big one. You might even make that Hall of Fame next time around. Maybe… like they’re not too busy inducting all of The Mean Girls as a group. Sorry not sorry. BUT…..If you lose, you have to come home at the end of the year and never look back. Okies?

Kris doesn’t immediately answer. Instead, his mouth opens and closes and few times wordlessly as he tries to find a way out of it without seeming cowardly. Kali laughs, drawing everyone’s attention to her.

Kali: He won’t take that bet. Look at him. He’s not Kristopher Ryans “The Miracle” anymore…. He’s not even a Nobody anymore. He’s a scared, sorry-ass shell of himself, and he knows it….he’s even too afraid to come home. This was a waste of time. There’s not enough left of him worth bringing back with us.

Again, he tries to put together the words to defend himself, but nothing comes out before more piles on him.

Heather: You’re right. Maybe this was a bad idea.

Clearly upset, Heather turns and leaves the room without giving Kris a chance to talk his way out of it. Kali shoots him another disappointing look before following Heather out to try and calm her down. Liz watches them go, but then focuses her attention back on Kris.

Liz: So many paintings, and not one of them mean a thing. Everything you used to do was always so inspired. Now you’re just going through the motions. Everyone can see it. That’s why they keep overlooking you, and that’s why you look lost. It was cute for a while, but now it’s kinda just like….sad.

Kris smiles, because despite the fact that everything she said was hurtful, she was still here. Despite everything that they had been through she was the only one to never write him off. It was the thing he found most intolerable about her.

Kristopher: Why does it sound like you’re the only one of the three of you not giving up on me?

She smiles, and reaches down into her purse. When her hand comes back out, she has an entire Nails by Liz kit in it. She tosses it to him excitedly and sits down, waving her fingernails at him.

Liz: ....I did come all this way….

Kris reluctantly pulls up a chair and sits down across from her. He hadn’t seen a kit like this one since the two of them were last in a relationship with one another. She was always a fan of his artistic ability, and used it for her own gain.

Kristopher: It’s been a long time since we’ve done this.

Liz shrugs with a smile.

Liz: You don’t talk a lot while you’re concentrating, and I have lots to say. Like, you can just listen because you’re in desperate need of being set straight…. Well, maybe that’s a bad choice of words.

Kris’ attention moves from her hands back up to her eyes, but it was the reaction that Liz expected from him.

Kristopher: Wh---

She shakes her head and puts her hands back in his, trying to drive his attention back to her nails.

Liz: More of that later, more nails now. And nothing sucky like those paintings! I have to be seen with these!

Kris starts to open up the kit, happy to have the distraction, even though it was going to come with a lecture. Plus, it was going to give him an excuse to avoid the crossfire that would happen if he chased after Heather and Kali. That was a problem to deal with at another time, and he wasn’t sure he was ever going to be able to fix those hurt feelings.


==========================================================




Long Day
Jet City South - San Diego
1 December 2020
OFF-Camera


Fenris: So, this is it.

The voice echoed off of the walls inside of Jet City South, the training facility that Kris opened with Coby Quik. Fenris was out of the country before Kris got the gym put together, so this was the first time that he was seeing it.

Kris: I know. It’s not the GO Gym. Still… I think I put together something decent this time around.

Kris searched Fenris’ face to see if he was going to attempt to hide how unimpressed he was with the gym. Fenris stood stubbornly silent on the matter, which was almost worse.

Kris: You know, there was a time where you had less of a grasp on the English language and I could let the silence go. Now that I know that you’re just being harsh, it’s a lot less pleasant.

Fenris gave him nothing but the blank stare of his icy blue eyes in response. He wasn’t sure why Kris had called him here. He had made it seem important, only to be stalling and for what, Fenris wasn’t sure. The only thing that he knew was that if he waited him out, Kris would stop beating around the bush.

Kris: So I realize that the two of us treat whatever this is as a joke most of the time, but you are pretty much the most straightforward person I know….

The words just kind of fall out of his mouth without Kris putting a whole lot of thought into them. He realized that in situations like this, he rarely helped himself by over-thinking. He just needed to let the words fall out as they came to mind. If Kris broke things down as they came to him, Fenris would tell him how to put the pieces together. There was no game between them. There was no manipulating one another. It was the kind of safety net that Kris needed at the moment.

Fenris: So there’s an actual reason that you asked me to come see your gym? A hidden agenda? Why am I not surprised?

Most of the time, Kris demonstrated the exact opposite of Fenris’ straightforward personality. Yet, they always seemed to click around one another. As friends. As more than. Everyone had heard the stories. Many had seen the video evidence that neither of them had been happy about the world getting  its hands on. However, during that scandal, Kris had been able to take the heat for both of them. He was able to be unapologetically open and honest about who he was. He took the lead on a subject that made Fenris want to curl up and hide, at least at the time. It was the one part of Kris that made stomaching the rest of him not so bad.

Kris: So all of the lady exes came to visit me before High Stakes. They want me to come home in a couple weeks after I cash in my opportunity against Jack.

It was not a turn that Fenris saw coming. In all of their time hanging out together, the subject of Kris’ family only came up rarely. Kris was more of an ‘in the moment’ type, which was probably the reason that most of his friendships and relationships fell apart. His impulsivity gets more and more toxic over time, and people give up on him.

Fenris: They think you’ll get beat badly enough to walk away?

It was meant as a joke, but the way that Kris took it told Fenris that he had successfully struck a nerve. Kris averted his eyes and started to chew on the inside of his mouth. He was agitated, and actually opening up was not something that he did well. Instead of taking the joke personally, he tried to push past it.

Kris: From the sounds of it…. yeah.

It was time for some of the tough truth that Fenris assumed that Kris had called him to provide. Kris just hadn’t accounted for the disappointment on his friend’s face.

Fenris: Oh, for good?

Kris shrinks a little. He had already started to turn away, but now his eyes fell to the floor. The ladies had every reason to try and create doubt in his mind. Fenris didn’t.

Kris: They said that when I lose I should come back home with them and worry about taking care of my kids. Put all of this behind me the same way that Liz did a few years back. They think a lot of my problems have to do with the fact that I need this business to make myself feel special, but it brings out the worst in me.

Even though Kris couldn’t see him, Fenris was mostly nodding in agreement with his former adversary. That was, until he got to the last part. There was a reason that Kris wasn’t himself, but it had nothing to do with Sin City itself.

Fenris: Blaming a company that signs your paychecks is dumb. The reason that you don’t feel like yourself is because you aren’t acting like yourself. You stopped being your own person months ago. If this is all you have to offer, maybe you should go home.

Kris had tried really hard not to take the attacks personally from the girls, but this was getting to be too much. He was having trouble not getting defensive. Part of him knew that what Fenris was saying was true, but it didn’t make it harder to hear.

Kris: Yeah, they said that too. They said I’m not The Miracle anymore. How could I expect to walk into Climax Control and act like I know it’s not true. Sure, I’ve only lost one match this year, but it’s not like I’ve had the stiffest competition.

Again, Fenris agreed with most of what he was saying, but felt like Kris wasn’t putting together the obvious answer.

Fenris: When you came back you looked happy... You looked like you wanted to be out in the ring competing.... You were whole. You had a hell of a match with Griffin…. You won the opportunity to get back the championship you couldn’t win from me... but then you froze…. and Mikah came along….

Kris couldn’t help but notice the change in tone for the last of Fenris’ words. Any attempt he was making to hold back his defensiveness went out the window the moment his partner got dragged into the conversation.

Kris: Mikah doesn’t have shit to do with shit.

Fenris holds up both of this hands in front of his chest innocently, but it is more sarcasm than anything else.

Fenris: I forgot, your tag team partner isn’t subject to criticism, even though she only agreed to come back once you had a guaranteed championship match.

Kris was starting to miss the days when this kind of communication between the two of them was impossible.

Kris: And I didn’t let her use me to get it! But I guess that doesn’t matter. I’m still somehow just doing what she wants in everyone’s eyes. I should have known this was a bad idea...

Not one to back down in the face of someone being aggressive, Fenris fired right back at him.

Fenris: You shouldn’t have asked for advice that you weren’t ready to hear. You’re only getting upset because you know I’m right. You changed when she came back. You have bent yourself to her will at every turn. You got your opportunity and it freaked you out, so you have been hiding under her thumb ever since. It’s not like I haven’t been watching, and you’re only mad because you know it’s true.

Kris shrugs his shoulders, finally giving up his defense.

Kris: What if it’s just easier doing what she wants instead of dealing with the consequences of being myself? She gives me cover. Everyone blames her for every little thing that we do, and it’s easier for me to let it be that way.

It was still baffling to Fenris that Kris couldn’t see how big of a problem that really was.

Fenris: And you wonder why everyone thinks that you are in over your head right now. You’ve been hiding for the last six months and now you’re out of time. It’s finally time to step up and all of your exes show up and give you the option to run away from everything all over again. You’re saying that your choices are be Mikah’s bitch, or run away. I think you’re better than either of those two choices, so make a better one.

Fenris gives him a chance to tell him that he is wrong, but Kris makes no attempt to defend himself.

Fenris: You can’t keep going the way things are going, but I don’t think that you should run away either. The girls might be half right, but they’re wrong about running away. Maybe stop trying so hard to be Mikah’s partner, and try being Kristopher Ryans for a while. Then face your fears instead of running away. You’re never going to know if you can make it to the top again unless you give it a shot. What do you have to lose?

Being Kristopher Ryans was exactly what felt so fucking terrifying to him. Taking that shot and letting everyone down was the whole reason that being part of a team had been more appealing. It had been months since he had to deal with anything close to real anxiety about losing. He had been able to sit back on auto-pilot while looking more and more impressive on paper. Though the more he thought about it, the more he realized that he had been moving in a different direction before The Black Sheep reemerged. That could be the explanation for feeling so lost, although Liz certainly had her own theory on that. Kris wasn’t sure now was the time to cross that bridge though.

Kris: I’m pretty sure nobody really gives a shit about Kris Ryans anymore.

Fenris shrugged.

Fenris: I’m a fan. There are others. I think we’re all just hoping to see the real Kris come back. The one that I really wanted to face for a championship after winning that Blast from the Past tournament.

The words brought a smile to Kris’ face, but he wasn’t even sure that he could explain why. The idea that the way he was feeling wasn’t his true self was sort of a relief. Maybe all he needed to do in order to feel better was correct the course he was on. Could it be that easy to shrug all of the negativity off of him.

Kris: I’m not even sure what that would look like.

Fenris shrugged, motioning towards the ring in front of the two of them. Jet City South was still set to be empty for a couple of hours, but the six sided ring in the center of the room was always lit up by the overhead lights.

Fenris: Well, we have a couple weeks…. let’s see if we can figure it out.

Fenris made a motion to pull his hooded sweatshirt over his head, not waiting for Kris to respond one way or the other. He knew what the answer was going to be, because he wasn’t going to be accepting anything other than yes. Luckily, Kris had no intention of turning him down.

Kris: You’re on!


==========================================================



>As the scene opens, we see the challenger to Jack Washington’s championship sitting in a plastic chair on a San Diego beach. He appears to be the only one out, with the beaches in the area still closed. Luckily for Kris, the house that Jet City built backed up directly to the water. The local government couldn’t kick him off of his own property. The Miracle had a red hoodie zipped up to his chin since the breeze coming in off the water was chilly. He wasn’t complaining though. This was his happy place. He had spent decades of his life sitting in this sand. It was comforting.

You know, Sin City didn’t have to let me come back.

His checkered past with the company was a never-ending cycle of coming and going for one reason or another. Sometimes it was the drugs. Other times it was injuries. There was always something taking his focus away. Kris was done living that life though.

Every time that I left I would think to myself that there is no way that they would let me back in. I felt like I had burned the bridge several too many times. Yet, there was always someone in the office that had my back. There was always someone willing to give me another chance to make good on all my promises. The Kris Ryans redemption story was apparently an easy pitch, because it must have worked five or six times by now.

He laughs, although he shouldn’t take any kind of enjoyment out of the problems that he has caused over the years.

I like to think that over time I have given Sin City a good return on their investment. For a time, I was the face of this company. I got to hold the SCW World Heavyweight Championship for a long time. To be honest, I kind of lucked into getting that shot as well. I went to Mark and Christian and appealed to them to let me give this company a better ending than the one that they were getting. I wanted to give something back to the fans, the competitors in the locker room, and the people behind the scenes that had given me every opportunity to succeed up to that point, only for me to piss it away. I couldn’t stomach to see Sin City close forever with Calvin Harris or Tommy Crimson being the last person to hold our top prize.

He smiles, but to this point refuses to look into the lens of the camera.

I think the reason that I have been thinking about that so much is because it was the one time that I managed to live up to all of the expectations that people had of me. I didn’t come back just to collect a check to get what I really wanted. I didn’t come back for personal success. I came back because I wanted to do something for this company, and its fans. I wanted to give them a feel-good moment before we went off the air forever, because the people deserved that for all of the time and energy that they had invested in us over the years. I wanted to do that because I used to be a little kid watching shows like the ones that we put on in Sin City and dreaming that I could be a part of it. I wanted to give that version of myself an ending that he deserved…. and that was when everything just kind of clicked for me.

His eyes aren’t focused on the waves anymore, and instead flick back and forth as Kris tries to remember the feeling he had raising both the Roulette and SCW Championships when Full Circle went off the air. His final moment was supposed to live forever. Years later, it just feels like the best dream he ever had. The company reopened. Now it’s just another moment lost in the vast history of Sin City.

Being the top champion of this company wasn’t something that I took lightly. People talk about the championship like it is something to add to your resume and rub in everyone else’s faces. It is a lot more than that though. Holding that championship might make you feel like you’re somebody, but I have always believed that the champion says more about the company than the championship itself says about the champion. When you hold that belt, you are the measuring stick by which all other companies judge us. You are the chosen leader of the roster. The things you say, and the things that you do, matter. It’s a responsibility as much as it is an accolade and I don’t think very many people in this business actually understand that. I know that our current champion doesn’t. I know that the last few seemed to have missed that memo as well.

He finally looks into the lens of the camera, not afraid to call out the lackluster transitional champions that have attempted to take over in the last six months or so.

There was a reason that I held onto my opportunity to challenge for the top belt for as long as I did. I didn’t think that I was ready to take on the responsibility. When I came back this last time, it wasn’t to do the right thing. It wasn’t to give everyone the champion or competitor that they deserved. It was selfish. I came back for myself, and have spent the last six months doing what I felt was best for me, not this company. I didn’t want the pressure or the spotlight, because I didn’t know if I was still capable of carrying an entire company on my back without making it all about me. I didn’t know if I could do what only Ben Jordan and Fenris were able to do during my two year absence. I wasn’t sure if I still had it in me to be The Miracle.

It was honesty from a man that had spent the better part of the last year using a whole lot of words to say nothing at all. It was starting to feel like maybe Kris was starting to shed the protective shell that he had built around himself.

This company deserves better. The people that watch it deserve better. I have been sitting back and watching this company fall into the mediocrity that I said that I was going to stop. I watched Griffin Hawkins, Alex Jones and now Jack Washington stake a claim to something that they are not capable of actually living up to. Maybe I am just now waking up to the fact that I have a responsibility to set things right in this company. Just like at Full Circle years ago, I have an obligation to step up and stop the horror show known as 2020 as it comes to a close.

The signature Kris smirk that has frustrated many opponents over his career appears across his face, and Kris stands up out of his chair.

People are going to ask; why me? Well my record speaks for itself. There’s not a single thing worth doing in this company that I haven’t already accomplished. So they’ll ask; why now? And to that I say, I think that I have wasted enough time sitting on the bench. In the last year I have proven that there still isn’t anyone in this company that is capable of taking me down, so why not take my place at the top of the ladder? Sin City deserves better than what Jack Washington is capable of providing. I think it’s long past time I do my best to give everyone what they actually deserve.

With that, he exits the frame, leaving the camera focused on his empty chair and the waves rolling in. After a brief moment, the camera fades to black.


==========================================================




Push
Jet City South - San Diego
18 December 2020
OFF-Camera


Kris was closing in on two full months of sobriety, but was also just forty-eight short hours from walking into Climax Control to challenge Jack Washington. A month ago he was terrified of the challenge that this weekend represented, but with each passing day he was more and more ready. His sense of excitement about the business was coming back. Getting the drugs out of his system once and for all had helped clear his mind. The harsh reality that Liz and the girls had slapped him with really shook him out of sleepwalking he had been doing for months. Plus, his conversation with Liz led him to Fenris, who had been the most helpful person to have around while preparing for a championship match. Kris was starting to feel like the man that walked into Full Circle and turned the world on its head. Not long ago, he wouldn’t have thought it was possible. However, now that he was back on the right path, he couldn’t shake the feeling that he had led someone else down the wrong one.

Kris: I was wondering when you were going to show up...

After taking a look at the security cameras in Jet City South, Kris knew where to find Court. Since she had started her losing streak, she was avoiding everyone. The more time Kris spent with Fenris though, the more he felt responsible for Court’s regression in the ring. He was supposed to be her mentor, and he hadn’t been taking that responsibility seriously.

Court: You just want to rub it in my face that you’re getting everything you want and apparently I suck?

Kris takes a deep breath and steps away from the ropes and into the center of Jet City’s ring as Court approaches. He didn’t want anything that he did to seem threatening, because there was no way she was going to trust that this wasn’t all some game.

Kris: I wanted to say I’m sorry for not being a better teacher.

Court steps between the middle and bottom ropes, joining him in the ring. As he suspected, there was no way that she believed him. Most likely, she thought he was mocking her in an attempt to hurt her feelings. He knew he didn’t deserve the benefit of the doubt, so couldn’t complain about not getting it.

Court: Are you fucking kidding me? You’ve never been a good teacher. For fuck’s sake you taunted me into breaking my hand which caused me to miss time in the first place. You cost me my chance at the Bombshell Championship! Then you pushed me way too hard over and over again until I missed years of my career. You have been the absolute worst to me since I first asked you and Mikah for help, and now you want to apologize?

Kris takes a step away from her as her voice raises and she advances on him. He tries to hold up his hands in innocence, but she slaps at them causing him to jump back away from her.

Kris: You’re right. I’m not even arguing with you.

Court clenches her jaw and looks away from him. Blood has already rushed to her face, and she has to take a deep breath in an attempt to keep herself from letting her emotions boil over. It takes her a few moments, but she is finally able to force out a few words almost under her breath.

Court: You don’t just get to apologize for being a shitty person for years.

Kris nods, still keeping his distance from her. He wasn’t dumb enough to think that he could take her down if she was determined enough to hurt him. Mikah had trained Court in all of the technical wrestling that Kris was too stubborn to ever pay too much attention to. He didn’t want it to come to that though. They were on the same team. They always had been, even if he never acted like it.

Kris: Look, from the moment you showed up and asked Mikah to train you, I have been hard on you. I thought that maybe I was just being as shitty to you as the world was to me, and that maybe you would learn to rise above it like I did.

Court shrugs her shoulders, so he was trying to demean her after all. She should have seen it coming.

Court: Sorry I wasn’t good enough to meet your expectations.

Kris shakes his head. He should have known that she would have taken his words as a jab instead of how he meant them. He had trained her to always assume the worst about every word that came out of someone’s mouth. In a way, he had nobody to blame but himself.

Kris: That’s my fault. I kept wanting you to do better without ever doing anything to actually help you. Breaking you down isn’t helpful. I was just doing to you what so many people were always doing to me. To be honest, I still haven’t been able to shrug a lot of that off. I am a broken work in progress, and I have turned you into the same thing. The problem is, you didn’t start broken. I made you that way. That’s why I wanted to apologize to you.

Court moves away from him and screams into the void of the empty gym. She throws several punches at the top turnbuckle of the nearest corner and yells out again in an attempt to vent at least some of the feelings racing through every cell in her body. She turns back at him still angry.

Court: ...what am I supposed to do with any of this? I get that you’re saying all this to make yourself feel better, but what am I supposed to do with? You need me to tell you that it is all alright? I can’t do that.

Kris shakes his head.

Kris: I don’t expect that at all. To be honest, if you don’t want anything to do with me, Jet City South, or The Black Sheep, I would get it. You have every right. I don’t know if I can ever make it up to you, but there was no way that I could sit back and watch you try to become some new version of me. That’s not a road you should have to go down. I’m sorry I was pushing you that direction.

Court laughs, still not quite able to wrap her head around the conversation that they were having.

Court: You know, as far as apologies go that’s actually pretty good, but coming from you it just makes me more angry.

Kris smiles, hoping that it was a start of of a positive turn in the conversation.

Kris: That sounds as positive as I could hope for. I realize that you have no reason to trust me, but I promise that things are going to be different if you decide to stick around.

She knew that she shouldn’t, but she trusted him. Maybe it was just because Fenris was back, and if she asked him to, he would definitely pull at least one of Kris’ limbs off for her. There wasn’t really any downside to giving him a chance to prove that he could live up to what she asked of him three years ago.

Court: So I take it you’ve cleaned yourself up?

He nods.

Kris: Yeah, and I appreciate you not telling anyone that you knew about it. I’m close to two months now. I’m starting to think a lot more clearly. Fenris is helping me get ready for the World Heavyweight Championship match.

Court assumed that there was a lot more to the story than he was giving her at the moment, but she could probably fill in most of those gaps on her own. Either that, or Fenris would under a little pressure.

Court: He’s one of the best. Maybe you have a chance after all.

From the shock on Kris’ face, she could tell that he hadn’t expected to have her support.

Kris: I think you’re the first person to actually say that I have a chance.

It was strange to think of someone with the public confidence that Kris displayed doubting himself. Being a champion was all that he talked about. It was the type of thing he filled his promo time speaking about. Anyone that had spent ten minutes with him had heard a list of his accomplishments. Before now, he would have never admitted to her that he had doubts about his abilities. It was a start.

Court: I mean, you’re The Miracle. SCW is Kris, right?

He hadn’t been either of those things for a very long time, but there was a twinge of something starting to come to life that had been lying dormant.

Kris: More like Kris is SCW. I never really cared for it the other way around. The company is so much bigger than me, or any other individual. It was fun to say and watch people get mad, but it has always been the other way around. They have never needed me, and I have always needed them. Being in this business was all that I ever wanted to do, and Sin City was the only place that ever treated me like I belonged. It’s my home. My real home.

It sounded to Court like Kris was still figuring some things out about himself, even as he was trying to explain it to her.

Court: Why does it sound like you were thinking about leaving?

He shrugs, but not to blow off the question like he had for years. For the first time, he was starting to treat her like an equal.

Kris: I was offered a free out. One of those ‘do the right thing’ deals. I am starting to realize that it would just be me running away from the challenges here. I belong in SCW. It’s been too long since I went out there and really showed the world that I could do. I have been playing it safe all year.

Court was taken aback by that as much as anything else.

Court: Kris Ryans has been holding back? Strange. I thought you were being a pretty huge dick.

He laughs, but shakes his head before trying to clarify.

Kris: That’s part of it. I’ve been trying to pack myself into a little box. Just kind of phoning it in, you know? I didn’t have to do much in order to be successful with Mikah in my corner and no real challengers in the Mixed Tag Division. It’s not enough though. When I was little, I didn’t dream about being in this line of work just to settle in the midcard. I wanted to be at the top. That was what The Miracle is. A kid from the bottom that made it to the top. I just happened to make it to the top on the night that the company was supposed to end. I swooped in at the very last second....

Instead of thinking back to Full Circle like Kris was, Court turns her attention to their immediate future.

Court: Kind of how you’re swooping in to end the shittiest year of all time with the most positive note it could end on?

Kris had been so busy looking backwards to see how history was moving to repeat itself.

Kris: I guess you’re right...

Court smiled.

Court: Well, I learned from some of the best… and also you.



==========================================================



>Make no mistake about it, Jack Washington is just another junkie.

Kristopher Ryans is standing in the office of his San Diego apartment. All of his various championships adorn the walls behind him, on display for anyone that doubted the amount of blood, sweat, and tears he has given to this company over the years.

That’s the one thing that sticks out to me about my guy Jack. At first, it was all about the money. He would get upset when he lost because it meant that he was going to have to suffer through taking the loser’s end of the purse. Then it was about the fame and the rush of it. He wanted to skyrocket to the top, because that meant more recognition, better marketing, and even more money. He couldn’t get enough of it. He bought a bunch of expensive bullshit to make himself feel better, and then shredded it once his eyes focused on the real gold. We saw it in the lead up to his big flop against Ben Jordan. He set his sights on the SCW World Heavyweight Championship, and hasn’t ever taken his eyes off of it. First he had a replica, which was kinda sad. Now it’s the real thing… and it’s only slightly less sad. I have to give him at least a little credit for getting to the top despite some crushing losses, but I’m not surprised. He has said himself: he needed his fix, and that championship was the only thing that was going to make the itch go away. Now he is willing to knock over and tear down everything around him just to protect the source of his euphoria. It doesn’t matter who he has to destroy. It doesn’t matter the things that he has to say, or the people that he has to hurt. The only thing that he is worried about is hanging onto the high.

Kris talks as someone with experience.

I’ve been there. I’ve done that. I’m not the person to shame Jack Washington for the way that he has been acting lately. I don’t think that anyone would be swayed by anything that I have to say, because I don’t really have a leg to stand on when it comes to people’s addictions. Mine have very nearly ruined my career here several times. For years I did the same thing that he is doing. Sure, my problems are with an actual substance, and Jack’s drug of choice is the power trip that he is drunk on, but the principle is the same. Just like Jack, I showed up here for years just for the money. I didn’t care about anything other than the check I was getting for doing something that I was good at. I didn’t care about putting on a worthwhile show. I didn’t care about being at the top level of competition. I just wanted to get paid. Everything else was just a bonus.

Half of the championships behind him wouldn’t be there had he not chosen a better course of action for himself.

The problem is, addiction corrupts. I mean, you can keep it at bay for a while, but the shit just gets worse and worse. The spiral always leads down to the bottom. Sure, I was a record breaking Roulette Champion. I held the Internet Championship with moderate success as well. Like Jack though, my singular focus on my addiction held me back. I didn’t break through the glass ceiling and become The Miracle until I gave it up.

That was where Kris’ path split away from Jack’s, and that fact was not lost on The Miracle.

Now I know people are saying; but Jack Washington is the SCW World Heavyweight Champion! And they’re right. Jack has managed to get further than I ever could without shrugging off his drug of choice, but how impressive is he really? I mean, the guy has only gone up against two people that were ever close to being unstoppable in this company. One of them was me. The other one was Ben Jordan. Jack will talk all day long about how he was so close to beating Ben, but we all know that in this line of business close doesn’t make him special. He lost. He came up short. It doesn’t matter that he passed out instead of getting pinned or tapping out. He stepped into the ring with one of the best in the history of this company and couldn’t get the job done. Period. He wasn’t good enough to beat Ben Jordan.  He wasn’t good enough to beat me. And I’m sure he’s going to have a lot of horrible things to say about me this week, but it doesn’t change the fact that when he got his first shot at that championship, he came up short. That is where the two of us are different. I won the opportunity when it was put in front of me. Jack failed against Ben, and he wasn’t good enough to beat me either.

Kris could almost hear the same repeated excuse from the weeks after Jack’s big loss.

....and we always hear the “I came within a cunt hair” story when Jack tries to explain away his loss to Ben, but we never hear him bring up the time he tried to step up to The Miracle. And I get it; it makes him look amazing that Ben Jordan wasn’t able to get him to give up during their match but the way that I dismantled him makes him look like a joke. That is why he stays quiet about it. That is why when he brings up my name, he refuses to acknowledge that it changed years ago. He thinks calling me by some old moniker gets under my skin, or makes it seem like he knows me. Like somehow his words and insults have some deeper meaning because of a name that I haven’t gone by in years. You know what that actually tells me? For all of Jack’s talk of people forgetting about me, he still remembers my name pretty vividly. After all these years, I must have made some kind of dent in the wrestling business if that name is still stuck in his head.

A smug smirk forms in the left corner of Kris’ mouth. He was enjoying this.

...and yeah… Jack is going to brag about being the champion. He is going to gloat about his meteoric rise to the top, but if you really look at it, the guy isn’t all that impressive. He didn’t get it done during the Blast from the Past tournament. He couldn’t get it done as the King of a Day. He had two opportunities, and he didn’t get the job done either time. He had to let the championship change hands a couple of times before coming out to the ring to bitch his way into another shot. For a guy with a couple of big losses on a short record, it seemed like a lot to ask for. Last I checked, this Jack-off was still a rookie who hasn’t really beaten anyone more formidable than the two disappointments of Wolfslair. I get that they used to be dominant, but that hasn’t been the case for the last few months. They choke about as often as they win, and seem to always come up short in the big spots. And other than those two, Jack has only taken on people like Agostino and O’Malley. I have been in the ring with both of them this year, but you don’t see me bragging about it. I don’t think victories like that alone would qualify me to challenge for the biggest prize in this company either.

Kris was tired of watching Sin City’s spoiled brat of a champion talk down to the roster like he had done something noteworthy. It was time for someone to put him in his place.

Jack’s best claim to fame is a match that he lost and his ability to be really mean to people in front of a camera. The fact that he holds that championship right now impresses me about as much as my past accomplishments impress him. The way he was able to skip to the top is never going to make him seem unstoppable. It’s not going to make him a good champion. Jack’s not a measuring stick. He’s an addict trying to keep hold of his stash. If he was honest with himself, Jack would see that this is the biggest match of his very short career. He wouldn’t see me as a pointless relic of the past, but as more of an opportunity to prove he is as good as he says that he is. I think he’s going to go a different route though. It’s disappointing, but it doesn’t matter what he thinks of me. My place in this company isn’t up for debate. My history is SCW history, because KRIS is SCW.

Jack’s problem with me was that I was walking around SCW like I was owed something. He said I was an insufferable prick that wanted rose petals thrown at his feet for the smallest accomplishments. He called me snap-finger famous. I mean, it’s just words meant to get a rise out of me ahead of a match he went on to lose. It shouldn’t have mattered. I got the last laugh by pinning him cleanly in the middle of the ring for everyone to see. He called me weak and raved that he was going to break me, only to be outclassed inside SCW’s six-sided ring. So, I thought I would be able to shake it off. But then he went on to beat Finn, Vinnie, Agostino, O’Malley, and Wolfslair, just like I did. He claimed to be the face of this company, like I was. He won the SCW World Heavyweight Championship that I had the opportunity to reach out and take at any moment. And it felt like he did it at the snap of a finger.

The hypocrisy was too much for Kris to ignore. He was used to people lashing out at him, but rarely would they immediately become the thing they were projecting onto others.

Jack’s addiction has turned him into all of the things that he said he hated about me a few months ago. I think it’s only right that I do him the favor of sobering him up. That’s what’s best for the people of Sin City. Maybe he can sit back and take some notes on what being a real champion looks like. I’ll be taking the SCW World Heavyweight Championship home with me from Climax Control. Don’t worry though Jack, I’ll bring you another consolation L to take home.


====================


12
Climax Control Archives / A Real Challenge
« on: October 23, 2020, 10:43:58 PM »
JUMP
Jet City South - San Diego
23 October 2020
OFF-Camera



Kris was busy plowing through the paperwork from the day-to-day goings-on of Jet City South when he heard his friend’s trudging from down the hall. The door to the office was not only closed, but locked which was apparently the source of the fastest member of Jet City’s frustration. A loud bang on the door after the handle failed to give was obviously from Coby throwing a fist at it, not that it was going to help his situation. There was a long pause, while Kris assumed the man was searching for his keys, before the lock turned and the door flew open almost as if it had been kicked. Coby enters through the door carrying a box big enough to block most of his field of vision. He drops it on the floor, which makes a lot less noise than Kris expected, showing that it was more large and awkward to carry than it was heavy. Coby easily kicks it across the floor and it slides to a stop in front of Kris’ desk. Wordlessly, Coby motions in annoyance at his friend, but Kris merely shrugs his shoulders and returns his attention to his desk.

Kris: Who has your feathers all ruffled?

Kris tried to keep the amusement out of his voice, knowing it would likely only make matters worse. Coby rarely got this upset about anything. In fact, he was more proud of his level-headedness than he was his ability in the ring. If Kris could poke Coby into exploding over what Kris assumed was a box of halloween decorations they had ordered, it would be the high point of his day.

Coby: I’m not a bird. I don’t have feathers, and if I did they wouldn’t be ruffled at all. I’m good.

Coby dropped his gym bag onto his own desk, and moved across the room before tossing himself down on couch along the wall.

Kris: That both sounded and looked convincing....

The words came out of Kris’ mouth without any hint of the fun that he was having. He tried to make it seem like he was more focused on his computer screen than the conversation.

Coby: Why don’t you ever bother me about stepping up from Underground to SCW?

Kris’ attention was immediately pulled away from what he was pretending to do. He drops the uninterested act, almost dumbfounded by how pointed Coby’s question was. It made him uncomfortable when people were that direct, and it showed in the tone of his response.

Kris: I...didn’t know I was supposed to be?

It was not a turn in the conversation that Kris was prepared for. He and Coby had been partners for a little more than a year, and friends for five more, but he had never gotten the impression that Coby really valued his opinion. It was the same story as everyone else. He came to Jet City through extended family, and just happened to be better than most of the rest of them at being able to tolerate Kris. Kris had never given any thought to the idea that Coby might actually take him seriously though. He was blindsided.

Coby: Just seems to me like if you thought that I could step up I would be hearing about it constantly. You’re annoying about pushing others to do things that benefit you. Yet, you haven’t said anything about it.

Instead of trying to dig through what Coby was saying, Kris takes offense to the attack.

Kris: So let me see if I’m following you. Because I haven’t been bothering you, I don’t think that you can do it? Is that what you think?

Maybe it wasn’t that big of a stretch, but there was no way that Coby came to that conclusion on his own. Kris knew almost immediately that there had to be more to it than he was getting, but Coby shrugs off the question and gets more defensive.

Coby: I mean it’s hard not to see it that way.

This time Kris actually laughs out loud, but not at the words themselves. He had heard this type of thing before, just not coming out of Coby’s mouth. He was much more rational than this. Something wasn’t adding up.

Kris: Maybe for a crazy person!

Kris’ mind was already off to the races trying to put together the puzzle pieces that Coby had given him. He didn’t even notice that Coby didn’t take the insult in stride.

Coby: That’s insulting.

Kris shakes his head, still trying to wrap his head around what was happening. Instead of arguing with Coby, he tries to walk his friend through a different perspective.

Kris: When you came down to San Diego, which I didn’t make you do, you said you wanted to go to Underground so that I didn’t overshadow you. That was your plan, not mine. I was just letting you have your space. I don’t see how this is my fault.

Coby shrugs, not following Kris’ logic at all.

Coby: You rarely do.

It was a line of attack that Kris had been subjected to numerous times by more people than he could count. Most of the time whoever it had been had come to Kris with a legitimate gripe. It was a character flaw that he knew about. He wasn’t about to take credit for something that wasn’t actually his fault though.

Kris: Okay, usually you may have a point there, but I really feel like this is one that you are just piling on me to feel better about the fact that they aren’t doing a whole lot with you over there.

It wasn’t hard to push Coby away from verbal attacks and onto what was actually on his mind. He wasn’t nearly as petty and stubborn as Kris was.

Coby: It’s a lot of getting chased around by the masked people, and not a whole lot else these days.

Things had been pretty bleak as of late, but there was at least one silver lining that Kris felt inclined to point out.

Kris: You have that contender match coming up. If you take that, you’re back on track to where you want to be. Since when did you become so impatient?

Now they were circling back around to the fact that Kris knew that someone had put these delusions into Coby’s head. It had become his goal to figure out that person’s identity since the moment Coby had pointed the finger of blame at him. Kris had a knack for making sure that blame got placed appropriately, even if he had to do it himself.

Coby: You know what, just forget about it. I didn’t say anything.

Coby’s eyes widened, almost like he had put together what Kris’ endgame was. It was too late though.

Kris: Ah, so this wasn’t you, this was someone putting an idea in your head that you’re underappreciated.

Kris had already been mentally working his way through a short list of suspects. He only needed a few more clues to narrow it down.

Coby: Just let it go.

If Coby wasn’t going to volunteer any more information, Kris would just have to goad him into it by working through the problem aloud.

Kris: ...and you only really see a handful of people these days. I doubt it was a random person here. Chelsea wouldn’t have been that shitty to you….

Of course, Kris couldn’t know for sure. Saying her name and reading Coby’s reaction was the only way to eliminate Chelsea. Even though they were friends, she had a short temper and could really tear into people when she was upset.

Coby: It’s really not important.

Kris could safely rule out both Chelsea and anyone random, which was a lot more helpful than Coby could have imagined.

Kris: ...and since it wasn’t me, that really just leaves two people that you would come across on a daily basis that would have any chance of getting under your skin.

Knowing that arguing was pointless, Coby rolls his eyes.

Coby: You’re the single most insufferable person in the world...

There were only two options and one was a lot more likely than the other.

Kris: ...and since Mikah would have told me as much so that we could enjoy the fallout of it together, that really just leaves our dear friend Courtney.

Coby sarcastically claps his hands together too softly to produce any sound to celebrate Kris figuring it out. He knew that Court would probably have to pay a price for that, but that was between her and Kris.

Coby: I assume you have a point...

Kris had already shifted away from their actual conversation and onto Court though. She had put him through the ringer lately, and was now doing the same with Coby. It all gave him more questions than answers.

Kris: And I assume that she has one. She’s been poking around at everyone around here, and keeps tweeting things about starting to play some of the cards that she has been holding. She has some plan.

Coby took his opportunity to turn it back around on Kris now that he was given the opportunity.

Coby: You almost sound jealous.

Instead of trying to deflect, Kris tries to give a direct answer. It was the least he could do since Coby hadn’t made this conversation impossibly difficult to navigate.

Kris: I don’t like feeling like I’m being manipulated for something.

Coby laughs at how hypocritical those words were coming out of Kris’ mouth.

Coby: Now you know how everyone that has to deal with you feels.

Instead of returning fire with his own insult, Kris seemed to have pieced it together based on Coby’s words.

Kris: Maybe that’s the point….

Even Coby had to admit, Kris had a way of reading people that he really envied. Before Kris went about hunting down Court, Coby realized he needed to have a conversation with the Bombshell. He picks himself up from the couch, and shoots a smile Kris’ direction.

Coby: You know for someone that is really good at pretending to be stupid, you can actually be really helpful on accident sometimes.

Coby turns and walks out of the office as hastily as he had come in. Usually Kris was the one to storm out suddenly. It was weird to be on the opposite end of it for once.

Kris: Accident... nobody… story of my life.


==========================================================




>I have always loved the Sin City Halloween show. It’s usually my second favorite show of the year. It’s kind of fitting that I am holding a tag team championship this time of the year. One year Jet City debuted as a team before going on to win the SCW World Tag Team Championships. The next year we did the Jet City Water Balloon Fight backstage in between all of our matches. Something big happens every time I take part in this show, so I was excited to see the release of the card this past Sunday.

I think we are all in agreement that this is the kind of match that would usually be for the mixed tag team championships under any other circumstance. Mac Bane, though still new to the SCW scene, is more than formidable in the ring. Amber Ryan has been impressive in Sin City over the last six months or so. She’s been in this company roughly as long as I have been back, and is already one of the handful of bombshells on the roster worth paying attention to. A couple of weeks ago I stood here preparing for a match with two nobodies while begging for a pair of worthwhile contenders to step up. I’m not going to lie, I was referring to Ben and Evie, but these two will suffice.

Mac Bane is a guy that understands this business. He’s the type of guy that gets the fact that most champions don’t want to be fed easy matches to rack up defenses. That might be what some people in this company are after, but that is not the kind of thing that will get you far in this business. It is not how you earn respect. It’s not how you prove that you are the best. The only way to prove that you are worth being called a champion is to take out every single person or group that could even attempt to lay claim to what you have. It’s just how this business works. Mac and Amber know this, and that’s why they stepped up. Mikah and I get it, and that’s why we’re actually excited to walk into a match for once. Sure, we may have beaten the lesser half of Wolfslair. We may have taken the championships away from Sass n Bash while they were at the top of their game. We dominated both the Trenton Tigers, and The Barnharts, but everyone expected all of that to happen. The Black Sheep have been the heavy favorites to take over this division from the moment that we came together as a team. It happened when the Sweet Twins put together this group a few years ago, and it happened when Mikah and I brought it back. The Black Sheep and championship belts are made for each other, and always have been. There wasn’t anything to really celebrate about those victories though. Nobody is ever ecstatic about watching the favorite dominate their way to victory. They want to watch the underdog overcome, but that isn’t a group Mikah and I will ever be a part of. The best we can hope for is to walk into a fight on a level playing field. Most people won’t give their opponents the type of credit I’m about to, but since when do I ever follow those kinds of rules? Amber Ryan and Mac Bane are perfectly capable of beating me and Mikah.

While that thought might scare others, it’s motivating for people like us. Mikah and I have been at it in Sin City for so long that it’s hard to get that rush back sometimes. Sometimes you get on such a roll that you forget what a setback is like. Mikah and I are undefeated as a team, and we haven’t even been close to being in danger of that streak coming to an end until now. Everything has been so easy that the two of us have been coasting without even realizing it. Seeing a true contender pop onto the scene has a way of being so motivating that you push yourself that much further to make sure that you are on top of your game. The problem for most of this roster, is that Mikah and I were already so much better than they are. What are they going to do now that there is a new team on the block forcing us to be better, sharper, and more cohesive than we have ever needed to be before now. It’s exhilarating.

...and I understand that this is a lot of praise to heap onto two people that don’t look like they have done a lot in this company. Mac has only had a couple of matches, despite how impressive he may have looked in them. I mean, the guy is the current number one contender to the Roulette Championship. Clearly Mark and Christian see the same thing in him that I do. He’s not the guy making empty threats. He’s not the guy coming into this business just to make a name for himself elsewhere. He lives and breathes this business. He is a guy that has always wanted to be competing inside of a ring. That’s the kind of thing that I can respect. It’s the reason that I climb into the ring on a weekly basis. It is the reason that no matter how many times I leave, I always end up coming back. Being in the center of that ring is everything that I have ever wanted in life. It’s the best part of being me, and I get the feeling that Mac might feel the same way about it. It isn’t about past accolades. It isn’t about all the extras. It’s about what happens in between the bells. It’s getting more and more rare to find someone competing in this business for the right reasons, which is why I am so impressed with the guy.

It doesn’t hurt that he’s practically a giant either. He’s got the right attitude, and is freakishly big. That is how he was able to out-muscle Bill Barnhart. We all saw what happened when I tried to go at Bill head-on. Luckily, I have pulled my head out of my ass since then. I’m not going to win this match by throwing myself against the wall and seeing what sticks. Unlike most people his size, Mac’s perfectly able of keeping up with me for longer than most people. He’s got the reach and power on me to really hurt my feelings if I try to stand toe-to-toe with him and throw hands. His one glaring weakness is that his legs might not hold up under extended pressure, but in a match where he can tag out to a partner, it’s going to be hard to keep him in the ring long enough to wear him down. Unlike most people I come across, there is no simple answer as to how and why I am going to beat him. He’s not sloppy. He’s not going to lose his temper and make mistakes. He’s going to force me to be flawless, because he is more than good enough to capitalize on any mistakes I make. It’s going to take everything I have and a little bit of luck to come out on top this time around, and it’s not like Mikah has it any easier.

Sure, Amber has the typical victories over people like Jessie Salco and Maki. Neither one of those names is impressive by itself. And yeah, she has dropped a few matches since her debut, but when she’s taking Hall of Famers like Roxi Johnson to their limits and causing them to change the way they approach the ring, you have to give her credit no matter what the outcome. She’s been unstoppable on Climax Control, and had the confidence in herself to call out The Black Sheep before ever even competing in the mixed tag team division. Don’t get me wrong, Mikah is still the greatest bombshell in SCW history, and has beaten every single female worth competing against in her time with this company. I doubt that she is going to give Amber as much credit as I am, but I feel like it needed to be said.

If these two want a future in this division, I could see it happening. This match might not be for the Mixed Tag Team Championships, but win or lose, I wouldn’t mind putting them on the line when and if Amber and Mac are eligible to challenge for them. Obviously the Roulette Championship Mac is headed towards complicates that, but you never know what the future holds. If given the opportunity to defend against these two over the crop of challengers we already have, I would pick these two every time. I would rather be challenged than allowed to coast.

Unfortunately it looks as if these two are the only challenge we are going to get for the foreseeable future. The powers that be look to be feeding into The Barnhart’s delusions of grandeur. I can see the writing on the wall already. Ever since my return I have been trying to shrug off Bill Barnhart looking over my shoulder. It seems like no matter what I do, he is always going to be there hanging around. There isn’t going to be anything exciting about having to stand across from him at High Stakes, so I’m going to make the most out of this match on Climax Control. In my mind, this match has so much more on the line. Mikah and I will be leaving with the championships regardless, but we have the potential to launch the career of an impressive new team.

I am sure the two of them would have to admit that they are getting the royal treatment here. Amber called out The Black Sheep, and was given her opportunity immediately. I keep seeing all of these champions and former champions complaining about a lack of opportunity, but Amber went out and seized hers. Unlike other champions, I wasn’t too busy to pay attention. I wasn’t too afraid to push it along. I embraced the challenge, and the Halloween show was given a mixed tag team match that nobody is going to forget. Amber and Mac get the opportunity to step up and beat the champions their first night as a team. They get to jump to the front of the line. All they have to do is hold their own against two of the best competitors that Sin City has ever had on their roster. All they have to do is beat two Grand Slam Champions of this company. They have to rise up and succeed where every notable Sin City competitor has failed. If they live up to the hype, they make the jump from newcomers to true contenders in this company. If Mikah and I come out on top, we were able to fend off two people that are definitely on the rise in this company. Either way, both teams will be challenged more than we have been previously or will be in the near future. I see that as a win-win.

It’s nice to take a break from all the bullshit and just let what happens inside the ring speak for itself, but you have to have the right opponents to capture that kind of magic.

I think these two have potential.

I look forward to testing it.

Good luck you two, you’ll need at least a little of it to win this one.



13
Climax Control Archives / The Victory Lap
« on: October 09, 2020, 10:45:53 PM »



>What did I tell you?

Just a few hours removed from Violent Conduct, Kristopher Ryans looks overjoyed to rub his victory in the faces of all of those that had called him a relic of the past. He had a crew set up a camera, cleaned himself up, and now he sits in front of the camera in the new Black Sheep Villains shirt, with a wider smile on his face than fans had seen in a long time.

I think I told you that Sass n Bash had no chance against The Black Sheep tonight. I think I told you that it didn’t matter if they picked a stupid stipulation, spun the wheel, or took us on straight up, The Black Sheep were going to walk out of Violent Conduct with the Mixed Tag Team Championships. I told them that they were both good, but not good enough. People doubted. There were rumblings of people saying that Mikah and I wouldn’t be able to get the job done. I made a promise though, and I just wanted to prove to everyone that unlike so many people on this roster, I actually have followed through.

He raises the SCW Mixed Tag Team Championship belt up from outside the view of the camera and places it over his shoulder. The sigh he lets out as soon as it is positioned is one of satisfaction and relief.

You know, they said that they were going to get over the hump this time around. People were really ready to rally behind them too. After all, the SCW fans had seen that scenario play out before. Both Bella and Malachi needed do-over after do-over to get anything done as a team. They dropped matches to teams that Mikah and I rolled through on our way through the ranks. They even needed a second chance under their specific conditions to break through that championship glass ceiling. It seemed like every time they got a chance to correct a mistake, misstep, or setback they were able to rise to the occasion. It was a formula that got them all the way to a championship reign.

His eyes lower to the belt on his shoulder for just a second. The championship’s reflection sparkles in The Miracle’s eyes, and he loses the point he was making for just a moment. Once he does peel his eyes away from it to refocus on the camera, he continues almost like he hadn’t missed a beat at all.

Unfortunately for them, Mikah and I were not an obstacle for them to overcome the second time around. Our first win over Sass n Bash wasn’t a fluke. Mikah and I went out to the ring at Violent Conduct to prove that if we had wanted Malachi and Bella’s championship reign to end at 14 days we could have gotten the job done. Then, we set out to prove that we could give them every advantage that they could ask for, but that they would still come up short. The both of us said all of these things on our way into Violent Conduct, and now that the dust has settled, we were the ones proven right. The Black Sheep are not only SCW Mixed Tag Team Champions, but a team made up of Grand Slam Champions. I went from a Nobody, to a Miracle, to the guy that has won every single championship that this company has made available to a person of my gender. I am on the longest winning streak of anyone in this company right now. I have been nothing short of dominant since my return to the company, and Mikah and I went undefeated on our way to tag team championship gold. I said that the mixed tag team division was made for us, and then The Black Sheep backed that up with sheer dominance at Summer XXXtreme, Violent Conduct, and every Climax Control in between.

I don’t know what we are going to have to do in order to prove to you people that we are every bit as good as we say that we are. We have built two of the best careers of any competitor to ever join the SCW locker room. We have won every award worth winning. We have put on more highlight matches than most of the rest of this roster combined. Year after year we find ourselves near the top of the food chain in this company, but we are still looked down on. We show up week after week and beat whoever it is that Mark and Christian put in front of us, but that is not enough. We’re undefeated as a team, but according to our former champions we didn’t actually earn our way through the ranks. Now that we are the champions, I’m sure it is only a matter of time before people start to tell us why we shouldn’t be.

He shrugs his shoulders, resigned to the fact that he couldn’t stop idiots from having imperfect opinions.

....but that’s fine. The Black Sheep will take on all comers. I’m not sure what the future holds exactly, because it doesn’t look like Sass n Bash is going to want to go for round three right now, not that it would matter. The outcome wouldn’t change. It looks like Ben and Evie find themselves unburdened by their championships, so maybe they can be convinced to give Mikah and I a real challenge.

His eyes light up at the thought of taking on the only two people he saw as a real potential threat to himself and Mikah. He doesn’t let himself get off track with something that would probably never happen though. Instead, he shifted to murmurs he had heard backstage about a new team brewing.

Then again, there are rumors of some new team that has interest in the championships now that the champions are legitimate again. I wouldn’t mind seeing the handful of talented bombshells without plans for High Stakes partner up and make a run at Mikah and I. Hell, I wouldn’t even mind if one of the other sets of former mixed tag team champions wanted to come back and give us a run for our money.

One thing was clear, the new champion wasn’t going to be backing down from any challenge, no matter who it was that stepped up.

For the last couple of months, the only thing that was certain in this division was that Mikah and I were on our way to the top. Now that we are there, I guess things are wide open for whoever wants to try to walk the same path that we did. I’m not sure that there are any teams out there that can make it look as effortless as we did. I’m not sure that there is anyone on the roster capable of knocking us off of our thrones. It is a hell of a lot more fun to be challenged. Hopefully the powers that be at Sin City have something working that is worth the attention of two Grand Slam Champions.

The words came out like he strongly doubted that it would all shake out that way. It didn’t seem to matter much to The Miracle, he had already gotten what he wanted.

After all, villains are nothing without some misguided heroes trying to step up and challenge them. If the SCW roster wants to make The Black Sheep the bad guys, we are happy to take that role. Nobody should prepare for a short ending to the reign of the most dominant team this company has ever seen. We are on top to stay.I dare anyone to try and make a liar out of me. Consider it an open challenge.



==========================================================



What’s Owed.
Kris’ Apartment - San Diego
1 OCTOBER 2020
OFF-Camera




The party hadn’t stopped for Kris once Violent Conduct was over. The toll that the battle for the championships took on him had started to catch up to him even before he left the arena, but he had an answer for it when it came. There was nobody around to stop his habits from taking the wheel from there. In the back of his mind he knew that days had probably gone by at this point, but he didn’t really care. There would be time to pick up the pieces before he was needed for anything, whether that be SCW or Jet City South. These days he had the lack of supervision to take a timeout from life, and justifying it to himself had become easier and easier over the last couple of months. Coby would take care of the gym. Mikah would be preoccupied with her children. Kris could vacation from life while tucked away in his room, uninterrupted, or so he thought. When the door handle jiggled, he knew that the lock on it would detract most of the people that would try to open it. When the noise continued, he turned over from his spot in the center of his bed so that he could see whoever it was that was determined to bother him. The determined intruder made short work of the simple lock, and pushed the door open. By the time Kris’ eyes met hers, he was anything but surprised.

Kris: Don’t you have some place that you live… you know… that’s not here….

The room didn’t smell pretty, and Court didn’t make any attempt to hide that fact in order to be pleasant. She waved a hand in front of her face and squinted into the darkness trying to find the outline of Kris in the room. The sound of his voice had narrowed her attention to one side of the room, but it took The Miracle actually sitting up in bed for her to actually see him.

Court: Great, it’s wonderful to see you too.

She chose to ignore the insult and attempt to sound cheery. She knew what to expect from the moment The Black Sheep won the Mixed Tag Team Championships. She had even gone as far as to circle today on her calendar as the perfect time for the conversation that she wanted to have whether Kris wanted to or not. He wasn’t exactly in the state to get away from her.

Kris: It’s not wonderful to see you. I didn’t invite you here. I don’t care how you got in. Go away.

She shrugs at him, and comes into the room, closing the door behind her. She could have left it unlocked, but she had a feeling she wouldn’t be making any kind of hasty retreat for the lock to make a difference. It was better that they weren’t disturbed by any curious party walking by. She turns back to him, the wide smile back on her face.

Court: Coby was on his way out as I was on my way in. He said he wasn’t sure you were here, but that I could wait. Said he hadn’t seen you in a few days….I knew better….

Court steps through the darkness and pulls back a curtain from the window splashing the room in the first bright light that Kris had seen in days.

Kris: What the fuck is wrong with you?

He raises both hands to cover his eyes and shield them from being blinded. Now that Court was getting a good look at him, it was clear that he hadn’t left the room since Sunday night. The master suite had a full bathroom, and from the look of the place, he had been living off of a well-stocked mini-fridge. His clothes looked like they were on day two or three, and his hair and beard were matted in all kinds of different directions. Kris didn’t look like a champion. He was barely a shell of that person.

Court: Oh, you’ve been hitting it a little hard, huh? Doing your fair share of partying in celebration of your big win?

She knew that throwing the fact that she knew his secret in his face meant nothing these days. The fact that he hadn’t tried to hide any of it once she pushed open the door said that much. What she wasn’t exactly prepared for was how much more blunt he would be in this state.

Kris: You can drop the condescending bullshit. It doesn’t work on me. It’s even easier for me since you knew what you were walking into and did it anyway like you were going to make some kind of point. I’m sorry to disappoint you. I don’t give enough of a shit about your opinion to care about what you have to say about any of this. You’re wasting your time.

Court had thought that Kris would be soft and vulnerable on the inside. The fact that he was this harsh meant that the soberish version of him that she had always dealt with was actually still filtering out some of how he really felt. Court didn’t know whether to be touched or offended.

Court: You’re awfully feisty today. Where has this been the last couple of weeks? It’s like you’ve been handling me with kid gloves since I decided I was coming back.

He lowers his arms with his eyes finally starting to adjust to the light in the room. It gives Court a clear shot of the eye roll that he words earned her.

Kris: There’s no point in hurting people’s feelings for no reason. It takes too much time out of my day to deal with the fallout.

With a laugh, she gestures to the shitastic state of the room around them.

Court: ....yeah because you have so much going on...

Kris sighs, disgusted with the fact that she wouldn’t just leave him alone. If she wasn’t going to leave of her own free will, there were ways that he could make her without having to actually leave the comfort of his bed.

Kris: Listen, I get that you stumbled across some big secret so now you think that you know me, but you don’t. Congrats. You figured something out that everyone in Seattle already knew. You were the thirtieth person to put the puzzle together. But now you feel like you’re a smart cookie. You feel like you have something to hang over my head. Sorry to disappoint you. I don’t care. Out me.

Court gasps and tries to seem shocked; as if the thought had never even occurred to her to out his relapse to the general public.

Court: That’s not something that I would ever think about doing. Your problem is your business.

She was hoping that he believed her, especially since she had already decided against it. Over the last few weeks she had been trying to figure out how to use the information to her advantage, so the thought had crossed her mind. She had come up with something way better though.

Kris: Then why won’t you just leave me alone?

She doesn’t hesitate to answer him as directly as possible.

Court: You have something that I want.

He still wasn’t impressed, and his patience for the conversation was gone.

Kris: I have lots of things that lots of people want. You can join the rest of them in their collective fucking off because I don’t care, and I don’t owe you anything.

Court tries to hold back, but something inside of her just snaps. Her voice raises, and she makes her way across the room towards him.

Court: Actually you owe me a hell of a lot, and you know it. That’s why you have walked away all sad from our last couple of conversations. You wouldn’t let me say the things that I do unless you felt guilty about costing me my big opportunity a few years ago. You are the one that sent me down the spiral that I went down. That was your fault, and you have to live with that, not just brush it off.

She is now standing at the edge of his bed, an index finger pointed in his face. Kris reaches out and pushes her hand away before shrugging his shoulders.

Kris: It’s so easy for you to blame everything on someone else...

He says the words under his breath, but Court calls him out immediately.

Court: What was that?

Kris: You have made the mistake of thinking that because I have had a little restraint towards you, that you’re entitled to something. You’re not.

Court: I---

He cuts her off, finally losing his composure.

Kris: No! You asked for this, so now you can get it. It’s easy for you to blame others because that is what your whole life has been. You’re a privileged chick from Long Beach. You had the money to chase whatever dream you wanted, and even a long list of setbacks weren’t enough to derail you. You’ve taken every advantage that you’ve been given, and acted as if you have gone through some terrible struggle. It’s bullshit. You were a wealthy kid that got trained by the best, but you have paper-thin skin physically and metaphorically and you’ve proven that you’re too fragile to handle this business. I think it is a joke that you’re still around. The fact that you have the option to linger after two years shows how easy you have it. Unfortunately, none of it entitles you to shit with me. Your struggle isn’t shit to me. Leave me alone.

She smiles. Court had wondered how long it would be before he finally stopped letting her win and actually snapped at her.

Court: I like when you lash out like that. Makes me think that maybe you’re not all dead inside like you look most of the time.

He rolls his eyes again.

Kris: Whatever you say, Court. Are we done now?

Now it was her turn to set him straight.

Court: No! What gave you that idea? You dump some sob story because you have had a real sad life and expect me to just walk off? I don’t care what you think any more than you care what I think. I have told you time after time that we aren’t friends. That’s not how this works. You can think whatever you want about me, but our arrangement stands, and I need something from you. When the time comes, you’re going to pick yourself up and play your part.

Not one to take orders, Kris shrugs.

Kris: ...and if I don’t?

Court: You will. No matter how you feel about me. You can think I’m entitled. I can think that you’re junkie trash. That doesn’t change who we are inside Sin City. It doesn’t change that we are both representing Jet City South now. When the time comes, I’m cashing in on what you owe me.

He shakes his head, hoping that she wasn’t so dumb as to think he would hand over something like his guaranteed championship opportunity.

Kris: They aren’t going to let me hand you my championship shot if that is what you are angling for. Not that I would let you have it anyways. I have plans for the last show of the year. I want to end things with a bang.

Court: Sometimes I wonder how you got so far while being so incredibly short-sighted.

The attempt at insulting him didn’t even look like it registered.

Kris: That’s what happens when your whole life is a struggle. People are constantly surprised to see that you’re still around. If they only knew the half of it, they would know how wrong they were.

He waves her away, and turns over on the bed, done with their conversation. She was killing his vacation time.

Court: ...you’ll have to let me in on at least that much at some point….

He doesn’t respond, but it doesn’t matter. Court makes her way out of the room not wanting to waste any more of his time talking to a brick wall.

==========================================================


>Now more than a week removed from Violent Conduct, The Miracle doesn’t seem to be in such a happy mood. He is standing in the window of his office looking down on Jet City South. The SCW Mixed Tag Team Championship sits on the desk behind him, with the center plate perfectly squared up to the camera so that it catches the viewer's attention right away. Kris didn’t want anyone forgetting that he had cashed in on all the promises that he and MIkah had made about Violent Conduct, even if the magic of it was starting to wear off.

Back when I was calling Sass n Bash disappointments, I didn’t think that the bar could be lowered any further. If I had a time machine, I would travel back a couple weeks and slap myself for being so naive. I’m a veteran of this business. I should know that the bar can always, and will always go lower. At least the team that I was heading into Violent Conduct to face was…. a team. They weren’t a particularly good team. We gave them a really hard time, and then proved that we were right on back-to-back occasions. It was awesome. But we were all there. We have all moved on. But what’s next on deck for The Black Sheep? Disappointment.

He sighs heavily and leans forward, placing his forehead against the glass. He rocks back and smacks his head on the glass a few times, trying to bottle up the disappointment he felt about his first set of challengers.

I get it. SCW is going to try and defend themselves by saying that random bookings like this are normal. Sure, there are even some weird examples to back it up. I see right through that shit though. It’s clear that all of the other teams currently on the roster are too afraid to stand up and challenge the new champions. That is why they have to throw a couple of randoms together and hope that lightning strikes. They know that Mikah and I are going to put on a hell of a show no matter who is standing across the ring from us. We have a knack for making people less-than-talented shine while they are sharing our spotlight. Where are the Trenton Tigers? Too busy imploding apparently. London Underground? Are they even still a thing? Wolfslair is apparently moving into the solo album portions of their careers. Sass n Bash failed twice. I guess they could have sent out the Barnharts, but me handing Bill his ass is getting old at this point. I think that The Good Shepherds spend most of their time in SCU these days too….

One after another, the list of teams falls apart. He was just now realizing why the powers that be would put together a Lethal Lottery team in the first place. He spins to the camera and away from the window now that he had figured it out.

The Black Sheep are the champions of a division without any actual competitors…..When you add everything up, I guess it makes sense that SCW has to throw the mediocre motorcyclist and glitter ditz at us while we are in the middle of our victory lap. We are at the bottom of the barrel, and this is just what we are left with. Maybe one of those other teams will find the courage to step up, so that we won’t have to be subjected to this kind of thing on a regular basis.

It was a harsh way to start in on the random challengers being hurled at himself and Mikah, but he wasn’t in the mood to pull punches.

I wish I could say something nice about either of these two. I have found that it comes off a lot more believable if you can commend your opponent for something before you put them in their place. The problem is, both of these two are so far beneath myself and Mikah that it is impossible to compare our two teams...if that is what we are calling them…. In any kind of positive way.

Usually Kris found some way to relate to his opponents, but this time it didn’t look like he was even trying. He thought that these two were too far beneath him for pleasantries.

Agostino hasn’t been impressive since stepping into Sin City. Jack Washington beat the hell out of him at Summer XXXtreme, and we all know I don’t think that guy is worth a shit as a competitor, let alone a champion. His only real notable win is over El Dark, a guy that flamed out of the company before most even noticed he was here. He talks more about bikes and how good he was in his past career than he does about the things that happen inside the SCW ring which makes me think he isn’t taking any of this all that seriously. Maybe that will get him a win here and there in this company, but it’s not going to cut it against The Black Sheep. It’s not going to cut it in a championship match. It’s not going to cut it as part of a team of two people who don’t even know each other.

He laughs, and tries to remember the exact words of the tweet that Candy had sent out. Had he felt any anxiety about defending the championships, her first comments would have silenced any doubt in his mind.

”Who is Agustus Romanov?” was the funniest shit that I read all week.... but that’s what we have all come to expect from Candy, the only that spent the last month talking about some Glitter Bomb Match that nobody actually understands. The one that makes PSA’s making herself look like an idiot, only I’m pretty sure even that is over her head. I guess at some point while I was gone she had a decent run with the Bombshell Roulette Championship, but if I remember right, Violet Amelia Holt was the run that ran that shit into the ground. That’s not an impressive name to have putting an end to your greatest achievement in Sin City. Almost makes me think that the whole reign must have been during a downturn in the Bombshell division. I look around at the current Bombshell roster, and neither of them look like people that I would peg as champions.

Kris hadn’t been shy about the fact that there were several bombshells on the roster that he knew could challenge The Black Sheep, so in case people were putting together a list, there were at least two more names that could be scratched away now.

So on one hand there is a lackluster bombshell, on the other is her partner that is apparently better on a motorcycle than he is inside a ring. I guess it is fitting to put two of the most positive, carefree, fun-loving individuals on the roster against the two people that everyone loves to vilify, but everyone has to realize that this is not a match fought on equal footing. This isn’t two superheroes taking on a couple of lowly henchmen. This is going to be two supervillains taking apart some well-intentioned civilians to send a message to the world. The Black Sheep aren’t holding anything back just because these two smile their way through life. They are stepping up to challenge us for the championships that we came back to this company to win. What hope could they have of prying them away from us?

He picks up the championship from the desk as he talks and holds it out towards the camera as he finishes almost as if he was offering his challengers to try and grab it through the screen.

I wouldn’t want to put any of my money on the two of them pulling out the upset. I am teamed up with the most dominant bombshell in SCW history. Not only is she one half of the Mixed Tag Team Champions right now, but she is the newest SCW Grand Slam Champion. She’s a Hall of Famer. She is undefeated when teaming with me inside the Sin City ring. Even back when Mikah and I were fighting all the time, we were still running through all of the teams that have tucked their tails and run away from this division now that we are at the top. Now that we are finding out footing as an actual team instead of just two individuals, we are unstoppable. That is why there aren’t any challengers left in this division. That is why we are left with these two. And that is why The Black Sheep are going to walk into and out of this match with our Mixed Tag Team Championships exactly where they belong.

Kris places the championship belt over his shoulder and wraps his arm around it to clutch it to his chest.

We aren’t scared. We aren’t intimidated. We aren’t worried. This is a match that we could win blindfolded and with both of our arms tied behind our backs. We know it. They know it. All of the fans that bought tickets know it. They aren’t in the ring to see Agostino and Candy compete for the championships. They are coming to watch The Black Sheep keep the winning streak rolling while we celebrate our first successful defense.

If anything, the new Mixed Tag Team Champion looked more confident than he ever has before.

These two are just showing up to a massacre. I’m glad they both like to keep things fun, because Mikah and I are going to have a blast ripping them apart.


14
Climax Control Archives / Humble
« on: September 04, 2020, 03:56:42 PM »
Always Something
Jet City South - San Diego
3 September 2020
OFF-Camera



Both The Miracle and Coby Quik looked a little worse for wear as they walked through the door of their shared office overlooking the main floor of Jet City South. The launch of the gym had gone better than Kris had expected it to, but he wasn’t allowed to say that out loud. It helped that he and Coby had featured the gym on several SCW and SCU events to get their name recognition back. There was also the fact that it was a Jet City gym in the center of the city that had made them famous. Sure, the group had moved up the coast to Seattle years ago, but that didn’t change the support that they had in SoCal. It was the whole reason that Kris had come back in the first place. It was the only place other than SCW that legitimately felt like home. Kris was always the type to expect the worst not only of people, but situations. Before he was The Miracle, he was an accident and a nobody. The situation he currently found himself in was previously unheard of. For the first time in his life, he wasn’t battling any personal addictions. His gym was a success. He was on a winning streak that nobody saw coming after his match against Bill. He should be enjoying the fruits of his labor, but he wasn’t. He couldn’t. In recent days, he had trouble even sitting still. Every second that he wasn’t productive felt like time wasted. There was an uneasiness in the air around him that Coby was sick of trying to ignore. It was never a smart idea to press Kris on something he didn’t want to talk about, but even the fastest member of Jet City was growing tired of trying to keep up with his panicked pace.

Coby: What are you so damn nervous about all of a sudden?

Kris shrugs his shoulders, and keeps his eyes focused out the office window. He knew that there was no way Coby was going to believe him, but he hoped he was able to sell his lie well enough to cause his friend to drop the subject.

Kris: Nothing man. Just stressing about the gym. It’s not moving along as fast as it did in Seattle…. I expected things to go smoother.

The audible laugh from over his shoulder told Kris all he needed to know about whether or not Coby had bought his lie. Kris’ former student didn’t waste any time shredding his lie for the facade that it was.

Coby: Dude, look around! It’s a pandemic and classes are just about capped. We’ve beaten projections already. Having me in SCU and you in SCW has been the best thing we could have possibly done. People see the roll you are on and want to sign up because clearly you know what you’re doing...

That assertion was just as big of a lie as Kris’ had been, and gets the Grand Slam Champion to turn to his friend instead of focusing on the window.

Kris: Oh come on!

The smile on Coby’s face was enough to tell Kris that he had merely played into Coby’s hand. He wanted his attention, and now he had it.

Coby: Alright fine, it’s probably just name recognition. Everyone knows you’re an idiot. I was just trying to make you feel better but now you had to go and ruin that too. But, to be fair, Jet City South is not what you are actually worried about. So we both lied.

Kris knew that there was no getting Coby to drop it. Maybe it would be worthwhile to just get everything off of his chest anyways. Kris lets out a deep breath and falls into the chair behind his desk.

Kris: I guess it is this match with Wolfslair coming up.

Coby offers only a nonchalant shrug at first before pulling back his own chair behind the desk opposite Kris’.

Coby: You think you’re going to mess the whole thing up like you always do?

It was probably a step too far, but that was how Kris had to be dealt with. If you wanted him to give an inch, you had to reach for that mile first.

Kris: No!

It was a knee-jerk reaction to the words that were more true than Kris was willing to admit. Upon another second to think it over, Kris nodded, and his voice got much quieter and less certain sounding.

Kris: ...at least, not really.

Coby sits down in his chair, and puts his feet up on his desk. His favorite part about being part owner of the new gym.

Coby: Ah, so it's that you're finally going up against someone you feel is on your level and you're actually nervous about losing.



Kris: It's that obvious?



Coby: Honestly I knew before I asked. You tense up everytime you talk about Climax Control. You're even getting along with Mikah during training. You're working at this harder than normal. I figured it was related.

It made Kris feel stupid that he had been so transparent. He had thought he was keeping things together well enough. Then again, he should have known better than to think he could hide something from someone that had been on tour with him for years now.

Kris: It might be shitty to say, but everything has felt like a walk in the park until now. I haven't been this nervous since...

Coby knew where the thought was going, and decided to put it in a way that Kris wasn’t going to be able to tip-toe around for the next hour. He had gotten used to expediting these kinds of conversations so that Kris couldn’t waste too much of his time.

Coby: Choking in your match against Fenris a couple years ago?

Kris’ glare sharpened, and he opened his mouth to say something on reflex, but stopped himself. Instead, he shook his head softly and cut all but two words out of his thought.

Kris: Too far.

Kris always looked like a kicked puppy when someone was as mean to him as he was to most people. Coby had started to enjoy these kinds of moments, but knew better than to continue to kick his friend while he was down.

Coby: The most important thing that you're missing is that you should be nervous. You make it seem like it is a bad thing to be a little unsettled going into a match. You ever think that your blind confidence is actually the weird part? Like that's why you rub so many people the wrong way. Nobody should think so highly of themselves all the time. Maybe it will do you some good to be nervous for a change.

That wasn’t the way that Kris operated, and Coby knew it. There was no way that he could snap his fingers and just feel and react differently than normal. He was too entrenched into how his past had shaped him.

Kris: ...but last time...

Coby loses his cool in an attempt to get Kris to budge off of his self-deprecation.

Coby: No last time! Let that go. You were in a public fight during a sex scandal while battling injuries. You shouldn't have been in the match, but you're dumb. Just like when you beat Crimson for the title in the first place. You were lucky the first time. You got what you deserved when you lost to Fenris.

Suddenly, it felt like the conversation was not going to go the way Kris wanted it to, so he wanted to bail out of it.

Kris: This is not making me feel better….

He goes to get up from his chair, but Coby extends a hand out to him, gesturing for him to stop. He wasn’t going to let Kris keep taking the easy way out of things like this. At some point he was going to have to grow up.

Coby: Well, maybe it's something you need to hear. Just because you're nervous doesn't mean you're going to mess it up. It means you're human. Use it to your advantage.

Dumbfounded, Kris looks up and stops sulking.

Kris: How?

Coby: You've already been doing it. You and Mikah are more cohesive than ever. You have broken down every single aspect of all four members of Wolfslair for months preparing for this. Trust that you have put in the work to come out the other side with a win.

It helped ease some of Kris’ fears, but there was still the feeling that was lingering under the surface and digging at his core.

Kris: What if I'm not sure if we can pull this one off?

Coby had an answer for that too though. The things that Kris was feeling now for the first time had plagued Coby every time he signed a new contract or stepped into a ring with a new opponent. There was only one way to deal with it that had ever done him any good. The only way out is through.

Coby: Then be as honest about that as you are everything else in your life. You can't shrug off a sex tape and then worry yourself sick about a tag match. People will start to think you're crazy or something.

Kris felt like Coby was missing the point, and tried to redirect the conversation a little.

Kris: I can't go out there and do the same old 'Just Take The L' speech. It's not going to sound right this time. Nobody is going to believe that Mikah and I are going to walk all over Wolfslair like we have everyone else over the years.

Coby shrugs.

Coby: Then say that. What's so hard about that?

Kris didn’t even have to think over an answer, it just spilled out of him immediately.

Kris: It's not what people expect from me….

It was surprising to hear the words come out of Kris’ mouth given how he has treated every single one of his opponents, and most of his friends.

Coby: Since when do you care about what people expect from you? You're the villain, remember? You're supposed to be unpredictable. Go out there and give them something they haven't heard before.

At the very least, Coby had Kris actually listening to him for a change. He wasn’t going to miss the chance to be the mentor for once. All Kris had to do was ask.

Kris: ...and that is?

Coby laughs, and rocks backwards in his desk chair. He extends his arms up and laces his fingers together to cradle the back of his head with them. He wasn’t sure how his advice was going to work out for Kris, but it would be entertaining to watch either way.

Coby: Be humble.


==========================================================


>I have never made a secret out of how much I like Wolfslair...

Kris is sitting inside the office of the Jet City South. The camera sits across the room from him, but he is not looking at it. His focus is on his hands in his lap. Most of his fingers are laced together, except his thumbs, which chase one another in circles.

They are every bit the draw that they say that they are.

They are the ones that brought life to a division that was otherwise dead in the water.

They turned championships that nobody cared about into the championships that lured me back to SCW.

They are so good that I tried to convince Alicia Lukas to tag with me against two of her own teammates because she was the best option around to beat them at the time.

I usually come out and take this time to tell whoever is going to be standing across from me at Climax Control that they aren’t as good as they think they are. I tell them that they aren’t going to have the dream career or the big win that they are hoping for. I let them know that there is no hope against me. People see it as boastful, but look at what I have done since coming back. One person has beaten me, and he has gotten his ass handed to him twice since. Mikah and I have never lost together as a team. I know exactly how good I am. I know exactly what Mikah is capable of, with or without my help. Usually when I size up an opponent I see how everything is going to play out. I know, without a doubt, that I am going to have my hand raised at the end of the night. That’s why I can say the things that I do to my opponents. I know… not think, but KNOW… that I am better than a majority of the people on this roster, and most of the people with the audacity to call themselves champions in this company.

However, none of that applies to Wolfslair.

From top to bottom, they are one of the most solid groups that I have ever seen in this business. Alicia Lukas has been a champion everywhere she has gone, and her dominance in SCW etched her name into the record books faster than just about anyone else that comes to mind.

Alex Jones went from Mixed Tag Team Champion to SCW World Heavyweight Champion basically at the snap of his fingers. He wanted a shot at Griffin. He got a shot at Griffin. He took the championship and made it look easy.

Austin James Mercer was the most dominant Internet Champion that SCW has ever seen, and I say that as someone that has held that championship. The guy held the championship for the majority of this year. Even if Teddy manages to hang onto it for the rest of the year, his reign won’t be as impressive.

Then there’s Johanna. She’s the one that I probably know the least about. The only thing I really know is that she came to SCW to break out in the mixed tag division and she did exactly that. Her goal was to dominate alongside her teammates in this division before pursuing championships in the greatest women’s division in the world. In one match since dropping the mixed tag team titles, she beat a legend and Hall of Famer in Roxi Johnson. I’d say she’s well on her way to scratching more goals off her list.

So you can see, when this match was announced, and I didn’t know which two members of the team I would be facing, it didn’t matter. All four of them are equally impressive on paper and in the ring. All four of them are dangerous. All four of them are more talented than the majority of the people that have ever walked through the SCW curtain.

...and before people think I’m just trying to flatter them, don’t be stupid. The things that I am saying are facts, plain and simple. There is no getting around them. There is no discrediting them. For once, there are people in this company that say what they want to whomever they want, because they can back it up in the ring night after night. It’s kind of easy to see why I would be a fan of theirs….

...but it’s also why I can’t stand here and tell all of you that I know that I am going to walk out of this match with a win. I understand that it’s not something that I can guarantee will happen unlike most of my matches since returning to the company. I mean, think about it. They had an advantage by forcing us to prepare for all four of them, and then they threw it out the window on social media because they didn’t need cheap tricks to win. Even better, instead of strategically figuring out who would be facing The Black Sheep this week, they flipped coins. They are so confident in their abilities that it truly didn’t matter to them which ones took part in the match, and deservedly so.

Austin James Mercer and Johanna Kreiger won the toss apparently. They are the duo that get to represent the group that brought both myself and Mikah to the division in the first place. We looked around the roster, and Wolfslair seemed to be the only decent challenge for us. We had hoped for a chance to be the ones to take their Mixed Tag Team Championships, but allowing Sass n Bash to take their shot solo backfired. I’m not going to lie. I expected Wolfslair to emerge from Summer XXXtreme unscathed. I had faith that I wasn’t going to miss my opportunity by allowing Bella and Malachi to once again fall short. I was wrong.

...but the group did let us know that it could happen. I mean, just look at the things Alex was saying before they lost the championships. It sounded like his eyes were already on the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. It really felt like Johanna was ready to make the solo jump to the Bombshell Division. I went into the week before the show with a feeling that an upset could happen, but it was already too late to cash in my opportunity and add The Black Sheep to the match.

Then Sass n Bash shocked the world and walked away with the championships. And I don’t say it that way to be insulting. It’s a fact. It was the upset of the year. The fans were dumbfounded. The two of them were surprised to be having their hands raised. Nobody thought it was going to happen. Why? They weren’t the better team. They had lost to Wolfslair before, and should have come up short once again. That’s what the betting people put all their money on. Imagine how disappointed I was to see Wolfslair toppled before I could get a chance to be the one to beat them.

Like I said, I am not sure that Mikah and I will walk out of this match with a win. Yet, when it came to Sass n Bash, we called our shot and went out to ruin their two week long celebration of a fluke. Mikah and I guaranteed we were going to mop the floor with the new champs, and we did. They might hold the championships, but they are not the measuring stick of this division. Though, I’m not sure that Wolfslair is anymore either, which is the real shame.

See, everything that I have said to this point is true. I respect the hell out of all four members of Wolfslair. They are as good as they say. None of that was bullshit. The problem is, I don’t think that their hearts are in it anymore. They phoned it in during Summer XXXtreme, and they lost. It didn’t seem to bother Alex or Johanna at the time either. They both took a step forward in their careers in the time since they lost the titles. It feels like the team has moved past the need to assert their dominance over the mixed tag division, and that sucks for me personally. The match I was looking forward to, and the match that we have been given aren’t the same. Not even close.

No matter what happens, it seems like Wolfslair is onto other things. Johanna isn’t going to turn her back on the Bombshell Division and come running back to the mixed tag scene after beating Roxi. She’s going to try and climb to the top of a new ladder. If you can’t see that, you’re blind. Alicia? It seems like the people behind the scenes are determined to keep her in the main events by any means necessary, and who could blame them? Does anyone think that she is going to turn down the opportunity to main event every show just to carry a mixed tag team championship? Alex Jones has the SCW World Heavyweight Championship already, so there is no doubt about what his future plans hold. The only wild card is Austin, and I don’t see him running into this division all on his own. He has already held the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. He was great as Internet Champion. Maybe he has his eye on the Roulette Division now that he finds himself short of a full-time partner.

So what purpose does this match serve to any of them? Why would they be so ambivalent about this match that they flipped a coin? The answer is simple. They aren’t going to back down from any challenge, because that’s not their style, but this doesn’t mean anything to them anymore. They aren’t dumb enough to underestimate me or Mikah. They aren’t going to parade themselves out to the ring and boast about how badly they are going to beat us. Winning this match would be a positive for them, but losing this match isn’t going to derail any of their future plans. For that matter, losing this match isn’t going to hurt myself or Mikah. Wolfslair doesn’t want the mixed tag team championships anymore, so it’s not like they will jump The Black Sheep in line. Not to mention, me and Mikah already dominated Sass n Bash a couple of shows ago, so our shot at their championships is all but guaranteed to happen in a few weeks.

My patience and staying out of the match at Summer XXXtreme cost me the challenge that Wolfslair vs The Black Sheep was supposed to be. It cut through the buildup of what this encounter could have been. It took a match that could have main evented any show, and been a contender for the best mixed tag team match of the year, and made it an afterthought on a random Climax Control headlined by Crystaltina Milltonzdunwhatever’s wife. It’s deflating to say the least, and disappointing if I’m honest.

I know that both Johanna and Austin are going to bring their best to this fight because that is just what they do. When they step in the ring, their minds are on winning. It doesn’t matter what they think about their opponents. It doesn’t matter what is on the line. They are going to attempt to dominate because they don’t know how to half ass anything, and they aren’t like these other champions that lose a title and then disappear afterwards. I’m not trying to say that they are going to throw the match against us just because they have other aspirations. I am saying that this match doesn’t mean a damn thing to them anymore, and Mikah and I have something that we need to prove against this team.

Wolfslair is going to be the team that everyone remembers from 2020. They have had the most impressive year of any team that has come through this company, Jet City and The Black Sheep included, and let’s not forget The Black Sheep held almost every championship simultaneously last time around. Still, we don’t measure up to the last year that Wolfslair has had. They have two different SCW World Heavyweight Champions in their group, Alicia was the Bombshell Champion, and they had the most impressive Mixed Tag Team Championship run in company history. The only way that The Black Sheep were going to take them down a notch was to take their championships away before they moved onto the next part of their career. We missed that chance, but were granted this consolation.

I’m confident in The Black Sheep. I know that I didn’t become a Grand Slam Champion by accident. I know that I haven’t been beaten since April for a reason. Mikah is the single greatest Bombshell in company history. She is a record setter. She is the measuring stick that people like Johanna join the Bombshell Division to be compared against. The Black Sheep are not the Trenton Tigers, or Team Eggplant. We aren’t a joke. We aren’t the lackluster Barnharts. We are the team that is picking up exactly where Wolfslair left off when they allowed Sass n Bash to walk away with the championships of this division.

Does it suck that Wolfslair made up their mind to move on before we got the chance to take them on while they were at the top? Absolutely. Is it going to be a whole lot less fun to take those championships from Sass n Bash? Probably. Are we still going to do it? Definitely. The Black Sheep came to this division with one goal: Get the championships and hold them until we get bored beating the rest of the teams on the roster.

Johanna is someone that has already done that. Even more impressive, she did that without the long history of success that most of her teammates came in with. Nobody would be dumb enough to try and say that Alex carried the team for them either. Johanna held her own alongside the man that currently holds the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. That’s impressive. How many teams can say they are that balanced?

Austin James Mercer was too busy winning the Internet Championship to get into the Mixed Tag Championship picture back in February. It’s funny to think that Austin, Johanna and Alex all won their titles on the same night, only to lose them on the same night six months later. It goes to show that anyone in their team could have carried the Mixed Tag Championships and they would have been just as successful. I mean, Austin was the one to end Fenris’ championship reign that many thought would be years long. Let’s not forget that I couldn’t get that done back before my hiatus from the company. My last match was losing my shot at Fenris’ belt. Austin stepped up and ended that reign while I was sitting on the couch at home.

I guess what I have been trying to say, is that this isn’t just some random match for The Black Sheep, or for Wolfslair. For Johanna, this is a chance to prove herself against the best bombshell in SCW history while she is trying to break into the division that Mikah has been the Queen of for the last six years. For Austin, he gets to step in the ring with a Grand Slam Champion, and the only undefeated team left in SCW. There might not be any championships on the line on Sunday night, but rest assured that this match is between the two best teams in this company. The only drawback, is that only one of the teams is actually interested in teaming right now.

While Austin and Johanna clearly have no problem working as partners, they aren’t motivated to function as a team. They have their own interests in this match. They want to prove themselves against two of the best singles competitors in SCW. The problem is, that isn’t the focus for Mikah and I anymore. We are a team first, and individuals second. Sure, we have taken the path of most resistance to get to this point, but it hasn’t slowed us down any. Since we brought The Black Sheep back, we have ironed out all the kinks. We have learned to put our egos aside and work with one another in the ring. We have learned to depend on each other while competing. We were dangerous as individuals. We were unstoppable as a semi-functional team. Now we are on our way to taking over the mantle of the greatest team in this company. That path is going to run us directly through a Wolfslair group who are more worried about their individual pursuits. If they weren’t so damn good, this match would be a no-brainer.

So I guess we all have to wait another few days…. I can’t promise what will happen at the end of this match. I can’t tell all of you what the outcome will be, because I don’t want to sound like I’m not giving the former champions the credit that they rightfully deserve. What I do know is that they have never faced a team like The Black Sheep before. There is no weakness to exploit in me and Mikah. There is no weakest link. We don’t have to carry one another because we made a career out of taking care of ourselves while everyone else was gunning for what we had.

I know that this is going to be a hell of a fight. I know that the Climax Control audience is going to be excited about the fact that they get to be in the building for this one instead of being stuck watching it from a couch. This is going to be the best mixed tag team match of the year, and it’s not even for a championship or part of the Blast from the Past tournament. Let that sink in.

This is everything that I have been waiting for since I came back to Sin City. I hope that Wolfslair is as ready for this as I am. I hope they are as prepared for this as Mikah and I are. If you can’t tell, we aren’t taking them lightly, and hopefully they aren’t making the mistake of thinking that The Black Sheep are some forgotten relics of the past like everyone else has.

Let’s tear the roof of Orleans Arena. Let’s make the mixed tag division the headline of the night. We might not be the main event, but we have the potential to steal the show away from people that simply can’t measure up to any of the four of us. Let’s prove that this match should have been a main event. At least that way, no matter what happens, it was worth it.

I look forward to my first real test since coming back.

Johanna… Austin… Good luck...


15
Climax Control Archives / You're Welcome!
« on: August 19, 2020, 07:10:39 PM »
Same Team
Jet City South - San Diego
17 August 2020
OFF-Camera



The gym was not open yet, but at this point that was not Kris’ biggest worry. It had been announced that The Black Sheep were getting a non-title shot at the new Mixed Tag Team Champions, and that had been Kris’ primary focus. It didn’t matter that the gym was scheduled to start bringing in students tomorrow now that they were not being forced to quarantine. It didn’t matter that Coby Quik, who was supposed to be his partner in this business venture, was still missing in action. He had one thing on his mind, and he had been trying to catch up with her all morning. He had narrowly missed catching her before her first run of the day. It almost made him feel like she had been avoiding him. However, looking down from his office window across the entirety of the gym below, he spotted her. Not wanting to miss his opportunity, he made his way down to the main floor before approaching his tag team partner.

Kris: So can we just apologize to each other and move past this petty bullshit that has been slowing us down over the last month or so. I am kind of tired of the games and bullshit. It’s not fun anymore.

It probably came off like a bit of an ambush, but Kris didn’t care. As she spun around to face him, he had expected the worst. Neither of them were the type to want to actually vent their frustrations with someone whose opinion they actually gave a shit about. Both were always quick to point out their opponent’s flaws, but when it came to addressing their own, they would both rather kick the can down the road than speak openly. They always eventually got past these little spats, but this time Kris didn’t think that they had the time to let things blow over before it started to hurt them as a team. He was hoping that she was going to look at it the same way. After three weeks he was exhausted from walking around on eggshells. He just wanted the conversation to be over so that they could get back to normal.

Mikah: ...What?

A confused look had crossed her face as she looked at him. She frowns, her eyebrows furrowed together as she looks at him. She wasn't trying to be difficult, she just had a lot on her mind and his statement had surprised her and brought her out of her thoughts.Kris points back and forth between the two of them and shakes his head.

Kris: Whatever the problem is here, we need to fix it. Usually we just blow it off and eventually we get over it. We don’t have time to do that now, and I don’t want whatever it is to come back and bite us in the ass while we are in the ring. I get it. For some reason you are pissed off at me. You just have to let me know what the problem is, because I don’t get it.

Her eyes look him over and she is quick to fold her arms over her chest. She knew that the action made her seem unapproachable but she didn't seem to think twice about it. She looks at him before looking around the room they were in.

Mikah: Are you saying that I can't put my own personal crap to the side to function in a match? Because I can. But sure, I guess. I haven't even seen you for three weeks or even been in the same state as you since that stupid boat show. I don't have the time to be pissed at you.

She hadn't had the time to process her own emotions toward her partner in the past three weeks. But maybe she was starting to remember why she had been so upset with him.

Kris: I'm not saying that at all. I know you can. You're good at it, and you're a professional. It didn't slow us down at Summer XXXtreme and I know being on that boat was its own personal hell for you. I'm not saying you aren't capable of putting shit to the side, I'm saying I don't want us to just brush shit to the side. That is how teams implode down the line. I want to fix it now and move forward on the same page, and I don't care what it takes to make that happen.

He still wasn't sure that his honesty was going to get him anywhere but at least he can say that he tried. It was more than any of his previous partners had gotten from him. It was a start. She shifts her weight in front of him as she feels that usual fight or flight kick in but she does her best to push it away.

Mikah: ...Okay. That sounds reasonable I suppose. But first, you're telling me basically that you haven't even noticed that me and the kids haven't been here for basically three weeks? And I know that they're not your kids but a missing one year old would be kind of obvious.

She raises an eyebrow at him, wondering what his response was going to be. Of course, she hadn't told him she was going to be gone or that she had plans to go anywhere. She had thought he might have noticed her absence, but now she can tell that it had completely slipped past him even before he opened his mouth. He gestures to the space around them in an attempt to deflect a little, but gives up on making an excuse.

Kris: Well, I mean… I was trying to give you some space, and working on making things ready to open. I really just thought that you were avoiding being around me. I keep weird hours, so I thought you were planning around that.

He pauses, realizing that it does not really help his cause that he didn’t even notice that she was gone. It didn’t matter what his reasoning was going to be. It was inexcusable.

Kris: I get it that you were pissed about me doubting you being serious about coming back, and questioning how much you were working at it. I was a dick. I’m sorry. I should have had your back. Then after how the match went at Summer XXXtreme, I was pissed off. It was like you were trying to prove that you didn’t need me. That’s not how a team is supposed to work. I know that it isn’t going to matter most of the time, but eventually it will matter. I don’t want to start losing down the road because we are busier taking shots at each other instead of our opponents. If I pushed you towards acting like that, that’s my fault. Like I said, I’m sorry. And I’m sorry I didn’t realize you were gone. I guess I have just been in my own head.

Once it started coming out of his mouth he knew if he tried to stop he wouldn’t end up getting through it. Kris was not the type to take responsibility for any of his actions. She could see in his eyes that it was painful to be this honest. The fact that he wasn’t attempting to deflect or turn the situation into a joke showed how serious he was about clearing the air between the two of them. He had hoped that the effort would reassure her that he wasn’t here just to keep playing stupid games.She is quiet for a moment or two before she looks at him. She knew that admitting this was hard for him. But speaking about feelings and emotions wasn't her strong suit either.

Mikah: You know you treated me just like everybody else does, right? That doubt that almost everybody has when it comes to me competing in the ring. And that view that everybody has that loves to say I'm unreliable. But I've never not shown up when I was booked. It was almost as if you were a carbon copy of them. Another Crystal-Christina or Mercedes Vargas or Petty Polly. Another person who likes to throw me under the bus. And I was the one that had your back no matter what the others said. And I assumed that maybe you'd have had the same sentiment that I did. After everything that we have done together.

The words came out of her mouth quickly. She takes a deep breath and averts her eyes. This was the time that she'd normally walk away. The words cut into him, but instead of trying to shrug off the blame, he nods in agreement with her.

Kris: I get it. I got obsessed with this idea that you were going to do the same thing that I did. I came out there confident and then fell on my face. I didn’t want to see that happen to you, or to us as a team. I just wanted us to look like the team that everyone was afraid of, and yeah… I went too far. My head was in the right place, but I messed up how I went about it. I should have trusted you. After all, you trusted me enough to come back in the first place. That’s my fault. I’m working on it.

Usually everything that came out of his mouth was some sort of praise for himself, but not today. If he had any hope of the two of them pushing through his he realized that he was going to have to be as painfully honest about his own actions as he was about how he viewed his opponents. There was no time left for tip-toeing around the truth, and he could already feel the weight started to be raised off of his chest.She just shrugs her shoulders at him, a habit that she never seems to correct.

Mikah: There's not much else we can do about it now. It happened. And we can't change it.

She was always quick to brush things off. And this time was definitely  no different. Kris shakes his head, but it didn’t seem like the fact bothered him all that much.

Kris: No. It’s a learning experience. Shit happens, but it doesn’t have to keep happening. We don’t have to make the same mistakes twice. That’s why I didn’t want to avoid it. I wanted to get it over with, so that we can get back to being a team instead of competing against each other. We’re supposed to be on the same side. I know that is a new feeling for the both of us. I mean, I know I don’t necessarily like sharing the spotlight with someone all the time. I like the attention. It is a big reason that I am back. But if we are going to be a team we need to actually be a team. I don’t want my ego to be the thing that gets in the way of that. So yeah, I messed up, but I’m going to do better moving forward. Promise.

She nods, and softens a little bit. The conversation was tense, and she had taken just about as much of it as she could handle. Mikah offers him a smirk that she only kind of has to force, and her voice comes out much more carefree.

Mikah: Good… because I didn’t come back for a project. I came back to be a champion. You gotta get it together.

It actually forces him to break, and he laughs.

Kris: Oh, it’s like that?

It was a good sign, even if it was just a deflection away from the serious conversation that neither of them actually wanted to have.

Mikah: ...and we have a gym opening tomorrow, and the new temporary champions to deal with on Sunday so you better get it together quickly. I don’t want you going into this match unprepared and costing us the win.

His mouth falls open and the audacity she has to make fun of him so quickly.. Kris raises a hand to his chest and feigns actual pain from the verbal jab as the two laugh.


==========================================================


>I guess the first thing that I have to say about Bitch n Moan, is that they are welcome….

”The Miracle” stands with his back to the camera. He is looking out a large window that looks out from his office and down into Jet City South. The gym was now open for business since the SCW quarantine was lifted. New students had come running once they heard that the gym was operational, as well as some old familiar faces. Kris would have to deal with some of them once Underground came around, but that was a story for another time. Despite dealing with his gym opening, he was more focused on the match he had coming up at Climax Control. It wasn’t going to be for the Mixed Tag Team Championships, but at least he and Mikah were getting a crack at the champions in their third match back together as a team. There wasn’t a whole lot that he could complain about given his situation. It seemed to Kris that he was holding all the cards, which was probably why he sounded so smug when he started to explain himself.

They’re welcome for their championship match at Summer XXXtreme that The Black Sheep gifted to them. They’re welcome for the solo shot that they cried so hard about getting. They’re welcome for us stepping out of the way so that they could take on a Wolfslair team that was clearly done leading the division. They’re welcome that they can put beating the most dominant mixed tag team of the last year on their resume.

He turns from the glass and towards the camera, rolling his eyes at the accomplishment. It was clear that Kris wasn’t all that impressed with their victory aboard the Sun Princess.

Rest assured that they are going to say that they earned their shot, and that they earned a hard fought victory at Summer XXXtreme. However, we all know that isn’t true. You don’t have to look any further than Alex Jones’ words before their match to know that he wasn’t really in it anymore. He said that the plan was to launch his partner’s career and then refocus himself on the World Heavyweight Championship that he deserves to be carrying around. What happened at Summer XXXtreme? Alex dropped the championship he didn’t care about anymore and immediately went to work chasing the one that Griffin Hawkins managed to swipe away from Ben Jordan.

The Grand Slam Champion shrugs his shoulders, trying not to look like the thought hadn’t also crossed his mind. He had beaten Griffin in back-to-back matches recently which may have cost him his friendship with the now SCW World Heavyweight Champion. If he wasn’t invested in The Black Sheep, it would have been a no-brainer to cash in his chance at Griffin and assume his rightful spot back at the top. He wasn’t going to allow the thought to get him off track though. As far as he was concerned, Griffin did him a favor by beating Ben. After all, it got Alex Jones to put the mixed tag division on hold, and moved a dangerous team out of The Black Sheep’s path.

They beat a champion that didn’t want the title anymore, and want to celebrate like they slayed a giant. Then again, maybe they wouldn’t have even been able to accomplish that had I chosen to insert The Black Sheep into the match via my guaranteed championship opportunity. I control my own destiny, and I could have used that to squash their moment at the snap of my fingers.

He snaps his thumb and middle fingers of his left hand in the direction of the camera with his signature condescending smirk on his face.

...but they wanted their solo shot. They wanted to prove that without any other teams in the mix they had what it took to dethrone the champions. Well congratulations are due I suppose, because they managed to barely pull it off. Now they want to say that they have earned everything that they have been given, but they both know that The Black Sheep gave them the best opportunity that they were ever going to get by keeping ourselves out of that match. Wolfslair is not even going to bother challenging them to a rematch, because what would be the point? They already know the same thing that the rest of us do. If Wolfslair wanted to be the mixed tag team champions right now, they would be. Even better, if The Black Sheep had been involved at Summer XXXtreme, Bitch n Moan would still be crying about how unfair life is while Mikah and I were bragging about how awesome it is to be both Mixed Tag AND Grand Slam Champions.

The smile on his face showed the fans that Kris expected to make that hypothetical situation a reality sooner rather than later. This match was just the stepping stone to taking their titles away from the temporary champions; nothing more than a formality. He wasn’t going to give the new champions very much credit for winning something that they would never successfully defend.

Malachi and Bella walked into a perfect situation and were still surprised when it ended up going their way. That alone should demonstrate to the world that they weren’t ready to be the champions, and deep down they didn’t think it was possible. They have been celebrating for two weeks because they realize that this is the peak of the mountain for them. They might say that The Black Sheep came out of the woodwork to try and rise to the top of the division, but we don’t need to “rise” to shit. The moment we threw our hats into the ring we were at the top of the list. Why? Because nobody is going to be surprised when we take those mixed tag team championships away from Bitch n Moan and put them where they have always belonged.

He looks down to his waist, likely picturing the way that the championship would look strapped around it.

This division was created for a team like me and Mikah. Unlike Wolfslair, we don’t need to team up to help the other get recognized. Unlike The Barnharts we don’t need to team together in order to find any kind of success. We aren’t a couple like Sass n Bash that think it would be cute to do things together. We are two people that have made it our mission in life to rise to the top of this company. This is just another division for us to dominate. We have gone through all of the others. We have beaten everyone that this company has thrown at us. Nothing has been able to stop us as individuals and none of the current teams on this roster have any hope of putting up a fight against us as a team.

Now that Wolfslair was gone, there wasn’t a team on the roster that made “The Miracle” even slightly nervous. Maybe Ben Jordan and Evie would cause his blood pressure to rise a little, but Evie would have to lose her championship to make that possible and Kris didn’t see that happening any time soon. London Underground hadn’t been heard from lately, and the teams that did show up on the shows managed to lose just about every high leverage match they were put in. The lack of competition made The Black Sheep not only the best choice for a #! Contender, but the only real choice that there was.

I mean think about it! Mikah and I are main event talents. The only reason that this match is so low on the card is because everyone knows how it is going to end. Hell, even the intern that they got to write up our hype blurb for the card release knows that much. When we win this match, our shots at the mixed tag team titles are guaranteed. When we go out and embarrass the new champions after they have been celebrating their meaningless victory, I won’t have to cash in my opportunity to take their championships. The Black Sheep may have gifted them their opportunity at Wolfslair, but the charity ends there. These two are placeholders, and everyone that buys a ticket to witness the beating they are going to receive on Climax Control already knows that.

It was harsh, but Kris didn’t care. In recent weeks he had leaned hard into being the villain that everyone was painting him as. He realized that it didn’t bother him what the people he shared the locker room with thought of him. When he walked out to the ring, the reaction from the fans was the same as it had always been. That is all the validation that he required.

We didn’t come to this division in order to be cute, or be comedic relief in the backstage area. We didn’t come to help a friend get over with the crowd. We are here to win, plain and simple. Since we teamed up, the Trenton Tigers and The Barnharts learned not to mess with us. We didn’t need to trade victories with other teams to work out way up the ranks. We didn’t need to complain our way to a one-on-one match against the champions. We showed up. We won. Three matches later here we are, taking on the champs. You don’t have to bitch and moan your way to the top if you just go out and win every time a team is put in front of you. That seems to be the fact that is lost on our champions. If they were so goddamn deserving, they would have found themselves in the same position that Mikah and I are in. They wouldn’t have had to demand anything. They wouldn’t have had to call their shot, or prove that they belong. People would just know. Like people just know that The Black Sheep are destined to end Bitch n Moan’s pathetic reign before it can even get started.

With how confident he was, it sounded like the Grand Slam Champion should have gone ahead and cashed in his opportunity for a championship match on this show after all. It wasn’t out of malice though. Sometimes the truth hurts.

People might hear this and think that I have something against the two of them, but that couldn’t be further from the truth. I would have to care enough about them to form an opinion in order to hate them. I don’t. They are just the ones that happen to be in the way of an ascension that everyone in the arena can already see happening. It wouldn’t have mattered if it were Bill and Bea, or even Ben Jordan and Evie. Mikah and I set our sights on something that we wanted, and now we are going to get it just like we have everything else in our lives. It is not personal in the least.

He knew that there was no way that they were going to believe that it wasn’t personal, but it didn’t really bother him. They were his opponents. They were an obstacle to be obliterated for even thinking about getting in his way. He hadn’t made a name for himself by taking it easy on anyone, and he wasn’t going to try and fix a system that wasn’t broken.

That’s why I’m not worried about the things that I say or how they will be perceived. I don’t need a “sportsmanship translator” to come out and make everything I saw more palatable. There is no bullshit spin here. There is no sugarcoating. They have something that I want, and I don’t think that Bella or Malachi are good enough to stop The Black Sheep from taking those championships. I think that the Vegas betting lines would probably agree with me on that one.

He holds up his hands in front of his chest and shakes his head before backpedaling a little bit. He knew that he was in danger of sounding petty or over-confident unless he explained himself.

...and that’s not me trying to take anything away from Malachi as a competitor either. I kind of liked the guy back before I came back to Sin City. I mean, he is an arrogant asshole with an older brother that he used to tag with that he eventually had to put in his place. It’s almost like looking in a mirror, but with one major difference. He made the statement when he signed here that he is not going to get into the habit of suffering fools. He takes this whole thing seriously. When the bells ring, he is all business, and has no time for whimsy. But what is my entire offensive strategy if not whimsy? Has anyone ever accused me of taking all of this too seriously? Maybe I am a fool like people say, but that is what makes this an impossible match for Malachi. He has no answer for someone who’s offense has no rhyme or reason. He can’t handle someone that has no strategy, and instead is just waiting to punish people once they make a mistake. He is angry, aggressive, and otherwise emotional. That is going to be his downfall against someone who has built a career out of goading professionals into making a misstep and then capitalizing when the time is right. The only way he can get the upper hand against me is to stay out of the ring where I can’t get under his skin….but it’s not like Bella could get the job done on her own.

The idea that someone who struggled to beat Bea Barnhart and both of the female Trenton Tigers being a threat to the most successful bombshell in SCW history was laughable at best and insulting at worst.

That’s not to say that Bella is not good in her own right, but she’s no Mikah. Then again, there is nobody quite like Mikah. She is at the top of the totem pole in SCW, and everyone aspires to build the resume that she has in this company. She is recognized as the single greatest Bombshell to walk in the doors of this company and the only reason she has never held a tag championship before is because she had no interest in doing so. She didn’t have a partner that she could trust enough to pair herself with. There was nobody that was on her level that she wouldn’t view as a liability. That was, until I came back.

Kris leans back against the glass window that he had been looking out to start the recording, and folds his arms across his chest. The cocky smirk returns to his face as he thinks back through his accomplishments with the company.

That’s because despite being a fool, I am every bit as talented as my resume says I am. I dominated the Roulette Division that Malachi wouldn’t have been able to hang in. I shocked the world as Internet Champion, and I won Man of the Year for my reign as SCW World Heavyweight Champion. I mean the results speak for themselves. Who has the guy beaten? Alex Rush and Caleb Storms right? One of them isn’t good enough to be on the actual SCW roster, and the other has never really been successful. Every time that his team wins it seems like it is Bella picking up the victory for the two of them. She was the one to get the submission against the Reject Tigers, The Barnharts, and Wolfslair so clearly Malachi isn’t doing the heavy lifting there. What about his record says that he should be at the front of any line? What makes him feel like anything he has done should put him on top? The guy can talk a big game, I will give him that, but he has done nothing of note in this company without his girl doing the work for him. On the other hand, I have dominated most of the talent that has come through this company. I have been the face SCW. I have held every championship that there is to hold except for the ones that Mikah and I let Malachi and Bella shine up for us.

When Mikah and I go out to the ring, we win. Period. End of story. It doesn’t matter if we are bickering with each other out of boredom. It doesn’t matter what you see on social media. We don’t need to stand next to each other during these little promos or speak for one another so people know what we really mean. Our music hits. We walk to the ring. We beat whoever it is that is standing across from us. It is that simple. There is no reason for us to bitch about getting one on one shots. We don’t lose to joke teams like the Trenton Tigers. We leave things like that for the lesser teams like Bella and Malachi who think being a couple makes them special. Mikah and I are dominant separately, and an unstoppable force together. That’s something special. That’s something that this division hasn’t seen before The Black Sheep arrived on the scene. These two don’t stand a chance.

He chuckles lightly to himself before throwing the thought that tickled him out to the audience.

It’s going to be laughable to watch them try and say that they do….

With another cocky smile and a wink, the camera feed fades out and cuts off.





16
Climax Control Archives / Same Page
« on: July 10, 2020, 11:08:56 PM »
 Same Page
Jet City South - San Diego
9 July 2020
OFF-Camera



Training against their Trenton Tigers stand-ins hadn’t gone perfectly. Mikah would argue that the whole day was a success, because she had managed to hold her own much longer than anyone else was willing to give her credit for at the start of the day. On the other hand, Kris was able to prove to her that there were, in fact, kinks that needed to be ironed out. Courtney Pierce had been trained by Mikah when she was at the top of her game. She hadn’t had the easiest time pulling one over on her old student. It helped both Kris and Mikah to work as an actual team, instead of just showing off to one another.

Kris: You know, you were actually kind of impressive earlier.

He didn’t mind losing the silent battle that they were having about who was going to admit that they were wrong, or at least not as right about how their day would transpire. It didn’t help that one was just as arrogant about their abilities as the other. Put them together and instead of doubling, it increased exponentially.

Mikah: ...and to think you doubted me, even for a second.

Clearly Mikah was not willing to concede her victory like Kris was. After all, he was the one that needed a partner. He was the one that wanted her to come back. This was his doing. In her eyes, if he had doubts, he shouldn’t have bothered. Since he did, all these hoops she was jumping through were pointless. Kris was quick to cut her big head back down to size though.

Kris: Calm down. I am not saying that there weren’t rough spots and you were perfectly flawless by any means, but you held your own. To be honest, we got people that I think are better teams than the Tigers to train with us. I think we have this thing won.

She was glad that he was finally coming around to what she had known from the moment the match was announced. For all his big talk in front of a screen, he really was kind of a pushover. Maybe that was how he and Fenris happened. She was not going to dwell on the thought though. She tried to keep it out of mind.

Mikah: Maybe so… it still doesn’t change the fact that you thought I was going to show up and mess things up for you. It’s the same kind of thing that Drake would do. You didn’t trust me enough to let me in on anything, and just assumed that I wasn’t really paying attention or putting any work in. It’s insulting. We are supposed to be partners. Hell, we are supposed to be friends.

According to others, they were supposedly a lot more than that. The two of them had drawn a line at calling themselves anything other than friends. It was the truth. Despite the fact that it was widely drowned out by the news about the benefits of their friendship. Still, the fact that they were friends should have meant comparing him to Drake was off limits. Kris was having a hard time stepping around her feelings while she was throwing jabs at him like that.

Kris: Can you honestly blame me though? Look, I said that you did well today. You proved me wrong. Are you saying that I am a shitty person just because I wanted to see that in an empty gym before we went out and did it for real? I already have enough people telling me that I am stuck in 2017. I didn’t want to give anyone another reason to shoot us down before we even get started.

There it was. He was so obsessed with his own mistake that he was just projecting it onto others. It was the reason that he had traveled to his brother’s debut in another company and helped him to a victory that he had well in hand. It was the reason that he was lecturing Mikah all week. She was actually upset with herself that she hadn’t picked up on it sooner.

Mikah: Yeah, well, you could have gone about it some other way.

Unfortunately, Kris wasn’t the type to think things through. He was more of the act on first impulse type, for better or for worse. Usually for the worse.

Kris: What other way?

After a moment of thought, she realized that maybe that was better said than done. Instead of admitting that though, she spins it back around on him.

Mikah: I don’t know! One where you don’t seem like such an ass all the time! You could have come down to the gym while I was working out. You could have asked me what I was doing to get ready. Instead, you just assumed that the answer was nothing at all. I can do more than run my mouth, unlike most of the bombshells.

She knew that there were going to be more than a few women on the roster that weren’t going to be happy about her return. Mikah told herself that they were just jealous of her accomplishments though. They wouldn’t hate her if any of them were actually in her league. Hate always starts at the bottom looking up.

Kris: You’re right. I just didn’t think you were serious about it. It’s not like you jumped at the opportunity to come back the first time that I asked you.

She was surprised that he was backing down so easily again. She must have really surpassed his expectations earlier. Of course, that itself was offensive. Exactly how low had his expectations been? It was not her fault that he had twiddled his thumbs for a month in SCW before really deciding what he wanted to do.

Mikah: Have you ever considered that I didn’t think that you were serious? I mean, you had already pitched being a team to Alicia Lukas. Court is even training for a comeback. You could have picked her. How am I supposed to know when to take you seriously, and when you are just being….well… you.

The whole thing had always seemed so simple to Kris though. It made too much sense to ignore.

Kris: What? We are part of the reason that this whole division even exists. How many times did we try to make them let us take a stab at the tag belts before they combined the divisions and tried to take the credit for it? If there was ever a team that was supposed to rise up and take control of mixed tag matches in SCW, it is us. We wanted it. Now we have the opportunity to pick up where we left off.

She took the opportunity to go back to her point in their original argument since he was backing down left and right.

Mikah: ...and we could do that by cashing in your opportunity and taking over now.

He shook his head instantly.

Kris: I---

Mikah waved a hand at him and finished the thought for him. She had heard it enough already.

Mikah: ...don’t want to do it that way. I get it. As wrong as you were about me not being ready, you were right about one thing. That shot is yours. You can use it however you want. If you don’t think that we need it right now, then that’s your call to make. If you think we can make it to the top without it, fine. I’m willing to give it a shot.

It was really the only words that he had wanted to hear her say all week. She was notorious for not wanting to put the work in. She had always argued with Mark about not wanting to come to shows she was not booked on. Or drinking backstage and not taking it seriously. All Kris needed to hear was that she was willing to put in the effort instead of taking the shortest possible route. He pinched himself in case he was dreaming, but didn’t instantly find himself waking up in bed.

Kris: Wow….

She looked up at him, confused by the surprise on his face.

Mikah: What?

He laughs at her, and shrugs his shoulders almost at a loss for words.

Kris: I never thought I would see the day where you admitted that you were wrong about something.

It was not something that she was going to let him hold over her head. He had admitted that he was wrong about her. It was the least she could do. It was not like she was going to be able to change his mind anyways. At least, not with the direct approach. If she had to, she could come up with a way to get him to agree. He would probably even think that it was his idea. Maybe he was right though. It was possible that they could go out and be so impressive that they wouldn’t need it.

Mikah: Yeah, well you started it….

She quickly amends her statement to squash any hope he might have of it being a recurring thing.

Mikah: ...but don’t get used to it!

He holds up his hands in front of his chest as if he is pleading his innocence, but with a smile on his face.

Kris: Wouldn’t dream of it.

He does get up from his seat and start to make his way out of the room though. He could see how worn out she was from the day, and training hadn’t been a walk in the park. Unlike him, she had more important things that this match to worry about for the next couple of days, and he wasn’t going to make the mistake of forgetting that.

Kris: Get some rest. I’m sure those kids of yours will have you up and running around again before you know it, and we have a lot more work to do before we head to Vegas for the show.

She watches him go, considering asking him to stay but knowing better than to push it after such a tense day. Right now she could chalk up the day as a win for her. With Kris, that wasn’t always a guarantee. She did not want to ruin it, but the least she could do was put some of his negative thoughts at ease.

Mikah: Hey...

He turned back to her at the door without actually responding to her.

Mikah: You know we got this, right? At some point you are going to have to get out of your head about that. You never let people hold you back before. Don’t start now.

He nods wordlessly, and taps the door frame with his knuckles before making his way down to his studio and leaving her to rest for the remainder of the night.


==========================================================


The Black Sheep Return!
ON-Camera



You know how people use the phrase “the more, the merrier” like it is supposed to be a good thing?

Kris is seated in the black office chair that we have seen sitting behind his desk for the last few weeks. Using the small space to film his promos had become a habit after his brother had berated him for using the gym downstairs.

The Trenton Tigers are the exception to that rule. They think that it is a problem for people to have to gameplan for four of them instead of two. They are wrong. Instead, it makes them twice as big of a joke as they appear to be on the surface.

He allows himself a laugh at the expensive of the fearsome foursome that he finds himself planning for this week on Climax Control. He has his feet propped up on the desk forcing the chair he is in to lean so far back that only his head and shoulders come into view behind the desk. The Miracle almost looks carefree, despite the advantage that his opponents have on paper. He starts to explain to the audience exactly why that is.

Think about it. Brandon and Daniela come into SCW feeling real good about themselves. They have a peppy high school team name, a record of success, and finally stepped up to the big leagues in SCW after feeling left behind in SCU. They came in and smashed up the Barnharts, and then even got one over on Malachi and Bella. Everything looked like it was smooth sailing there for a second. There was a point where people were talking about them as mixed tag team championship contenders without having to stifle a laugh.

He frowns at the camera to indicate just how much the times had changed. In his opinion, the team had run into a roadblock by making one fatal error.

So they think it is a bright idea to add a couple of new members to the team. They get laughed at for trying to pass off their Mixed Tag Team Championship shot to their buddies, and then go on to lose anyway. At this point basically all of them have dropped the ball when it comes to facing off against Wolfslair, and even though they started out by making Sass and Bash look like chumps, the tables have certainly turned. Char Kwan may have been worth a look back when Gamers Inc was at the top, but she has been nothing but a weight around the Tigers’ neck. And if Daniela has learned the hard way that adding a sibling to the team doesn’t always go the way you want it to, but hey, we have all been there, right?

The smirk on Kris’ face is sure to irritate his brother Jason if he is watching from home. In recent weeks he has not shied away from reminding his brother about their confrontation on Climax Control where Kris walked out with his hand raised in the air.

In just a few short months this team that had a lot of potential, finds themselves at the back of the line. They were gifted back-to-back shots for the championships, and came up short regardless of the configuration that they chose to run with. For all of their talk and grandiose plans, they have amounted to little separately, and absolutely nothing together.

Kris shrugs, not feeling bad about telling it like it is. The Tigers were always the first to tell people that their independent accomplishments didn’t matter, and they were a long lasting team. To Kris, if they were worth anything, they would be able to prove it, and thus fair they had failed to impress him.

Now we know what they are going to say, because we have seen them say it over and over again. Time after time they come up against teams like the Barnharts, or Sass and Bash and say that they are not a real team. That they are more worried about their relationship dynamic outside of the ring than they are about what happens between when the bells sound. Mikah and myself won’t be exempt from that line of bullshit.

Not that they were exempt from it beforehand either. The whole backstage had been buzzing with rumors before Mikah outed certain parts of their friendship. Everyone had been jumping to incorrect conclusions since, and it was clearly eating at the Grand Slam Champion.

Most people in SCW have sniped at us one way or another. People think that we are dating. People think that I am the reason that she and Drake are no longer together. They think we bicker too much to ever be a functional team. They think we are too cocky for our own good.

At least a couple of those were probably true, even though Kris had no intention of validating any of them.

Tell me how that makes anyone on the current roster different from the people we both walked all over a few years ago? Everyone thought Mikah talked a big game at first, but then she built a career out of backing that talk up. She is constantly ranked amongst the best of the best that this company has ever had walk through the doors. If this match were Char Kwan or Daniela against Mikah on her own, there would be no debate about who people would put their money on. Only one of those three is a Hall of Famer in this company. Only one of them has done anything worth noting on her own. Gamer Inc might have carried Char Kwan to a tag title reign, but she has proven over and over again that when she flies solo she can’t get the job done. Either female member of the Tigers will be outclassed and overmatched before they even ring the bell to start this thing.

He was not going to just heap praise on his partner though. Anything Mikah could do, he could do better. That is why his name came first on the show.

...and the same is true on my side of the match. I have done things that Brandon Sludge and Vector only dream of doing. I have dominated every single division that I have been a part of in this company. I won the Internet Championship against all odds. I set Roulette records that nobody thought could ever be broken. My brother and I popped into the tag division as a joke, and went on to make every team on the roster look like our bitches. Not to mention, I was the last person to hold the SCW World Heavyweight Championship in the air before the company was going to close its doors forever, and the people in attendance for it blew the roof off the place.

It would probably remain the defining moment of his career, as he finally shattered the glass ceiling that had always held him back.

I get that singles accomplishments don’t count for much in tag team wrestling, but let’s be honest: this isn’t really tag team wrestling. Jet City was tag team wrestling. I could be trapped on an apron while my brother was getting dominated on the other side of the ring and there was not a damn thing that I could do about it. The other team could tag in and out to stay fresh while they laid waste to half of Jet City. All they had to do was isolate and attack. That’s not a strategy that works in mixed tag matches though. Why? Because as soon as anyone tags out of the match, both partners change. This isn’t tag team wrestling, this is a bombshell match, and a men’s match happening at the same time in the same ring.

Char Kwan or Daniela Rodgers have to somehow beat Mikah, someone we have already established is out of their league when it comes to singles wrestling. Their male partner isn’t going to be able to bail them out of trouble. They are going to have to do it on their own, and they are not up to that particular task. They are struggling on their path to finding tag team relevance and facing someone who is coasted her way into the hall of fame. What are either of them going to do when they bring their sad ass offense against someone who has forgotten more about technical wrestling than either of them have the capacity to learn? My guess is that someone is going to get choked out. I have seen Mikah’s Cupid’s Chokehold up close before, and that shit doesn’t look fun at all. I almost hate to see which one of these ladies will draw the short straw and have to step into the ring this week. It’s going to be a slaughter.

He has to reconsider that maybe they are not as terrible as he thinks. Maybe they will actually put up a fight.

I mean, unless somehow they manage to make it to their team’s corner and tag in some help. That would solve their Mikah problem and buy them some time to recover, but the news isn’t so great for their tag team partner, whichever one that ends up being.

Kris was more than confident that he would be able to take on either of the male members of the team.

Sure, Brandon has me by like 100 pounds, but it’s not like the guy can keep up with me for very long. Good ol’ Sludge comes out of a background of bodybuilding and weightlifting. You know what that tells me? The dude could probably bench press a bus even though he looks like a beached whale. However, nothing about bodybuilding screams endurance. The guy doesn’t have the stamina to keep up with someone like me. I wouldn’t even have to run circles around him. He couldn’t keep up with a light jog. He’s going to get tired and have to tag in his partner for Mikah to pummel some more. Or, the giant is going to fall a little too far from his corner, and he definitely has that “I’ve fallen, and can’t get up” type of vibe to him. Then he is too far out of reach for anyone to save him, and stuck in the ring for me to pick apart. My offense is already hit and run. I don’t have to lift the hippo. I just have to stick, move and wait for the big guy to tire himself out. See, someone like Sludge is like a picnic for me, and I am a nightmare for him.

It felt like Brandon was going to be the Tiger’s best answer for him, even though it was still the wrong answer.

...but what other option do they have? At least if Brandon manages to get a hand on me, he can do some real damage. If they let Vector slide in and take his shot, people are going to laugh. This is a guy that couldn’t hack it in SCU, a brand that has sorry ass O’Malley as its champion. He couldn’t manage to break out of the pack on the B-show, and came running to his twin to take pity on him and let him into the tribe of mediocrity.

The problem for Vector is that I have made a career out of making people just like him Just Take The L. Sure, it would be a hell of a lot more exciting for the people watching at home to watch the both of us fly around the ring as opposed to watching Brandon breathe heavily and struggle to keep up. The fact of the matter is, it still wouldn’t matter. I have beaten better people than him in my blackout drug days. In fact, I have both tagged with, and beaten someone who has the exact same style that he does. People remember my brother Jason as being part of Jet City, but everyone should watch back what happened when he tried to step up and say he was better than me. He ended up on his back in the middle of the ring asking what went wrong.

He shrugs.

The answer was simple. Nothing went wrong. I was just better.

Kris keeps pushing forward though, not lingering just to gloat.

...but again, it is not just me this time. It is Mikah too. It is The Black Sheep finally together again and doing the thing that we have always said that we were going to do. There is a reason that I am the only person that Mikah would ever team with. I am the best at what I do. Don’t believe me? Ask Griffin Hawkins, O’Malley, or even our World Heavyweight Champion Ben Jordan. What do they all have in common? They have never beaten me. Not once.

It was not just his individual work that mattered here though.

Mikah and I are undefeated as a team going against a group that hasn’t won since Blaze of Glory despite the fact that they have doubled in size since then. These people actually have the ability to surprise opponents with whom they send out to the ring, and still haven’t been able to get the job done. Why? Because they just aren’t that good, even with the stupid ass Freebird rule in play.

He rolls his eyes. Usually it would be more difficult to prepare for more opponents, but there was no combination of the team that was causing him to lose sleep. The only wildcard in his mind had been Mikah, and he had already gone out of his way to make sure that she would be ready.

...but Mikah and I aren’t going to whine about not knowing which combination of these never-will-be’s that we will be facing. Instead of worrying about something out of our control, we have just been preparing to face all of them. That way, no matter who comes down the aisle, The Black Sheep can walk out after having their hands raised in victory.

It was the only outcome that made any sense to him, on paper or otherwise.

I’m not going to stand here and rattle off cliches like about not taking the Tiger’s lightly, doing my best, and giving 100%. I will leave that to them and their same old tired lines that thousands of people have spouted off before them. I am standing here to say that The Black Sheep are going to win because of one simple fact: We are better.

He drops his feet from the desk and sits up in the chair. Sometimes facts hurt and he was going to throw a few more at the lens of the camera. He didn’t want people to mistake a relaxed posture for a lack of seriousness.

Together. Separate. It doesn’t matter. Mikah and I are the most impressive team that this division has ever seen. We are not a married couple like the Barnharts. We are not two people just in the division because we couldn’t hack it on our own like Sass and Bash. We aren’t a joke like the Trenton Tigers.

He would argue that as far as jokes go, they weren’t even a good one of those.

We are winning this match and coming for Wolfslair’s Mixed Tag Team Championships sooner rather than later. I dare anyone in this division to step up and try to stop us.

He gives a knowing wink to Malachi and Bella, hoping that they are keeping an eye on The Black Sheep. As Kris flashes a smile, the camera cuts to a black screen.


17
Climax Control Archives / What A Waste
« on: July 03, 2020, 11:54:49 PM »
 Communication
Jet City
2 July 2020
OFF-Camera


Kris had not expected to come back to Seattle for any reason, let alone the reason that had brought him back to Jet City. Since his brother’s appearance in San Diego a week ago, Kris had been unable to shake an uneasy feeling. Jason was not exactly the easiest person to read, and their relationship had never been wonderful, but usually Kris knew where the two of them stood. There was always some kind of game at play. The fact that Jason would show up and cut ties didn’t feel right. There had to be more to it, or maybe Kris was just hoping that there was more to it. That’s what happens when you push everyone away though. Eventually they stop fighting it.

Jules and the baby were not home when Kris used the spare key to let himself into the house. There was no way that he was going to sit outside where anyone giving the house a passing glance could have seen him. Anywhere else in the world he could slip into the background and go unnoticed. However, the Seattle neighborhood where Jason’s house was located was occupied almost entirely by current and former members of the Jet City Sports Lab. Kris wasn’t about to open up the bag of worms that came with someone spotting him here.

The house was quiet, but Kris knew his way around. He had helped his brother remodel the whole thing while Jet City was at their height in Sin City. Kris had made himself comfortable in a chair in the corner of the living room and sat silently for his brother. By the time he was ready to abandon hope and call him, he heard the garage door open. He heard the car roar into the garage before the engine was cut off. Within moments Jason was crossing the room, headed for the mini-bar across from where Kris sits.


Kris: I like what you’ve done with the place...

Jason is not even startled by his brother’s voice coming out of the darkness in the room. He flips a switch on the side of the bar with a chuckle, but doesn’t bother turning to face Kris. Instead, he goes about making the drink he had been thinking about the entire way home.

Jason: How do you get Kristopher Ryans to show up?

The question is rhetorical, and Kris doesn’t bother trying to answer it. He had learned that lesson in his recent arguments with Coby. It was nothing but bait, and he was not going to take it. Luckily, Jason does not leave him hanging. As soon as he pours his drink he turns towards his brother, and leans back on the bar with his drink in hand.

Jason: ...tell him you don’t want him to, apparently.

He swirls the ice cubes around in the glass before taking a sip of the contents. Kris was not going to let the joke get under his skin. Jason was clearly in the mood to waste his time, or else he already would have been told to leave. The only way to get him to drop the act was to cut through the pleasantries.

Kris: I couldn’t stop thinking about your little visit to San Diego. Why would you just come down there and give me what I wanted? That’s not really like you at all...

Jason had expected Kris’ visit. The kid never knew when to leave well enough alone. You couldn’t get him to listen to advice, but if you told him to do something specific, you could rest assured that he would do the exact opposite. He had run away to San Diego because nobody supported his decision to return to the ring the way that he did. Yet, as soon as Jason showed up and set him free, Kris came running home. Had Jason actually wanted this outcome, he would have thought it was too easy to engineer. It hadn’t actually been his plan though. There was no way he was going to let the opportunity to take credit for it slide through his fingers though.

Jason: Maybe it was all an elaborate plan to get you to come back home. You know, you live right across the street. You have a wife. A girl. Two kids. You remember them right? The people that you left behind to take off to San Diego and spend all of your time with Mikah.

It was the reason that Kris had not wanted to linger outside. All it would have taken was someone looking out the window to spot him. The last argument that they had revolved around him not coming back until they admitted that they should have supported them. Months later it seemed stupid. It also seemed too late to take any of it back without looking like a child, so there was no turning back for someone with Kris’ ego. He was not going to let Jason use it against him though. It was not what he came to talk about.

Kris: Okay, not fair. Mikah moved in there because she kicked Drake to the curb.

It was the only path that Kris had forward that avoided talking about his family. Unfortunately, Jason was always a step ahead of him. He had hoped to be able to shine a light on Kris’ new tag team partner. It was no secret that he wasn’t the biggest fan of her, or her influence on his brother.

Jason: If she kicked him to the curb, why was she the one that ended up homeless?

It was one of those questions that was rigged against Kris. The truth was that everything they had was Drake’s and Mikah had just moved into his world. Therefore, when the time came, she moved out of his world. Kris knew that if he brought it up, his brother would call him naive. The point of Kris’ visit would get lost in the argument. The best choice was to not argue, or spin it back around on Jason.

Kris: Why are you trying to shift the subject to Mikah anyways? That’s not even what we were talking about.

Jason was still working a few moves ahead of Kris. It helps that he has had Kris’ entire life to learn all of his buttons. Jason had an easier time pushing them than most of the people in Kris’ life; private or professional.

Jason: I brought up Heather and the kids too. You are the one that latched onto Mikah. That’s on you.

Kris tosses a pillow at his brother, who slaps it out of the air before it can impact him or cause him to spill his drink. It was the type of tantrum that he was used to seeing when Kris didn’t get his way.

Kris: You’re impossible to talk to!

Jason offered Kris only a roll of his eyes before taking another drink from his glass.

Jason: Well, I must be where you got it from.

He sighs, knowing that Kris was not going to take any satisfaction from the answer. Ever since the two of them found out that they had different fathers, Kris blamed his older brother for all of his bad habits. Jason had practically had to raise him. It was only natural that Kris picked up just as many of the negatives as the positives. These days, any similarities between them seemed to drive Kris insane. Despite the outburst, he tries his best to keep it together.

Kris: I think that you came down to San Diego and signed over Jet City South because you didn’t want me to come back up here at all. You wanted me distracted. You wanted to keep me away, for some reason. I couldn’t figure out what it was for a week or so.

Jason cuts in before Kris can get to the point, hoping to knock him further off of his game.

Jason: Then you had a shower epiphany or something?

Kris continued without even acknowledging his brother’s attempt to annoy him.

Kris: I realized that the only reason that you would have noticed anything about the gym is if you were in it, and the only reason that you would have been in it would be so you could be training for a comeback.

Jason had to give Kris some credit. He had not thought that Kris would put it together until he actually saw him on screen. It would have been easier to get away with if Kris had not gotten past his problem with substances.

Jason: If this is your pitch for me to come back to Sin City, I am going to have to pass. Jet City was fun, but I have no interest in having to compete against you.

Kris was not going to let his brother forget about their match against one another while they were still holding the SCW Tag Team Championships.

Kris: ...because last time you stepped in their ring with me you lost...

It was true, but that was not the reason that Jason was not coming back to Sin City. Sure, he did not want to overshadow his brother, but he also didn’t want the inverse to happen. If he was going to come back it was going to be on his own terms. He had been lucky to have the phone ring when it did. Jason had no regrets about the decision he made.

Jason: ...because I got a better offer.

Kris had not expected him to just admit it outright. The direct approach was working better than he hoped.

Kris: So it’s true then? You’re actually going to get back into the ring?

Jason nods, finishing his drink and starting to pour a second.

Jason: Yeah. First show is coming up next week.

With his refreshed drink in hand, Jason moves across the room and sits opposite Kris.

Kris: So all of the shit that you gave me about how I was going to go out and get myself hurt was bullshit. You are doing the exact same thing!

Jason shakes his head. It was not exactly that simple. Kris had run away with delusions of grandeur. He had not gotten signed yet. He was not in shape. It was a half-baked impulsive idea, and Kris had gotten upset when the rest of the family called him out on it. It was not that they weren’t supportive. They were just worried. Kris tended to slide backwards when he was in front of the camera.

Jason: We all started watching your shows together, remember? There’s a reason that everyone else stopped but I kept watching. You stumbled a little, but you proved that you can still hold your own. Made me wonder if I still can. I may only get one more shot to really do that. I guess I came around to what you were trying to tell all of us.

After all, if Kris could come back from injuries and still be on top of his game, why couldn’t Jason do the same thing? Kris was not so accepting of the abrupt 180 his brother had taken though.

Kris: Then why have you been being such a dick?

The answer was so simple that Jason was disappointed that Kris had missed it.

Jason: ...because I didn’t turn my back on my whole family when I decided that I wanted to make a comeback. I asked for their help.

Now everything else was starting to make sense. If Coby had known that Jason was going to start prepping to come back, it made sense that he would come back to help. Everyone would pull together to make sure that their fearless leader was able to put his best foot forward. It wasn’t a benefit that everyone got to take part in.

Kris: ...so that’s why Coby came back.

Jason nodded, not feeling the need to be harsh about it. He didn’t need to spell out the words to tell Kris that he had told him so.

Jason: You’d be surprised what you can get done with you have the right supporting cast.

Jason lets out a sigh, and then kills off the rest of his drink while his younger brother thinks over his words. It takes a few moments, but Kris finally mutters under his breath.

Kris: I just wanted to do things on my own.

Jason puts the glass down on the table between them and taps his knuckle twice on the wood frame before getting up from his seat.

Jason: ...and now you can.

Jason does not ask his brother to leave. He knew that it would be a waste of time. However, he was not going to sit around and let Kris’ pite party waste any more of his. He makes his way out of the room, leaving Kris alone with his thoughts.

==========================================================



Team Effort
San Diego
3 July 2020
OFF-Camera


When Mikah got back to the apartment she was surprised to see that Kris had already gotten back from his trip. She thought it was a little suspicious that he took off to Seattle on a whim, but knew better than to try to ask too many questions. He would have just deflected them, or made it an argument about how she was always trying to finesse him into doing what she wanted. As she made her way inside, the first thing she noticed was the quiet. If he was here, maybe he was asleep. Jet lag had always been his primary complaint about the world tours the SCW did. It was not until she found him that she realized that his trip hadn’t gone according to plan.

Mikah: Why the long face?

Kris was laying backwards across a bean bag in the middle of the room he had converted into his studio for painting. The back of his head rests against the hardwood floor, while his feet are dangling in the air. Instead of doing anything productive, he has a foam ball in his hand and is tossing it to himself without enthusiasm. His blank expression does not change, even as Mikah stands over him.

Kris: My brother is getting back in the ring, and apparently wants nothing to do with me.

He tosses the ball again, but Mikah swats it out of the air at its peak. It lands on Kris’ desk, knocking over a jar of paintbrushes. Kris sighs, but makes no move to retrieve it.

Mikah: Well, that sounds like a net positive. You are always pushing people away. Maybe they are finally giving you the space that you have been asking for.

She did not see what the big problem was. He was always complaining about how nobody was willing to let him make his own life decisions. This sounded like exactly what he wanted. Sure, he wouldn’t actually talk about the reasons that he bailed out of Seattle, but she wasn’t exactly pressing for that information. Whatever it is that they were doing was not worth blowing up just to get some information. It was easier just to let Kris vent when he needed to, and then help pick up the pieces.

Kris: I don’t understand why my getting back in the ring cause all of them to turn on me, but when Jason does it they all rally around him like he is some kind of saint.

She tries not to focus on the family aspect of it all, and injects a little bit of cheer into her voice.

Mikah: Is he coming back to Sin City?

Kris shakes his head, and the weight comes off of Mikah’s chest. She and Kris had always gotten along, but she always got a strange vibe from his brother. He was always sitting back and judging people, but never taking any responsibility for his actions. People with those personalities always annoyed her. She preferred someone that says what was on their mind unapologetically. It was a benefit of hanging around with Kris.

Kris: No, but that’s not the point. He doesn’t have to be in the same country and try and overshadow me. The whole family can’t be bothered to pay attention to anything I am doing but they are helping him get back on his feet. It just rubs me the wrong way.

It was not like she was a stranger to feeling that everybody gave a shit about everyone but her. It was another thing that they were able to bond over. She was willing to look at the bright side of it though. If there was no Jason, and no Jet City, there was nothing that could stop the Black Sheep.

Mikah: Well, you traded up. Half of the people that he has helping him never amounted to anything. That’s why they work in a gym instead of in front of a crowd. You have me watching your back now. I’d say you got the better end of the deal.

Mikah had only ever gotten close with Coby and Chelsea anyways. She could take or leave the rest of them. Kris was better off without them. He was better off as part of this team. Kris still was not sold on the idea though.

Kris: You don’t even know when you will actually be back. Just because we mentioned being a team doesn’t mean Mark and Christian are going to let it happen.

She was not going to let his moodiness bring her down. Instead, she was determined to bring him up to her level instead of being dragged down to his. She bends at the waist and reaches down to put the nail of her index finger in the center of his forehead.

Mikah: You really think that they are going to push back against us? What other teams do they have that can put up a fight against Wolfslair? The Trenton Tigers have proven themselves incapable. The Barnharts are a joke, and a bad one. Sass n Bash are passable I guess, but they aren’t us.

Kris rolls his eyes.

Kris: We haven’t teamed together in years.

She drags her finger back and forth across his forehead and then taps the middle of it between each of her words.

Mikah: ...but nobody has ever beaten us.

He lightly slaps her hand away and then throws his body forward. His feet hit the wooden floorboards and he rights himself in the chair before spinning it to face her.

Kris: It’s not like we are London Underground though. The Black Sheep weren’t dominant in either of the tag divisions, and we never won the Mixed Tag titles even though we were the ones that pushed for them to be a thing. All we have is our past accomplishments, and a legion of people that can’t stand being around us.

The fact that he brought up the audience makes her laugh.

Mikah: Who needs fans anyways? I’ve never had them, and it never stopped me.

At this point Kris is hanging onto the negativity just out of spite. Mikah could see that she was starting to get through to him.

Kris: You make it sound like we are just going to show up as a group and take things over.

She was hoping that he would start to pick up some of her confidence and just run with it. The fact that he was right side up was a start, but she needed to get him up onto his feet.

Mikah: Don’t we always? I am in the Hall of Fame already. I’m the greatest bombshell in the history of the company. Between the two of us, we have more championships than any other team that they could put together. They should be thanking us for saving their mixed tag division, not debating if we are worthy challengers.

Kris laughs. He kept trying to shake off her explanations, but it was getting harder and harder to ignore her. He was starting to feel as helpless in these conversations as he was while his brother was tearing into him. It was like he was always a step behind.

Kris: You just have an answer for everything, don’t you?

It was not the time to rub it in his face, so she let herself be humble, if even just for a moment.

Mikah: No, I just refuse to let you wallow in self-pity for no reason. You’re Kristopher Ryans. You’re The Miracle. Sin City Wrestling is Kris. Think about how everyone hung on every word we said during the Mikah and Kris Show. We are undeniable.

She was hoping that she could get him to fight about something silly instead of being the captain of his own pity party. She was not disappointed in his response.

Kris: Kris and Mikah Show….

She knew that she had him on the hook, the only thing that she needed to do was actually reel him in. His words rang in her ears, and a smirk crosses her face as she threw them back at him.

Mikah: Lie to yourself, not to me.

Kris gasps in response, and pushes himself up to his feet.

Kris: Now you are using my own saying against me?

She shrugs her shoulders without letting the smirk widen into a smile on her face. Instead of taking credit for getting him moving, she padded his clearly bruised ego.

Mikah: I guess you are rubbing off on me.

It was a step too far, and now that Kris wasn’t stuck inside his own head, he had reverted back to his casual standoffishness.

Kris: You don’t have to stay here, you know?

She smiles, and grabs a hold of his hand before leading him out of the room.

Mikah: You’re not getting rid of me! Nice try though! Now come on, I have a surprise for you.

He reluctantly allows himself to be dragged along for the ride. He had hoped to find some kind of support in Jet City, but that had not gone according to plan. Maybe he did not need them though. Maybe Mikah and the Black Sheep would be enough.


==========================================================


”What a Waste”
ON-Camera


The first meeting between former World Heavyweight Champions should feel bigger than this...

Kris was standing in the study where all of his past championships were displayed. He is not focused on the lens of the camera this time. He is standing face-to-face with the SCW World Heavyweight Championship with his name emblazoned on the plate at the bottom. Memories of winning it race through his mind. It was not something that he would ever forget. He knew that his opponent this week also knew what that felt like. That made him different than all of the people that have been recently left in Kris’ wake.

I mean this isn’t like going into my match against Griffin, or Finn, or Jack, or O’Malley. Vinnie has actually been winning most of the matches that he finds himself in. Sure, he may not have come away as King for a Day, but he just came away with a victory over Jack Washington, the so-called King. Not that beating Jack is the hardest thing in the world to do. I’ve done it. Others have made it look easy. True, Vinnie needed an assist from the referees to have his hand raised, but it’s still one for the win column. Not as impressive as when I went out there and beat his ass for talking out of line though.

He allows himself to get off track for a moment, since Jack Washington was already on his mind.

...but Jack finds himself in the main event with Ben Jordan because of his luck at Into the Void, and two former World Heavyweight Champions are squaring off at the bottom of the card. It doesn’t matter that Jack wasn’t even good enough to be on Ben’s radar, let alone in a match with him. It didn’t matter that both myself and Vinnie have the better record, or the longer list of accomplishments. Jack walked away with the opportunity to do himself a favor, and he did exactly that. He gave everyone else the finger and did what was best for himself. Is that what was best for Sin City Wrestling? Of course not. Does that matter to someone like Jack? Absolutely not. The rest of the company gets stuck with a card that looks like a filler episode all so that Jack Washington can reach out for that brass ring he doesn’t deserve.

Kris shakes the thought away and turns towards the camera.

...and how does this come back around to our old friend Senor Vinnie? Well, because this match didn’t have to happen. This card that all of you people are being subjected to didn’t have to happen. Jack Washington has proved himself unworthy of rising through the ranks in this company, and is using his opportunity to jump the line. It didn’t have to be that way though. Had Vinnie walked away from Into the Void victorious, he could be the one facing Ben in the main event of Climax Control. He could have been the one controlling his position on this show. He could have saved us all from the gigantic waste of time that will be this weekend’s Climax Control. He had the opportunity to cease his own destiny, but he came up short.

Kris appears to weigh out the benefits of his alternate timeline on his right hand, but turns quickly to his left.

Compare that to the run that I have had in the last few weeks. I was given the same opportunity thanks to the booking of a blue-haired mental patient a few weeks ago. Unlike Vinnie, I came through in the clutch. I reached out and seized my destiny. I won the right to book any championship match that I want, with the only drawback being that Mark and Christian have to sign off on the time and place. And who did I beat to make that happen? A handful of people who, like Vinnie, couldn’t get the job done at Into the Void.

He juggles paths in his hands, letting the fans decide which path they would have rather taken and the implications involved.

Vinnie and I may not have crossed paths, but we have been cutting a path through the same group of guys. I don’t think that anyone would argue that Vinnie has been doing it better. I don’t think people were sitting on the edge of their seats waiting for the next twist or turn in his battle against Bill Barnhart. The only reason that he was tossed into King For A Day was because he didn’t have anything better going on. For better or worse, I have had the attention of everyone in the company since my return. Vinnie hasn’t been able to grab anyone’s attention. Not as a champion. Not as a challenger. Not as a talent.

It was as matter-of-fact as fans at home have ever seen Kris be. Instead of doubling down, he walks back some of the hostility.

... but then again, maybe it is not Vinnie’s fault. I mean, he was busy taking apart unproven newcomers like El Dark while I was busy beating Griffin Hawkins on back-to-back shows. He can only capitalize on the opportunities that he is given, and I am not so sure the guy has always been given a fair shake. Then again, when Vinnie did get his shot at Grif, he ended up vigorously tapping out in the center of the ring. Maybe the bookers know what they are doing when they throw him to the newcomers. Maybe despite his history, Vinnie just doesn’t have what it takes to hang around the top of the card. If that’s true though, what does that tell you about how he stacks up against someone like me in the ring?

Kris shrugs before spoon feeding the viewers the right answer.

We know what his response is going to be. His one time rival, Bill Barnhart was able to beat me in my first match in more than two years. That is the same guy that Vinnie went out and dominated at Blaze of Glory. We all watched it happen. We were all confused by what we were seeing. I’m still not sure exactly how any of it made sense to them, but when it came to the match itself, Vinnie was the one adding a win to his record. Then Bill picked himself up, came out, and shocked the world by beating me. I know he didn’t do much with the opportunities that the win afforded him, and I was able to avenge that loss two weeks ago, but I can’t take his victory away from him. Can Vinnie really put any faith in the idea that he is going to catch me off-guard like Bill did? Can he argue that I haven’t sharpened my skills and gotten my act together since then? Honestly, I feel as good today as I did when I was carrying the World Heavyweight Championship around my waist, and that makes me one of the most dangerous people on this roster right now. Vinnie might have to face me now, and just take the L, but at least he can rest assured that my sights are actually set on the Mixed Tag Team Championships. If he wants to chase the Roulette, Internet, or World Heavyweight Championships, he doesn’t have to be afraid that I will be there at every turn to throw up a roadblock. All it is going to cost him is this match. Then I am someone else’s headache.

It did not seem like Vinnie was actually getting such a bad deal in Kris’ mind.

So where does that leave us, Vinnie? We are just a wannabe crazy dude, and a guy living in the past according to our King for a Day. Despite our successes we are nearly at the very bottom of the card. Even though our records are looking a lot more spotless than others in this company, we are looked down on. It doesn’t matter what we say, or how much we can back it up, we are still on the outside of the championship scene while mediocre talents take our place.

Another sigh, and this time Kris seems almost at a loss for words.

So what do we do?

A smile spreads across his lips as an idea comes to mind.

I guess we could hop onto social media and whine and cry about every little thing that doesn’t go our way until we get gifted opportunity after opportunity. Then again, I think O’Malley has already cornered that market. We could lose match after match just to make big announcements about wanting another opportunity every time, but then what would Griffin Hawkins have to say after every supercard? How about we go out and talk about winning and rising through the ranks, just to walk away after a loss like all of those “hungry” new talents that were supposed to put me in my place. Where is Finn now? Where did Jack Russow go? Are Tiberius the Great and El Dark even still under contract?

Kris had laughed it off when he came back and Griffin told him that SCW was “fine” without him. He took at least a small amount of joy in watching the names that were thrown at him fall into SCW’s wastecan to be lost forever. It did not matter what anyone said, Kris was a staple in Sin City. Nobody could take that away from him.

People like Vinnie and I are proven commodities, but get tossed aside to try and hype up these fresh faces that burn out before they gain any momentum. We get told that we are old news and need to make room for new stars that always fall flat on their face when given every opportunity to succeed.

He backtracks again, not wanting to sound too arrogant.

...and before anybody thinks that is just cockiness talking, let me remind you that I was one of the ones leading the #BenDeservesBetter charge as the World Heavyweight Champion while everyone else doubted his ability. I’m not brushing off these newcomers arbitrarily. I’m saying that they aren’t up to the task because they have proven themselves inept. It’s not my fault everyone else is too polite to say it.

The smirk Kris flashes at the camera basically screams sorry, not sorry.

SCW will continue to see subpar challengers fall at the feet of their champions, because the real challengers are forced to fight each other over peanuts in the opening bouts every card. Although, maybe once we get back to semi-competent people booking the shows things will get better, not that I have a lot of faith. Apparently they are still thinking about sending us on a pandemic cruise, but that’s another issue for another time.

He was not even letting himself think ahead to Summer XXXtreme yet.

At this point nothing can change the fact that Vinnie and I are going to do battle come time for Climax Control. The only advice that I can give him is the same thing that I told Ben going into our first match with one another.

It doesn’t matter where the match is on the card if you tear the roof off the place.

I don’t have any problems with you, and I can respect the things that you have accomplished in Sin City. Let’s go out there and set the bar so high that people don’t remember this Climax Control for Jack losing to Ben in the main event. Let’s show them the main event that they could have had. Let’s give them the show that they deserve, even if it’s just a filler episode.

Kris shrugs his shoulders again, this time with a smile.

At least then, when you lose, you will still have something positive to hang your hat on.


==========================================================


18
Climax Control Archives / The Black Sheep
« on: June 19, 2020, 07:15:27 PM »
 SPACE
Kris’ Apartment - San Diego
14 June 2020
OFF-Camera



Had he gone too far? Probably. Kris was not going to let that stop him from trying to get things back on the right track though. Coby was still understandably angry about what had happened during the last Underground show. Kris had gone out with the intention of playing by his friend’s rules but lost track of it once the spotlight was on him. He had been out of line to disqualify Coby. That was a mark on his record that was not ever coming off. For that, Kris at least had to make an attempt to apologize.

Kris: Yo...

The door was already ajar, so Kris pounding the side of his closed fist on it scooted it further open until his friend was in plain sight. His back was to Kris, and he was packing up some of his things laying around the room. Kris’ tried his best to keep things light, but had a feeling he was about to get his head bitten off.

Kris: Going on vacation?

He attempted to inject some hopefulness into his voice, but Coby’s flat response crushes it instantly.

Coby: I’m going home.

Determined to not assume the worst, Kris tries his best to spin Coby’s departure in the most positive light. However, the cheeriness in his voice wavers.

Kris: Ah, no match this week so you are running back to the wife and child?

Kris attempts to force a fake laugh to cut some of the tension in the room, but Coby turns towards him and talks over it.

Coby: No match this week, so no reason to force myself to be around you. I can get away from you and go the only place that I know you won’t follow.

It was a low blow. Kris had been estranged from most of their extended families for months now. Neither his wife nor Kali had answered many of his calls. The others had given up trying to convince him to come back. Coby knew that Kris’ ego was too fragile for him to follow back to Seattle. He would have to address the possibility that everyone was fine without him. Better off even. Naturally, Kris tries his best to get his friend to walk his comment back.

Kris: That’s a bit harsh. I’m not so bad...

He trails off, but Coby does not take the bait. Instead, he doubles down on his previous hurtful claims and digs the knife in a little deeper.

Coby: You’re intolerable! It’s not even just during the shows. It’s all the time. I can see why nobody else wanted to come down here and babysit you. Everything is always about you. Why do you think everyone in SCW keeps saying the same thing to you? It’s just how you are, and you are too dense to get it.

Kris starts to shrink in front of Coby. His arms cross in front of his chest, and his shoulders dip. At this point Kris cannot even lift his eyes to meet Coby’s gaze.

Kris: I never asked for you to be here.

It was a classic Kris misdirection away from the point. Coby does not let him off the hook though.

Coby: Yeah, but you’ve proven time and time again that you need supervision or you spiral out of control. Unfortunately people care enough about you to try to save you from yourself, but you know what? I’m tapping out. I’m going home. I can’t do it anymore.

He turns back to his bag and continues packing up his things. Kris should have just left. There was nothing that he could say that was going to get past Coby’s defenses when he was this angry. This had been the worst case scenario that had been running through Kris’ mind his whole way up to Coby’s room. At this point, Kris was desperate not to let any of that show on his face.

Kris: What about Underground?

It was a last ditch effort to draw Coby into any topic other than how Kris had been a letdown. Coby doesn’t bother turning back to him to answer, and continues packing.

Coby: I’ll be back for the show, and whatever you have planned for ruining it. I’m not quitting. I am just not going to do this anymore. I thought if I went to SCU and stayed out of your way that you would let me do my own thing, but you’re incapable of coexisting with anyone.

He zips the top of the bag closed and takes one last look around the room as he finishes. His eyes meet Kris’ for just a moment and the SCW Grand Slam Champion flashes his a smile and tries to lighten the situation.

Kris: What can I say? The spotlight loves me?

Coby shoulder checks him on his way out of the room, not indulging Kris any longer. He calls back to him over his shoulder on his way down the stairs.

Coby: Does it? Or do you love swooping in and stealing it from others?

Kris quickly follows him down, no longer content just to accept the verbal beatdown that Coby was laying on him.

Kris: I ca--

Before he can even make his point Coby turns around at the bottom of the staircase and cuts him off. It was better not to even let Kris get going, and Coby knew it. He had the upper hand, and he was not going to give it up.

Coby: ...you did it to Kyle. You did it to Court when she was trying to win Blast from the Past. You were the reason Aaron bailed out of SCW. And why is that?

Kris shrugs.

Kris: I gu---

Again, Coby refuses to let him talk, answering the question for him.

Coby: It’s because we were your friends. We were the people you helped train and get their foot into the right doors. So when you kept popping up, we let you. Anyone else would have put you in your place. That’s why you always do it to us. But you always take it too far. It always has to be about you. You never know when you overstay your welcome. That’s why you’re going to end up alone.

Coby turns again, making his way through the main floor of the apartment. Kris follows him through the hallways, not wanting to give up on the argument.

Kris: I have always just been trying to help.

Coby laughs, and fires back immediately.

Coby: Who? Us or yourself?

Kris does not overthink his answer, not wanting to get cut off by Coby before getting to answer for himself.

Kris: Both.

They were closing in on the front door now, and Coby was not making any signs of stopping or reconsidering heading back home. As he pulls the door open, he turns back to look at Kris for just a moment.

Coby: Well it never looked that way to us...

It stops Kris in his tracks, and he does not have anything to say for himself. Coby does not wait for him to find the answer, stepping through the door and leaving his friend alone in the apartment.

==========================================================




The scene opens looking down on Kris Ryans as he hangs from a pegboard on the wall of the Jet City Sports Lab. He works his way across the board, supporting all of his weight with one hand as he pulls a peg out of the wall and moves it further down the line. Once he is sure of his grip, he shifts his weight right, and moves the second peg closer to the first one that he moved. As he continues moving across the wall, he starts to speak without looking up at the camera.

Crystal isn’t so bad.

I know it’s not going to be the popular opinion this week, but it is the truth. It seems like I am the only person that is not too good to admit it though. There are so many of us that get the chance to control our own destiny this week. If this was a regular card, would we have all gotten this chance?

Of course not.

Mark and Christian can be generous, but not this generous. We probably would have seen one of the Roulette Championships up for grabs no matter what in a main event. A couple of matches would have led to possible contendership opportunities, but nothing like this. Two bombshells and myself get the opportunity to name a match of our choosing from now until the end of the year. It’s a hell of a handout.


He gets to the end of the wall and starts to swing back and forth to gather some momentum. On his third swing he lets go of the pegs and launches himself through the air, landing on a raised platform. The camera bounces from the impact, but stays attached to him. Kris sits down on top of the obstacle, attempting to catch his breath.

People are going to complain about how things aren’t fair, but nobody ever said that Crystal had to be fair. Remember when Christian went to war with Griffin Hawkins? Was that fair?

Others are going to complain that the top two champions of the company are in the show opener. I remember a time where I was the SCW World Heavyweight Champion, and Ben Jordan was happy to participate in the opener against me. I guess time really has changed Saint Ben while I was away.


He shrugs, and moves on, not wanting to waste any time on the SCW World Heavyweight Champion at the moment. If he were to walk away from this match a master of his own destiny, he could spend some time talking about Ben. Until then, he needed to stay focused.

For me it is not just about the opportunity to take a shot at any championship that I desire in the next few months. For me this match is a lot more than that, and that is why I had to give credit to Crystal for doing something intelligent. I would be stupid to say that I didn’t care about the prize awarded to the winner of the match, but that isn’t the only thing that interests me.

He shakes his head, and a smile spreads across his face. He had known Crystal a long time, and there was no way that she hadn’t thought things through before putting him in this match. It made it hard to say anything bad about her when she knew him so well.

Since I first started here, I haven’t been very good at losing. Unsurprisingly, I don’t take it very well. It eats at me.

He uses his hand to claw at the skin of his left arm like something was actually crawling around beneath the surface.

It gets under my skin and there’s really only one thing that I can do to make the feeling go away.

He stops, the smile coming back.

That’s why I’ve made a habit of going back and beating the people that have gotten one over on me in the past. I talked about it leading up to my match at Into the Void, and Crystal must have been listening, because she dropped Bill Barnhart directly into my lap this Sunday.

Despite his loss last time he was in the ring with Bill, Kris seemed confident, possibly bolstered by his recent victory over Griffin Hawkins.

At this point, everyone knows that Bill’s win over me was a fluke. It was my first match back after an extended period of time away, and he got the luckiest win he is ever going to get in his career. Even Mark and Christian were surprised by it, and they handed him a chance to win the Internet Championship based on his win over me. Of course, he isn’t carrying that championship into this match, so obviously giving him a chance was a waste.

It was harsh, but it was the truth. Bill Barnhart had beaten Kris and gotten the opportunity of a lifetime, but pissed it away. Kris took some personal satisfaction in the fact that he hadn’t been a sudden launchpad for Bill’s career.

Bill, I started you on a path towards greatness last time around, and you proved that you weren’t up for it. I gave you all of the momentum in the world, and you couldn’t rise past the upper middle. You were barely able to come away with a victory over me when I was unfocused and rusty. What are you going to do now that I am better conditioned? You aren’t going to outlast me this time, and I have already absorbed your best shots. I am sure that Griffin wishes that he had fought me that first match back instead of at Into the Void. I’m sure that O’Malley wishes he was in any match other than this one. Nobody wants to step into the ring with me when I am on top of my game.

Kris flashes a smile to the camera one more time and moves around the platform that he is sitting on. He looks down at the floor beneath him, before looking back up into the camera with one last message for Bill.

Last time was a fluke. There will not be a second.

With that, he drops off of the obstacle into a pit of foam blocks. As he makes impact, the camera cuts to a black screen.



==========================================================



Jet City Split
Jet City South - San Diego
16 June 2020
OFF-Camera



It did not make any sense. Coby had gone back to Seattle days ago. Kris had locked the gym up hours ago. Yet, as he was finally relaxing for the night one of the motion sensors had sent an alert to his phone. He had checked the cameras without seeing anything out of sorts, and thought it had to be a mistake. Twenty minutes later it happened again. Again Kris checked the cameras, only to be disappointed. When it happened a third time, he had already made his decision to investigate. However, this time when he checked the camera a single light was on in the middle of the gym. From the view Kris had, he could not see who it was, only that they were standing in the center of his six-sided ring, and looking out at the rest of the gym. It had to be Coby. He was the only other person with a key. Kris grabbed his phone and made his way down to the bottom floor of the building. The front door was still locked, another sign that it was not Coby. Kris was starting to worry that he was dealing with a legitimate break-in as he unlocked the door and made his way inside.

Kris: Can I help you?

Whoever was standing in the middle of the ring was leaning on the ropes with his back to Kris. He laughs, and Kris’ relaxed immediately. He did not have to see his face to know that the man standing in front of him was his brother and former tag team partner.

Jason: Probably not...

Jason didn’t sound like he was in a mood to play games, and Kris quickly put together why. They had been partners in Jet City, but that had gone way past the two of them being a team in Sin City Wrestling. They had built a successful gym together. Kris knew it was just a matter of time before Jason found out that he had basically stolen half of their gym and taken off to San Diego.

Kris: I should have known that Coby was going to run and tattle on me. Is he still in the middle of his tantrum?

Jason turns towards his younger brother, his expression blank. He shrugs his shoulders, and shakes his head slowly.

Jason: I don’t know. I haven’t talked to him. I’m sure whatever he is mad about is your fault though. You have a knack for being a jackass.

Jason’s condescending smirk started to corner out of the corner of his mouth, but Kris was not going to stand by and let his brother waste his time.

Kris: So if Coby didn’t tell you what was up, how did you find out?

Kris climbs up the stairs in one of the corners of the ring and walks up along the apron. Jason takes a step closer to him, but stays in the center of the ring. He was almost insulted that his younger brother thought this little of him. Jason was by-far the more responsible of the two of them. If anyone was going to notice something wrong with the gym, it was going to be him.

Jason: Well there’s the fact that storage got cleaned out a couple of months ago, but I knew it wasn’t me.

Kris shrugs and rolls his eyes.

Kris: I didn’t think you checked it.

Jason’s voice raises, not happy with Kris treating him like he was an idiot.

Jason: Oh, and the fact that you keep filming all of your promos for SCW from here.

Kris had not even thought of that possibility. It was nice to know that even though the people at home were mad at him, they were still fans of his. They might have been the only ones that he had left these days. Maybe they would set Coby straight.

Kris: You people are still watching the shows?

The look on Jason’s did not make Kris hopeful that he was going to have a pleasant answer.

Jason: We started watching them all together. That didn’t last long.

The fact that all of their friends and family had watched Kris fall on his face in his debut felt like getting caught with his pants down. Although, he had literally gotten caught with his pants down in his last run with the company, so this couldn’t be as bad for him as that was. Kris timidly tries to shake off the embarrassment.

Kris: I didn’t exactly have the best debut...

Jason helps him along, but not the way that Kris would have gone if he was given the option.

Jason: No, and since then you have been running around making an asshole out of yourself. You brought up me and Parker fighting Griffin in order to get into his head? What is wrong with you. You two are friends. How do you think Heather feels about all that? Or do you not think about that?

Kris had done what he had to do going into that match, and he had not allowed himself to feel bad about it. He shrugs his shoulders again, a little of his confidence returning.

Kris: I won.

Jason still doesn’t seem impressed. If anything, Kris was just digging himself a bigger hole. He could see the disappointment building in his older brother’s eyes.

Jason: ...but what does all of that cost? What does all of this cost you?

Jason gestures to the gym that Kris had built. This visit was not just about the way that Kris was acting, or bringing him back home. It was about all of it, the gym included. Kris had made a choice and run away from everything, screwing over everyone in Jet City in the process. Kris wasn’t ready to have that conversation though. He tries his best to deflect away from it.

Kris: I mean we already owned the building so it’s really just about keepin---

Jason refuses to participate in the circus act and yells over Kris.

Jason: You know what I mean!

Kris had been moving like he was going to step between the ropes and enter the ring to face his brother, but the sudden outburst stopped him in his tracks. Jason pressed on before Kris even realized what was happening.

Jason: Every time you come back you end up leaving more injured and with less people that give a shit about your well-being. You get in front of a camera and decide to be your worst self just to get attention. You piss people off and then someone finally breaks you for it. What’s going to break this time?

Kris finds the willpower to step into the ring now, and does his best to keep calm. He was not going to let Jason get to him the same way that Coby had.

Kris: I guess we’ll burn that bridge when we get to it.

Jason reaches into the inside pocket of his jacket and pulls out a stack of papers. He extends it out to Kris.

Jason: No, we can do that now. I was hoping to talk some kind of sense into you but there’s no point.

Kris reaches out to take it, but could not decipher what he was looking at right off the bat.

Kris: What’s all this?

Jason moves around his brother, happy to explain that he was finally cutting him loose after all of the years that he spent taking care of him.

Jason: This is me giving you all of this shit. It’s yours. The rest is mine.

Kris stops flipping through pages and turns back to his brother with a smile. He goes to the last page in the stack and signs his name in a few places before tossing it back to his brother.

Kris: Done.

Jason catches it, but it was not the outcome that he had been hoping for. Despite all of the negatives that came with him, Kris was family. He didn’t like the idea of casting him out, even though he had left everyone no alternative.

Jason: It didn’t have to be like this.

Kris was not going to give him the satisfaction of begging him to stay. If Jason was trying to call Kris’ bluff, he was going to continue to be disappointed by Kris’ stubbornness.

Kris: I think we both knew that it was always going to end like this.

Jason nods, and tucks the papers back into his jacket pocket. He takes one last look around the gym that Kris had built for himself before stepping out of the ring and dropping down to the floor. The slaps the mat twice before making his exit.

Jason: Good luck.

==========================================================




The cameras catch up to Kris looking a little breathless. The top half of his sleeveless red shirt is much darker than the bottom, and visibly damp. The former champion’s usually perfect hair is beyond frazzled. He unscrews the lid off of a bottle of water and finishes the last half of it before throwing it into a bin next to the front entrance of Jet City South. The cameras follow him as he makes his way inside.

Into the Void IX is going to end up being my most favorite match of my SCW career.

It did not come out like a joke, or that he was gloating. The smile on his face looked to be genuine, like Kris was thinking about turning over a new leaf.

I know. Even I didn’t believe that it would be at first. Believe me, I have worked it all out though. My matches with Despy were great, but he was just better than me back then. My brother and I tore the house down when we fought on Climax Control, but I feel like he was already past his prime. I even thought back to all of my battles with Crimson, or possibly even the match with Ben, but none of them measure up. As of today, I feel like it has to be the match with Griffin.

Kris stops once the camera crew was inside and locks the door behind them before making his way across the gym. The space was huge, but quiet. He had not opened it up to the public and now that his partners were not around, it was really just Kris using the space.

Let’s put aside all of the things that we said to each other building towards the match.

It was easier said than done. The things that Kris had dragged out into the public eye for the sake of their match had done more harm than he had intended.

While we are at it we can put aside the fact that Griffin’s dreams of a shot at the SCW World Heavyweight Championship died when he lost to me. That’s not going to be helpful for this either.

He had hooked everyone in until now. Suddenly the smile on his face did not feel so genuine anymore. If he wanted to bait people in by being positive before dropping the hammer on them, he had been successful. He wasn’t quite done reeling everyone in though.

The match itself was amazing. I don’t think that there is another person that I have been more evenly matched with in all of my years stepping into the ring. Since the moment that Griffin accepted my challenge he pushed me to be at the top of my game. I couldn’t walk into the match with Griffin with the same attitude that I approached Bill Barnhart with weeks before. I had to be sharp. I had to regain the instincts that made me the face of this company two years ago.

The former champion had crossed the line between confidence and cockiness.

I walked into that match with something to prove, and walked out with my hand held high in the air. But like I said going in, that outcome was not preordained by any means. I am not unbeatable, nor am I unstoppable. I have proven that I can lose a match after a single misstep time and time again. I wasn’t fighting Griffin to prove that I was perfect though. I was fighting Griffin to prove that I am one of the best to ever step into the six-sided SCW ring.

Any thought that Kris was going to grow up was out the window now. He was just as full of himself after his victory as he had been beforehand. If anything, the win had reinforced the worst parts of his personality.

Griffin attempted to sell me on the idea that there were so many up and coming guys that were ready to take my place if I wasn’t able to deliver like I used to. He reminded me that there are always people looking up from the bottom and wanting what the people at the top have. He reminded me that I was one of the few that was able to break through that glass ceiling and take over a company. Nobody believed that I could do it back then, and not many believed I had enough left in the tank to keep doing it now.

The thrill he got out of proving people wrong was the whole reason that he still wanted to compete despite how much it had cost him. He had spent the last two weeks doubting himself but was starting to remember what he loved so much about the industry.

Thanks to Griffin Hawkins I was able to prove all of the doubters wrong at Into the Void. It didn’t matter what was said. It didn’t matter what anyone thought of me. I came down to that ring, turned out Griffin’s lights with a well-aimed boot to the side of the face, and walked out a winner. Any thought that my career had stalled after losing to Bill was brushed away. Any talk of Griffin Hawkins passing me up and becoming a top contender was squashed in a split-second.

He snaps his fingers and then pauses for just a moment. He tries to force himself to ratchet down the confidence and sound more serious.

Griffin has been kind of quiet about things since the loss, so I assume it got in his head a little bit. It is hard when you talk a big game and then fail to come through in the end. I get it. I have been there my fair share of times.

Kris raises his index finger to tap his bottom lip and then rests his hand on his chin. Something he had said earlier in the week about Bill Barnhart started to come to mind.

The good thing is, Crystal seems to be giving Griffin the same second chance that she is giving me. While I am aiming to avenge a fluke loss against Bill Barnhart, Griffin can try to do the same thing. This time he doesn’t even have to actually pin me to make it happen either. All he has to do is take out Bill or O’Malley, neither of which pose the same threat that I do.

He knew that it would sting for both men to hear, but that didn’t make it any less true. Kris wasn’t going to feel bad about telling the truth. At least there was at least some path to success for Griffin, even if O’Malley and Bill were screwed.

If Griffin can pull it off, then his loss at Into the Void becomes an unfortunate speed bump. He gets his opportunity to challenge for whatever title he chooses, whenever he chooses to do so. At the same time, he manages to finally get around the only obstacle that he hasn’t been able to overcome: Kristopher Ryans. You have to admit, it makes for an exciting story.

Kris’ eyes wander away from the camera as he thinks over the possibility that his friend could actually rise to the occasion. It doesn’t last long, as Kris would not willingly give up the spotlight to let something like that happen.

Unfortunately for Griffin, we have already seen the ending. He is going to be on the brink of victory, only to have it snatched away at the last moment by someone just slightly more talented than he is. It’s a problem that has plagued him for most of his career, but one that I have already shrugged off.

Sorry about costing you another opportunity Griffin, but I’m going to need to take this one for myself as well. Better luck next time.  



==========================================================


FTW
Kris’ Apartment - San Diego
19 June 2020
OFF-Camera



The two weeks following Into the Void had not gone Kris’ way. Everyone had ignored his birthday. Coby had left. Jason had cut him off. His family had abandoned him. Worst of all, Kris was starting to believe that it was entirely his own doing. Had he really been pushing everyone away all this time? The distractions had made preparing for his match difficult. Having nobody around to bounce ideas off of had added another level of torture of it as well. Kris had been making his way through his routine and was halfway through his set on an inverted leg press machine when a pair of hands covered his eyes. His headphones had canceled out the sound of her approach, but Kris easily identified her by the scent of the lotion she had covered herself in.

Kris: I’m really not in the mood for any games right now.

Mikah takes her hands away from his eyes and sits down on the machine next to him with a frown on her face. The tank top she has on is soaked, indicating she had been going through a workout of her own. Kris tries not to let her distract him from what he is doing. He exhales, and starts his set over, trying to ignore her.

Mikah: What? Are you upset that Coby finally got sick of your shit? You should have seen that coming.

Kris stops. He had already reached his threshold of shit he was going to allow people to shovel his direction.

Kris: I did.

Mikah does not let the hostility in Kris’ voice get her off of her game. She was used to dealing with him, regardless of how combative he was feeling. The two of them used to do the Kris and Mikah Show in front of cameras while livid with one another. She was not afraid of him in any way.

Mikah: So you are pouting about something else?

It came out as more of a taunt than an actual question, but Kris was too knotted up not to take the bait. He sighs, and starts to unload some of his baggage.

Kris: Jason showed up and signed all of this over to me.

He gestures to the gym around them. Of course, that did not seem like a bad thing to Mikah. Kris and Coby had spent months working on getting the gym ready to open. Kris had been stressed about what Jason would do once he found out it was open. The fact that he knew, and seemingly didn’t care, felt like it should be a good thing. The way Kris was acting made it feel like the opposite.

Mikah: That seems like something to be happy about. That is what you wanted, right?

Kris laughed, not sure how she could miss why Jason would do something like that. It was not a favor. It was an insult.

Kris: It means that they are all giving up on me. They don’t want me back.

Mikah stretches out across the machine next to Kris, trying to sit more comfortably. She still couldn’t what had made Kris so upset. He sounded a lot like how she was talking when she first showed up after her fight with Drake. Kris had told her to stop hanging onto something that was only letting her down. Maybe it was her turn to do him the same courtesy.

Mikah: All you ever do is complain that they are always trying to control  you and tell you what to do. This sounds like a good thing.

She was right, but something about it still was not sitting well with Kris. It felt like he was letting everyone else down by chasing what he felt was right for himself. He loved being in the ring, but nobody seemed to understand that. He didn’t care about the injuries or the risk. It was better than sitting at home wasting away. The fact that his brother was willing to write him off over that felt unfair.

Kris: It’s just a weird feeling. We took a tag team, built a training center around it, and kind of all became really close-knit because of it. It feels like being kicked out of the family once and for all.

Mikah was well aware of what that felt like, and gives Kris the same advice that he had given her time and time again.

Mikah: Well, you never needed them anyways.

It was not something that Kris was used to hearing. Everyone was always telling him that he needed their help, or that he required supervision so that he would not get into trouble.

Kris: What?

Mikah smiled, she knew that she had him on the hook now. After two weeks of being chopped down to size, Kris was dying to hear anyone say something positive.

Mikah: You’re Kristopher Ryans, SCW Grand Slam Champion. None of those people were around for any of that. You did that all on your own. You overcame every obstacle thrown at you. You’re adaptable.

Kris wasn’t sure that everyone would agree with her. The Nobodies had helped him along as Internet Champion. His brother had co-captained Jet City during their tag team run. Her heart was in the right place though, and Kris could kind of her see point.

Kris: That depends on who you ask...

Mikah had the perfect answer waiting for any kind of resistance from him.

Mikah: Me! Because I am the only one with an opinion that matters. Look at me!

Reluctantly, Kris looks up from the machine to meet her gaze.

Kris: What?

Mikah: Every time you have run into a problem you have picked yourself up, and found a way to get past it. So what if Jet City hates you now. They weren’t around when you were a nobody anyways. They only came around once you were already The Miracle.

She had a point. Jason hadn’t even come up with the idea of them opening a gym until after they were holding the SCW Tag Team Championships. By that point Kris was already an established star on the roster. He clawed his way up the ranks on his own before then. It did not change the fact that his current situation was deflating though.

Kris: Well I’m not exact feeling very miraculous...

Mikah shrugs, refusing to allow Kris to continue sulking.

Mikah: Then maybe it is time to adapt.

Kris laughs and shakes his head. It was one of those things that was easy to blurt out as an idea, but difficult to do.

Kris: What does that even mean?

Luckily, from the moment that Kris’ name had been announced as a participant in the Control You Destiny match, Mikah had been plotting the change Kris needed to get things turned around in the right direction.

Mikah: I have an idea.

==========================================================




The cameras do not find Kris in the middle of his strange workout routines this time. Instead, he is sitting in the center of the ring on a stool. He is dressed in street clothes, and has his attention focused on the camera in front of him.

O’Mally is, by far, my least favorite type of person in the world.

There is no smile, and no game being played. It must have been Honesty Hour at Jet City South.

This is a man whose opinion of me is something like ‘a little flaky, and nothing respectable’. In his lead up to losing at Into the Void, he said that I should have been easily beaten by Finn Whelan. Let’s not forget that O’Malley went on to prove he can’t do something as simple as climb a ladder and remove a briefcase while I was busy putting on another SCW Classic against Griffin Hawkins.

This time Kris doesn’t let his last win get him off track. He was not here to talk about Griffin. He was here to talk about a guy that was too cowardly to even speak for himself, unless it was to complain on Twitter.

I guess it is a little unfair to call Darcy’s words against O’Malley, but since the guy is incapable of talking for himself I guess I don’t have much of a choice. It is kind of strange though. O’Malley pretends to be an intimidating presence, but needs his significant other to come and be his mouthpiece. He is supposedly a talented alumni of the GO Gym, but it looks like everyone else from there is ashamed to know him. The guy wants to be considered a decent competitor and champion but stole the Underground title and says he would rather have the week off than have a chance to compete on Climax Control.

It is clear that nothing about O’Malley impresses Kris. The former champion had at least had a little fun during his addresses to his other opponents. However, there was nothing joyous about his demeanor now.

This is a guy that made it a point to complain that nobody else had anything to say about his match at Into the Void, but never actually speaks for himself. He says that others put in half-assed effort while sitting on his ass and letting Darcy speak for him. He wonders why he is still struggling to legitimize his grip on his B-show championship when it is clear to all of us. He can’t speak for himself. He can’t win without her help. He can’t win a title unless he is stealing it from the rightful champion.

Kris shrugs, with a sorry-not-sorry smirk coming back onto his face.

...and for all of Darcy’s complaining in his promos, he hasn’t been going out to the ring and getting anything done. Is he planning his next big move as King of a Day? No, Jack Washington is. The same Jack Washington that threatened to break me before I put him in his place just a few weeks ago. A guy that I laid out in the middle of the ring after he told me that I was too feeble to be a real threat. That was the guy that rose to the occasion and bested O’Malley, and yet I am supposed to fear him for some reason?

The laugh that Kris lets out is almost as offensive as any of his words.

Mark Cross may have been a shitty Underground Champion but at least the guy speaks for himself and actually has the talent to get it done in the ring on his own. O’Malley needs someone to do the talking for him, and someone to bend the rules for him just to gain any traction. When it comes to the championship he carries around, he took advantage of two real champions having just beaten the hell out of each other. There is nobody in this company that is scraping by doing the bare minimum quite like O’Malley is. Yet, he has the audacity to try and call out anyone like he is better than they are.

When I pressed him about this match, he said that he would show up and win the whole thing if he wanted to, but he wasn’t sold on it. This is a guy that just took the shortcut of all shortcuts to steal the Underground Championship, but suddenly has no interest in winning this one? Days ago, he made the ludicrous statement that if he lost it would just be because he wasn’t interested in the opportunity.

Maybe he is not interested because there is no way to cheat his way around putting in the work this time. Maybe he knows that his days of letting Darcy fight his battles for him isn’t going to get him the kind of respect that he is demanding out of people. Or maybe he just realizes that he is not good enough to do any of these things on his own. We have all heard Darcy talk about how she was the one to see his potential and draw it out of him. We have heard her say that he was on the wrong path before she got involved. It seems like she thinks that he is a failure without her.

Kris knew that he was not going to be able to cause any friction between the two with his opinion, but he couldn’t help but point out the facts.

I’m here to make sure that he knows that everyone still thinks of him as a failure, even with her. Possibly even because of her.

The predictability of it all made Kris start to appear bored even wasting time on the not-so-dynamic duo.

...but still. I bet she ends up at ringside for this match and does her best to help him steal another victory that he couldn’t possibly earn on his own. It will be entertaining to get to see the heartbreak on her face up close when he loses yet again.

It’s going to be hard to wait two more days before I get to see it.  


==========================================================


19
Climax Control Archives / Recalibrations (ft. Coby Quik)
« on: May 22, 2020, 04:23:22 AM »
 Take A Step Back
18 May 2020
ON-Camera


Unfortunately, I have to start off by doing something that is going to make me feel dirty.

The video starts to roll with Grand Slam Champion Kristopher Ryans in the center of the frame. He appears to be recording from a laptop but his surroundings leave a lot to be desired. The eggshell colored wall behind him is decorated by two pictures in the plainest of black frames: one of a bowl of white rice, the other of lightly toasted bread on a saucer plate. Kris, despite his plain white t-shirt, is the only splash of any color in the frame. He takes a drink out of a bottle of water, and lets out a heavy sigh.

I have to thank Alicia Lukas for pointing out that since my return, I have been a little…. well...

He gestures to the things around him.

You get the point...

Viewers can tell that he is struggling to keep a smile off of his face, but for now is winning the battle.

She’s not wrong though. I hate to give her any credit at all, but she made a good point. I have been a little...

He struggles to pull out the right word to finish the thought, not wanting to use any of the ones Alicia had thrown at him in making her point.

...let’s just call it restrained.

Kris appears at least mostly satisfied with the alternative that he came up with.

...but it’s not like it is without reason. Before I came back I found myself looking back at some of my matches from early on in my SCW career. Not only was I calling people out that tried to stake a claim to anything based on their past, but I also never seemed to care about what people thought about me. After all, back then everyone thought of me as a nobody. I was the one showing up to prove them wrong. Somewhere along the way I lost track of both of those things.

Kris crosses his arms in front of his chest. He was not good at speaking on his own shortcomings, so his words were not coming easily.

I have been so focused on how people remember me, and my place in history, that I forgot about how things used to be. Before I took time away there was a long period of time where I was the most successful person in the company. I went from underdog, to the person expected to win no matter what the obstacle in front of me was. I forgot what it was like to be on the other side of things.

He lets a small laugh escape his lips and shakes his head like he was putting more pieces of the puzzle together even as he was talking.

I know I’m hard-headed. I’m not exactly the most reasonable person in the world. Maybe it was always going to take getting the same shit shoveled at me by Griffin, Alicia, and the rest of the company to open my eyes. You would think that at this point in my career I would have already figured this kind of stuff out though.

He shakes his head again, clearly still giving himself a hard time.

If people told me at the beginning of my career that at some point people beating me was going to be considered an upset, I would have laughed at you. Yet, that is exactly why everyone was so surprised when Bill Barnhart walked away with a victory in my return. A few years ago, I wouldn’t have settled for Griffin Hawkins or anyone else ignoring me. I wouldn’t have waited for the fans, or management to come around to the idea of getting what I wanted. I didn’t used to think about things like how I was going to be perceived. I just went out in front of the crowd, did what was best for me, and let the rest play out.

He uncrosses his arms, starting to loosen up and become more comfortable now that he was not picking on his own shortcomings.

I can’t force anyone to change their minds about me. I never could, but at least it didn’t used to matter to me as much. Like Alicia put it, all of that stuff is kind of...bland. It is not the reason that I got into this business. It is not the reason that I enjoy being in the ring. It’s not really what I came back for. All of it is just a big distraction from doing what I do best.

He lets out another deep breath, but it does not sound as deflated as when he began.

Sometimes you have to take a step back and listen to the criticism. At least while I was doing it, I got to sit in the crowd for Climax Control and watch Griffin Hawkins come up just a little bit short himself. Kind of makes the things he said about me sting a little bit less when he gets beaten by Raab after talking down to him like he did me.

A smile crosses his face.

...and even though Alicia was out here dishing out the harshness, I think she managed to stir up some of the memories that led to this epiphany I am having.

He gives a slight nod of acknowledgement to the camera.

As for everyone else that thinks that this return was a bad idea, or destined to fail, I’m no longer going to carry your bullshit around with me. I’m not here to cater to everyone’s expectations. I have always cut my own path through the crowd, and somehow I managed to rise to the top. My problem was I tried to fix something that I wasn’t broken. From now on, I won’t be wasting time on things that don’t matter. I have Jack Washington to think about, and then putting a stop to Griffin Hawkins upward momentum in this company after that.

Kris winks at the camera with a smile on his face.

Rest assured none of it will be boring though.

With that, the feed cuts out and the screen fades to static.


==========================================================



Blindspot
Jet City South - San Diego
19 May 2020
OFF-Camera


There was one thing on Kris’ mind as he made his way through Jet City. He knew that Coby was going to have beaten him there as a way to start the day of training with a feeling of superiority, but Kris was not showing up for the two of them to spar. Before Kris went to find his seat in the crowd of Climax Control, Coby had pulled him aside to issue a warning. Kris hadn’t wanted to go into it with cameras following them, but had filed it as something to bring up once he had the chance. Luckily for Kris, the Sin City Underground newcomer had not spotted him as he made his way through some of the weight-lifting equipment. The young star was still warming up, running the track along the outside of the space.

As Coby passed by him, Kris made his way stealthily across Jet City, making sure to stay in his friend’s blind spot. He knew that he only had one opportunity, the curve where the front desk would be once they were actually able to open the gym back up. As Coby veered with the temporary path they had created Kris ducked out from behind a support beam and managed to plant his shoulder firmly into Coby’s midsection. The smaller man’s momentum folded him in half and he rolled over Kris before hitting his back hard on the ground.


Kris: Good morning!

The impact had sent Kris to the ground as well, but he was mostly unharmed. Coby rolled around a few feet away from Kris and was struggling to fill his lungs with air. Kris was able to get himself back up to his feet by the time Coby was able to catch a breath.

Coby: What...is wrong...with you….?

Kris had been ready to go with his answer, but waited to enjoy Coby fighting with the words in order to get them out.

Kris: I was actually going to ask you the exact same thing. That is why I came all the way down here...

Coby rolls over onto his back, now able to breathe again normally. It was not the first time that Kris had blindsided him, and he doubted that it would be the last. The pain itself started to fade the moment that Coby caught the tone of Kris’ voice. He knew this conversation was coming, and should have expected that Kris would lash out like this first.

Coby: Oh...so this is about Mikah?

Kris’ mouth was already open, ready to berate Coby, but his friend’s response caught him totally off guard.

Kris: How did you k--

Coby waved the question off before Kris could finish it, and pushed himself up into a seated position on the floor.

Coby: I know that you need to stay away from her if that is what you are going to ask. I know that she is a distraction. I know that you don’t need her for anything, but for some reason have allowed yourself to rely on her to do things that you could easily do yourself.

Kris wasn’t exactly prepared for Coby to be this forthcoming about his reasoning behind the warning he gave at Climax Control. After all, Mikah had been in Coby’s wedding. They had all been friends for years.

Kris: I don’t know why you suddenly have a problem with her after all this time, or what that has to do with me.

Coby shakes his head as he pushes himself back up to his feet. His hand reaches down to his ribs and his face twists in pain as he tries to straighten himself up. It was going to take a little while for the imprint of Kris’ shoulder to leave his abdomen, but he was not going to let Kris literally talk down at him for the whole argument.

Coby: I love Mikah to death. She is terrible for you though.

Kris opens his mouth to argue, but Coby does not pause long enough to let him get a word in.

Coby: I get it. She is going through some shit and you told her that she could chill here. That’s fine. Friends should do that for each other when they can. But we both know that’s not where the line is drawn.

Kris does not even try to protest, instead attempting to change the subject.

Kris: She got me back into Sin City, and I helped you get into Underground. Really you should be thanking her.

Kris can tell before Coby even starts to open his mouth that his former trainee is not buying it.

Coby: You could have stepped out into the ring at any point in the last two years and the reaction you got would have inked your contract. From what I’ve seen from you and Christian over the years, you could have gotten him to agree in five minutes of less. Even Mark seems thrilled to have you back. You didn’t need to go through all of that shit. You could have just been you, and done it your way. Not hers.

Kris again tries to cut into Coby’s lecture.

Kris: Maybe not bu--

Kris points an index finger at Coby while trying to make his counterpoint, but in a flash it is slapped away. Coby trucks right through Kris’ words, not done making his point yet.

Coby: ...and you walked in half-cocked like you were the greatest of all time and got embarrassed in your first match back. You know who does that shit? Mikah. She would go out drinking, always talk about not wanting to show up or do her job, come out and do it thoughtlessly. Sure, she managed to pull out the win more often than not, but she is way more physically talented than you are, and nobody in her division was seven feet tall or close to five hundred pounds. Being like her is going to get you hurt, and you get hurt enough on your own.

Kris had made the mistake of thinking that his friend had come to the argument unprepared, but instead found himself being shot down before he could even make a single valid point. Instead of being able to vent all of his frustrations at his friend, Kris was forced to turn it inward.

Kris: Alright, maybe I was taking my eye off the prize a little bit, but friends do that for other friends. Besides, she’s going to help me with my problem of not having a tag team partner.

Coby was surprised that Kris was still even hanging on to that dream. One thing was for certain, if Kris had a blindspot, Mikah was in it.

Coby: Has she ever even said yes to that?

Kris goes to nod his head, but hesitates. He thinks back to the conversations that he and Mikah had on the subject. The two of them had discussed it several times, dating as far back as the Kris and Mikah Show, and leading their respective divisions as champions. Yet, he couldn’t recall once that she had ever given him a real answer. Coby picks up on Kris’ lack of response quickly

Coby: That’s what’s up...

Usually it was a phrase that Coby said with excitement, like a call to arms, this was felt more like Coby’s own person brand of ‘I told you so’ more than anything else though.

Kris: So what, you’re saying that I should just send her packing?

Coby shakes his head hastily, and backtracks some of his criticism.

Coby: That’s not what I’m saying at all. Mikah’s not a bad person. She’s just not a person that you need to get lost in. She’s a blast to be around, but she’s not someone whose advice I would take when it comes to career decisions. You need to get back to doing things your way, cause you’re gonna drown otherwise.

The former SCW Champion’s mouth opens and closes a few times without any words being produced. He laces his fingers together and cradles the back of his head in his hands as he lets out a deep breath. Kris knew that Coby was right. Now that he was running the last few weeks backwards in his mind he could see the things that he should have done differently. After the week of being shown up by Griffin and Alicia Lukas, Kris was not about to give Coby any satisfaction of officially backing down from yet another argument. Thinking quickly, he shifts the subject instead, nodding towards Coby’s ribcage. He was content to drop the subject and call it a draw if Coby would let it slide.

Kris: You going to need a minute to walk that off?

Coby shakes his head with a smile on his face. He knew that it was as close as he was going to get to Kris admitting defeat. Honestly, he did not even care about winning the argument, it was more about pointing out the problem to Kris. There was no forcing The Miracle to do anything, you just had to push him in the right direction and hope he got it. Trying to force the issue was not going to get him anywhere. He had been sent to San Diego to keep Kris focused, so that is what he needed to do.

Coby: I’m good to go if you are. You have a long way to go if you’re going to beat Jack and then Griffin back-to-back.

Coby tries to give Kris a light shove, but the SCW Grand Slam Champion slaps his hand away before it can contact his shoulder.

Kris: Well, I like my chances more than yours against John Blade.

Coby’s mouth drops open in offense, but Kris spins away from Coby and takes off running along the same track that Coby was on before Kris had nearly flipped him out of his shoes. Coby tries to shake off the lingering pain in his ribcage and chases after Kris, ready to get the day started.

==========================================================



Knockoffs
San Diego, CA
20 May 2020
ON-Camera


The video starts with Kris Ryans walking through a few empty halls. There is a white towel around his neck that he is using to wipe sweat off his forehead as he passes the camera. Whoever is operating the camera follows closely behind him and viewers can see the discoloration of his gray shirt from it being soaked. When Kris starts to speak, he is clearly out of breath.

This week has been a little harder than most. It would be a lie for me to try and say that Jack Washington isn’t good. He is. There is no denying that. The guy came into SCW through the Blast From The Past Tournament, and killed it in the first round, picking up the win for himself and his rookie partner.

Kris is standing next to a control panel in the center of the new Jet City Sports Lab that he and Coby Quik had been working on making functional since his plans to return to SCW. Kris’ hands move across the panel, and lights around him start to shut off in sections.

You could argue that he would have gone further in the tournament if it wouldn’t have been for that very same rookie partner. I know better than anyone that you are only as good as your partner in Blast From The Past, and he got booted out when Tallyn took the fall to the team that went on to win the damn thing. I guess if you are going to lose, you may as well lose to the eventual winners. Although, I can’t really hold Tallyn’s mistake over Jack’s head. I know if anyone tried to blame me for Polly Playtime’s incompetence, I would be a little salty about it. And let’s face it, Tallyn probably isn’t even on Polly’s level.

The darkness closes in around him as he talks until only a single bright light overhead remains. Kris turns from the panel, and actually looks into the camera, shaking his head.

I’m getting off track here. We’re supposed to be talking about Jack. He even went as far as to win the Jack-Off on Climax Control a couple of weeks back.

Kris starts to move back down the hallway that we had followed him down to start the video. Instead of trailing behind him, the camera now backtracks in front of him, allowing Kris to talk directly to the fans with a wide smile on his face.

You know, now that I say that out loud, I’m hearing how that can easily be taken the wrong way when you follow it up with the show name. Although, probably still a fitting name based on how publicly everyone in the hotel has been about not exactly social distancing from each other’s bedrooms.

He shakes his head again, clearly disappointed at having gotten off track again.

...but again, we are getting away from the point. Jack Washington walked into Climax Control a couple weeks ago, and put down Jack Russow fresh off that huge win against Griffin Hawkins. I mean, that guy had championship momentum coming in and our Gentleman Jack Washington swatted him down like he wasn’t shit. It was kinda impressive. After all, Griffin Hawkins had been on one of the biggest rolls in company history, and Russow ended it. Then Washington just steps up and takes the new Roulette Champion down a peg really easily. Now we finds himself across the ring from an SCW Grand Slam Champion.

Kris taps himself twice on the chest with a smirk on his face as the camera backs out of the building into a back alley. Kris follows through the door and closes it behind him, taking a moment to lock it before they move on.

So on one side we have Jack, the impressive newcomer and momentum killer. On the other side there’s me, trying to prove to everyone that I am still as good as I have ever been.

The camera moves to Kris’ side as he steps away from the building and follows next to him as he walks down the alleyway behind the building.

It’s not unlike my situation standing across from Finn Whelan. Although, Finn is much further along in his career than Jack is. Sure, this kid has been a Limitless Champion before, but Finn has carried more than one company on his back, and dominated tournaments around the world. When I looked at him though, all I could see was someone that was on the same path that I was. The more research I do, the more that I see similarities in the way we fight, the reasons we fight, and the things that we struggle with.

He laughs, but there is more annoyance in it than joy.

It is almost like walking into my house to find a bunch of knock-offs sitting on my couch, watching my TV, and eating all of my food. It is like stepping into my gym and seeing a bunch of K-Mart clones trying to walk down the same path that I took to the top of SCW.

He stops, and turns to the camera, giving the viewers his full attention instead of just bringing them along for the ride any longer.

...but that’s kind of a problem for me.

He offers a simple shrug to the camera.

This lane is taken.

Kris’ face is blank, and the usual joking undertone in his voice is gone.

Look, I’m not going to go out to that ring and put on the most technically sound display. I might be able to get people up out of their seats based on surprise and unpredictability but there is nothing that I can do that others can’t. I don’t always say the right things. I rub people the wrong way. I fuck up. A lot. A quick look back on my history in this company will show you half a dozen missteps for every single inch I ever gained in this company. I got where I am by being myself and forcing people to accept that I wasn’t going to be satisfied with settling for mediocrity. I demanded the things that I thought that I earned, and when people didn’t like it, I made sure to put them in their place. I stepped over the people that thought that they were better than me, and was breaking records even as people were talking about how I would never amount to anything special. I was dealt the same hand as half of this new class of wrestlers in SCW and I already played it to perfection. Their underdog story doesn’t play here. I was a nobody that became The Miracle. The story’s been told, and now I’m back. They’re going to go need to follow someone else’s blueprint because mine’s not for sale.

He shakes his head, wanting to move on from the subject, but now visibly starting to become irritated by the situation.

...and it wasn’t even some surgically precise rise to the top. If anything, it was more akin to someone trying to scratch and crawl their way out of a grave. Most of the time I was my own worst enemy, but so be it. At least that I can say that I made it this far without changing who I am. I say what I want to. I don’t stop to think about the consequences. When it gets me into fights, I usually fight my way out. Was it easy? No. Was it stupid? Probably. However, that path led me to being an SCW Grand Slam Champion. On one hand I can see the appeal to everyone trying to follow it, because it led me to all of the success that I have enjoyed. On the other hand, they say lightning doesn’t strike in the same place twice.

He pauses for just a moment, his mind racing well ahead of his words. It takes a second for Kris to take a deep breath and attempt to get back on track.

These people can’t be me, no matter how hard they try. That is why when they are confronted by the real thing, they fall short. Not because I am the best. Not because I am the strongest, but because that is what I do. I’m a punching bag that talks shit and punches back until you give up trying.

Not that I think it would take much to get ol’ Jack here to give up. I mean the guy has had a handful of successful matches here, but other than that he is practically a ghost. The guy comes out and shocks everyone by beating Russow at Jack-A-Pa-Looza, and we haven’t seen or heard from him since. It’s been weeks. Has anyone rallied up a search party to find this guy? Did anyone even notice he was gone? Would anyone have even cared if they did?

A big match like that, and a surprise win over a new champion should have propelled this guy into the mix for championships. He should have been in Mark and Christian’s office saying that if Russow couldn’t beat him a few weeks back, he doesn’t deserve another free day as champion. We are talking about the same Jack Washington that had the confidence to say Russow was going get embarrassed on his first night as champ, and then managed to come through on the promise when everyone was laughing at him.

However, when it came time to fight for his shot, to claw his way up out of the ground, Jack was quiet as a mouse. Everyone has been fighting for a place at Into The Void; everyone but Jack. This is a guy that was talking about waiting by the phone for SCW to call. This was a guy that was supposedly excited to get the opportunity to step out of a family member’s shadow and pave his own way to excellence.


Kris shakes his head, clearly not buying the story.

Seems to me like he is more of a lazy, half-assing, knock off that isn’t going to be able to cut it when confronted in the ring by the real deal.

Kris holds his hands up in his defense, already sensing the offense that some of the viewers were going to take to his needlessly harsh words.

Somebody needed to tell him, right?

He looks to have worked though some of his annoyance, with a smile starting to work its way back across his lips.

You know, Jack, maybe you went back home after Blast From The Past because that is where you belong. Instead of storming into the offices in the back after your partner cost you your spot in the tournament, you packed your shit and you left. You didn’t ask to stick around. You didn’t demand an opportunity to prove your worth. Despite all of your talk, you sat around waiting for the phone to ring instead of stepping up and taking what you had earned. You didn’t cut your own path. You waited for an opportunity to be given to you.

...but what did you do with that opportunity?

You came in talking about wanting to hurt people, and see what it takes to break them down. You told Russow that you wanted to beat him as painfully as possible; that you wished his dad could be there in the front row to witness what you would do to him. You wanted to break a champion’s spirit at the moment where he was riding highest. Despite your best efforts to fuck it up, you managed to pull off the upset, and yes, it was an upset regardless of all of your talk. We all know a tune-up match when we see one and the powers that be were attempting to feed you to their new champion.

Winning that match doesn’t make you special. It makes you a fluke.

Think I’m lying?

Then where have you been? If they expected anything of you other than to get demolished by the new Roulette Championship would you not be getting your chance to take that title off of him at Into the Void? The second that Bill Barnhart walked away with a win over me, they handed him an opportunity that nobody would have given him beforehand. After your big win, they let you sit on the bench until they needed you for another tune up match for a real talent.


Sure it was harsh, but Kris had never been one to hold back on his opinions of others until recently, and he got called boring for his efforts. He had clearly made the decision to stop worrying so much about how he was going to be received.

Don’t walk into this match thinking that you are going to be a speed bump on my path to Into the Void. You’re nothing but a springboard for momentum, and after this you can go back to being irrelevant for a few more weeks.

He laughs, another one of his old phrases coming to mind.

Do yourself a favor before you walk in and accept one simple truth: You’re just there to take the L.

Kris starts to backpedal down the alley away from the camera, which fails to follow him. Instead, as the former champion disappears from sight, the camera fades out to black.






20
Climax Control Archives / Known Unknowns
« on: May 08, 2020, 10:58:05 PM »
 Get It Together
Jet City South - San Diego
28 April 2020
OFF-Camera


It was the fourth straight day that Coby Quik had beaten Kris down to the makeshift gym that he had built in what used to be a grocery store, then a bowling alley, and finally a laundromat beneath his apartment. It had been Kris’ idea for them to train with each other. The way that they pushed one another had paid off years ago when both of their careers were on the rise. They had been hoping to recreate the magic. However, since agreeing to meet first thing every morning, Kris had failed to actually show up. Coby had just pressed ahead without him until now. This morning was different though. Instead of starting his routine, Coby turned around and went back upstairs. Within moments he was beating on Kris’ bedroom door, no longer giving him space.

Coby: We got work to do! Let’s go!

There was an immediate rustling inside the room that gave Coby an odd sense of satisfaction. It sounded as if Kris was knocking over a variety of objects on his way to the door and his disheveled appearance told Coby that his friend had been fast asleep. Kris only opened the door far enough to fill the space with his face, but his eyes were only half open and stinging from the light in the hallway.

Kris: What time is it?

Coby pushed the door open, knocking Kris off balance from still being half asleep.

Coby: Time to get up and actually put some work into this thing you have dragged me into.

Coby moves across the darkened space as Kris tries to get his bearings. Before Kris even realizes what Coby is doing, he yanks back the curtain, letting light into the room and blinding Kris all over again.

Kris: That’s totally uncalled for...

Kris, now turning away and shielding his eyes, never sees Coby turn back to him. Despite being the smaller of the two, Coby sizes Kris up and easily sweeps his legs out from under him, planting The Miracle on his back in the middle of his own bedroom.

Coby: You know… I thought losing would wake you up.

Kris uses his arms to cover his face, trying to get rid of the stars floating in front of his eyes. Not long ago he was dead asleep, and this was not how he had intended to start the day. If Coby thought that this course of action was going to force Kris to be receptive, he was wrong.

Kris: I’m really not mentally prepared to be lectured, can we try to pencil it in for tomorrow?

Coby pulls the chair away from Kris desk and places the legs around his friend’s torso. He promptly sits down on it, pinning Kris to the ground beneath it. Once Kris moves his arms, he is face-to-face with Coby looking down at him.

Coby: What’s the difference between the two of us?

Kris still was not convinced to participate in the conversation in a productive manner.

Kris: I understand personal boundaries and you don’t….

Coby had been around long enough to know that Kris was not going to be helpful. After all, if he was going to give Kris that much credit, he would not have gone as far as to pin him to the ground beneath the chair. He had learned a long time ago that sometimes Kris just needed to hear things, whether he wanted to or not. The problem was not getting him to talk. The problem was always keeping him somewhere that he would be forced to listen.

Coby: I didn’t just sign a contract and expect smooth sailing. I checked out the roster of the place. I did a little scouting at the show beforehand. I gameplanned for my opponent. I busted my ass during the week to prep. I knew what to expect. I won.

Coby pauses just long enough to give Kris a chance to change his mind about listening to what he has to say. Unfortunately, Kris was not on the same page.

Kris: Yeah, you fought a guy your own size and walked out with a win. You should have. Whoever trained you was talented.

Despite being only one of the three different people to help him through his training at Jet City, Kris always found a way to try and take full credit for it. It was Kris’ gym now, at least on paper. Any success was his success. Any failures got blamed on his brother. Coby was smarter than to let it get him off track though.

Coby: The people that trained me made sure to let me know that I couldn’t just sit back and wait for good things to happen for me. I had to go out there and make it happen for myself. I had to be smarter than the people around me. I had to train harder than they did. I had to want it more. I had to prove them wrong about me. That’s what I learned. I damn sure didn’t learn to give up after a setback.

Coby finally saw a little bit of light arise in Kris’ eyes at the assumption that he was just going to give up.

Kris: I’m not givi---

Coby Quik-ly (puns) cuts him off, not even letting Kris get his defense started.

Coby: That sure is what it looks like. You can call it blowing off the gym, or wallowing in self pity, but it all amounts to the same thing. You lost, and now you lost interest. If I knew that you were going to quit this early on, I wouldn’t have even come down here.

Of course, that was not entirely true. Coby had used Kris as an excuse for getting back into the business. He was not about to let that get in the way of his guilting Kris into action though.

Coby: You know, for all your talk about all of us at Jet City meaning something to you, you have a terrible way of showing it through your actions.

It was not an accusation that Kris was willing to just lay back and take though.

Kris: I did everything that I could for you guys.

It sounded good to Kris, but he had unwittingly made Coby’s point for him.

Coby: Exactly! You talk about it like it is some kind of past tense thing. We are still here! We are still competing! It’s not a thing of the past. It’s not something that we used to do. You are out there as the biggest representative of all of us, and you’re blowing it.

Kris tries to shake off the responsibility of carrying their brand on his shoulders just as he always does.

Kris: Jason and Parker are th---

Coby cuts him off again though, having already heard that excuse too many times.

Coby: Those two might have been great at one point, but we both know that they are both done inside the ring. And yeah, Jay was a Triple Crown Champion. Sure, Parker was a Grand Slam like you. I mean, I have held championships of my own, and Courtney even won the Blast From The Past tournament that everyone gives Fenris the credit for. None of us are the face of Jet City though. You are.

Kris had never thought that a day would come where he was outside of his brother’s shadow. He had always been able to be the talented fuck-up that just barely skates by somehow. Jason had always been the driving force. For the first time, Kris was starting to notice that things had changed.

Kris: I don’t think I’m the guy for that particular job...

Maybe it was because Coby had gotten to him while he was half asleep, but it had been easier than expected to dig under Kris’ rigid exterior.

Coby: I don’t think you have a choice. Court has been out of action almost as long as you have been. I’m really just getting started again, and nobody in SCU really knows me yet. You are the one everyone is going to be looking at.

Coby could see in Kris’ eyes that he was running through how his actions reflected on Jet City as a whole, as if the weight of his disappointing return was not enough.

Kris: ...so when I look like shit, we all look like shit.

Coby nodded. He did not need to rub it in any further, although Kris definitely would have if their roles were reversed.

Coby: Now you see why I’m gonna need you to get your shit together, right? You’re making me look bad.

Kris nods, and taps his hands on the legs of the chair Coby was using to pin him down.

Kris: So you’re going to let me up now?

The smile on Coby's face turns down into a frown, and he shakes his head, much to Kris’ dismay.

Coby: Not unless you are ready to get up and get to work. Like, for real this time.

Instead of agreeing immediately, Kris grabs the legs of the chair and attempts to push them up off of the ground. Coby seems confident, but the chair starts to wobble. Instead of trying to overpower him physically, Coby simply reaches down and flicks Kris in the center of the forehead, causing him to laugh. The laughter makes it impossible for Kris to hold his grip, and he gives up.

Kris: Who flicks someone in the forehead? I’m pretty sure you’re some kind of terrorist.

Coby shakes his head.

Coby: Not me. I learned that one from your brother.

It actually made sense to Kris that it would be advice that Jason gave. There were countless times where their disagreements had turned physical and ended a lot like this.

Kris: He give you the chair thing too?

Coby nods with the smile back on his face.

Coby: He said you would need someone like me to keep you in line if you were going to make it.

Just like that, Coby’s words cut through years of fog in Kris’ memory. There was a reason why all of this had seemed so familiar. A conversation that he had with his brother came to mind, and Kris had to fight hard to keep the feelings that it stirred off of his face. Now was not the time to dig into that. The point was that Jason was right back then, just as Coby was now. He had been going about everything the wrong way. It was time to fix that.

Kris: Then let me up and let’s get to work.

==========================================================



The Climb
30 April 2020
ON-Camera


”Let’s start off with the stupid questions.”

The camera feed opens looking down on Kris Ryans. The natural light of the area shows that they have to be outside, but the ground appears to be nearly twenty feet beneath them.

Confused? I’m talking about the stupid shit that all of the backstage interviewers are going to be buzzing about. The questions that don’t deserve answers.

The camera pans back a little to show that Kris’ hands are locked into small knobs on the wall. His legs are spread apart, with each of his feet on different levels of posts in the wall.

Things like, was my return a setback for me? Do I regret making the decision to come back? Have I lost a step or... nine? What does the future hold? Am I just going to take my ball and go home?

Fans appear to be looking down from the top of the rock wall Kris attempts to climb up, but the former champion appears to have reached one of the more difficult spots. His eyes search for a path up as he speaks.

The last thing that I want is anyone to be running to ask me something like this when I step into the GO Gym for my next match. I don’t want my return to be the focus of the night. So we are going to clear some shit up right now, and then we’re all going to move past it.

Just as he finishes his thought, he uses all of the strength he can muster to leap up off of the posts on the wall to get to a grip spot that had been just out of reach. Kris dangles there for a second, searching for a foothold without being able to really look down.

I was overconfident.

His left foot finds a divot in the wall to step into, while his right finds one of the grip knobs to stand on top of. He reaches out for a higher spot with his free hand and nearly loses his balance.

I was sloppy.

Instead of looking up, Kris looks down to his footing, finding a place to move up, allowing him to easily reach the spot that he had missed before.

I underestimated my opponent, and also how easy it was going to be to just slide back into competition after being away for so long.

He appears to be two-thirds of the way up the wall, with the camera panning back to show a giant inflated mat beneath him should he actually fall during his ascent.

I was wrong, and it cost me the first impression of my return. That’s something that I am going to have to live with. It’s not something that is going to get me off track though. I’m not going to let falling short cause me to rethink the fact that I want to be out in the ring. I have already had to give up a lot just to be back in SCW. I want this. That has not, and will not, change.

As he speaks Kris is moving more and more confidently up the wall, not letting his near miss moments ago get into his head.

A stumble is not a defeat. I’m not going to try and take anything away from Bill Barnhart. The guy beat me. He deserves the opportunity that he has been given after pulling out what everyone has been calling an upset. I walked in expecting to win, and everyone was putting their money on me. That bit me in the ass.

He comes to another spot where there is nothing within reach. Instead of continuing straight up though, he moves horizontally a few notches. He continues to speak, though not really focused on the camera recording him.

I’m actually kind of grateful for it though. I could have lost to a much more annoying person. The opportunity at the Internet Championship could have gone to someone less deserving. I could have continued thinking that there was nothing wrong with the way I was approaching coming back. Winning that match would have had consequences down the line. Maybe it would have cost me a lot more than just a first impression.

Viewers can tell that the climb is starting to wear on him a little. Sweat starts to bead down his forehead and into his eyes when he looks up to try to find a way up.

It’s good to get the failure out of the way early, but it’s not something that has ever actually happened since my first match here. I lost my actual debut in Sin City, only to come back better, and more focused on creating the career that I have had here.

The Miracle does not stop moving in order to reminisce about the past, even working his way back towards the camera as he climbs.

On the other hand, the times that I have come out feeling bulletproof, I have lost focus in some big spots. When I went on the streak to win the Internet Championship, the inevitable downfall handed me my worst losing streak to date. I ended up hurt and in rehab not long after. I came back with my brother but Jet City dropped the tag titles in embarrassing fashion after being dominant for months. I let Crimson derail my entire career not once, but twice after that. Both times I ended up seriously injured and had to take time away. All because I couldn’t get out of my own way. I felt like nothing could stop me.

He is back to being directly beneath the camera now, just feet below reaching the top of the wall.

So, I’m kind of glad that Bill Barnhart stopped the trend from starting again this time around. Sure, losing sucks, and I am bad at admitting when someone had my number, but I’m not going to dwell on that. I’m not going to fixate, or kind someone else to blame for it. There is no explaining it away. I just have to own it, and move on.

The top lip of the wall appears to give the former champion some trouble. His arms look like they want to give out, but he refuses to give up when he is this close to the top. Kris places his hand on the top of the wall, and then swings to get his leg up as well. From there, he rolls, laying at the feet of the cameraman. He seems pleased with himself.

Losing was a wake up call, and it happened at the perfect time. Luckily, I have some people around to knock some sense into me, and get me to start pushing myself back to where I need to be. I didn’t become a Grand Slam Champion by sitting back and relying on tricks and minimal effort. I wanted to come out and prove everyone wrong about me. I had to put in the work. That hasn’t changed.

Kris slaps the top of the wall and pushes himself up to his feet. He takes a deep breath before looking down to the ground below. He gives a shrug to the camera and a confident smirk.

I know that I’m playing catch up now, but at least I’m not afraid of the climb back to the top…. Or a fall all the way back to the bottom to start over….

Kris holds his arms out to his side and falls backwards off of the top of the wall. The cameraman rushes forward and the camera catches most of Kris’ fall down to the giant inflatable below. He bounces upon impact, rolling backwards and landing on his feet on some of the mats below as the camera fades to black.


==========================================================


Jet City Calling
Jet City South - San Diego
8 May 2020
OFF-Camera


What a difference eleven days had made. Following his loss to Bill Barnhart, Kris had been blowing off showing up to training. He had not been preparing mentally for Finn Whelan. He had been dragging his heels about putting in the work required to make a successful comeback. However, Coby had finally gotten things turned around. Not only had Kris put the failure of his return behind him, but he was actively taking part in preparing for the next challenge. At the beginning Coby was able to brag about how Kris could not keep up with him, but after the Grand Slam Champion started to shake off some of the rust and get a lot of his timing back, Coby found himself struggling to gameplan for Kris inside the ring.

As Kris’ confidence came back, so did his ability to improvise unique ways to get himself out of trouble. With Coby as a stand in for Finn, Kris had the perfect training dummy. All three men were similarly built. All three of them employed similar styles inside the ring. For maybe the first time in his career, Kris was actually focused and looking ahead, instead of flying by the seat of his pants. It was a good change. One that Coby hoped would stick. After all, the sharper Kris got, the more Coby could use Kris to push himself. That was the only way that Coby was going to be able to keep up in SCU.

This was their last day to really push themselves ahead of the show, not wanting to go too hard in the days leading up to the actual fight. The two men had already packed everything up, and were supposed to be closing down for the day when Coby made his way back into the gym. Instead of finding Kris ready to head out, the only thing that he could hear was the same sequence of sounds echoing through the otherwise quiet space.

*THWACK* *THWACK* *THUD*

The same three sounds repeat yet again, while Coby searches for the source. He gets closer to it as it cycles a third time. Before the fourth though, he finally finds Kris. The former champion is standing in the center of the ring they had built, staring at one of the corners. In it, he has a heavy bag set up. Coby had seen Kris working on something like this before he had taken time away, but Kris had never quite gotten it right. The fact that he was back at it told Coby all he needed to know about where Kris’ level of confidence was at. Kris sprints towards the bag, getting airborne just a few steps before he reaches the corner. He drives his forearm down into the top part of the bag.

*THWACK*

Kris lands on his feet in front of the bag but in rapid succession, he follows with a knee to his would-be opponent’s rib area.

*THWACK*

Kris leaps to his left and plants his foot cleanly on the middle rope. However, instead of attempting the roundhouse kick that Coby had seen finish off the combination before, Kris hooks his legs around the bag and falls backwards to the mat, flipping it out of the corner and down to the center of the ring.
*THUD*

Kris smacks the mat and rocks back on his shoulders. He kicks his legs, and rolls forward, kipping back up to his feet. He was winded, but there was a smile on his face when he saw the positioning of the bag on the mat. Kris lets out a heavy sigh, and falls back to be sitting on the middle turnbuckle in the corner of the ring. Coby finally lets his presence be known, clapping a few times to acknowledge Kris’ accomplishment.


Kris: Oh, shut up! I couldn’t get the kind of distance that I wanted all week. I think I finally got it down.

Coby holds up his hands to make himself appear innocent of trying to mock Kris.

Coby: I remember when you first started working on that and needed Jason’s help to get the timing right. I’m thinking you might finally be onto something.

Kris shrugs his shoulders, and points out to where the bag lays in the center of the ring.

Kris: I need something to create some space, and it feels like people in SCW have just been getting bigger since the last time I was around. It wasn’t so much of a size disadvantage. I could just kind of wing it…. Now though...

Coby does not have any trouble finding the words that Kris was missing.

Coby: ...now people like Bill Barnhart are just going to hold you to the ground and make you tap out every time you step into the ring.

Kris looks up annoyed, but Coby is long past being afraid of his scowl.

Kris: Not exactly, but yeah. The same old tricks aren’t going to keep working. I need to keep people away from me so that I can keep myself off of the ground. Luckily, I don’t think it’s going to be a problem this time around though.

Coby takes two running steps and leaps up to the apron of the ring. The two of them had built it themselves, but it was well enough done to pass for the real thing. He ducks in between the middle and top ropes and makes his way to the center of the ring across from Kris.

Coby: Alright, so forget about that for a minute. What are you going to need to work on for this week, huh? Let’s see what you got...

Kris laughs, and points at Coby before pushing himself up off of the turnbuckle. He takes a few steps closer to the center of the ring but not within striking distance of his friend.

Kris: You standing in for Finn? You know enough about how he moves?

Coby just nods, and makes the first move towards Kris. Coby catches him with a running knee to the midsection, but Kris is able to backpedal away from most of the contact.

Coby: You were ready for that knee at least.

Coby goes for a straight kick to the center of Kris’ chest, but the Grand Slam Champion catches it and pushes him back. Kris charges out of the corner and leaps to attempt a running wheel kick, but Coby has it scouted and slips under it. As Kris gets back to his feet Coby attempts an enziguri that narrowly misses catching Kris face. Coby continues to be the aggressor, closing the distance between Kris and himself with a spinning back elbow that actually lands. Kris continues to backpedal and finds himself with his back against the corner. Coby closes in, looking to send a chop across Kris’ chest.

Kris: Not fast enough….

Kris rolls forward, ducking under the chop but planting his heels firmly into the mat. He leaps backwards, and would have leveled Coby with a pele kick if Jet City’s Quikest had not managed to get his hands up in front of his face first. Instead Coby falls back against the same corner he had backed Kris up into just moments before.

Coby: You’re the one moving so slow...

Coby charges out of the corner, having scouted Finn with Kris and knowing what he would do with this opening. Coby tries to hook an arm around Kris’ neck and attempts the sit-out sleeper slam that Finn had used to lay out opponents, but Kris is able to counter by hooking his arm around Coby’s neck and dropping himself backwards into a neckbreaker. Coby immediately grabs at the back of his head as the two lay in the center of the ring.

Kris: Yeah, but I was ready for that. If I keep trying to create space he is destined to attempt that Fenian Rising thing to turn the tides. It was the one thing he will go to if I am winning, which I intend to be. Tough break that you would think I didn’t know that.

Coby lets his arms fall back to the mat and he actually lets out an amused chuckle.

Coby: I really thought I had you for a second.

Kris shakes his head, allowing himself a moment to gloat.

Kris: That’s just what I wanted you to think. Sometimes you have to sucker people in to create yourself an opportunity.

Coby shrugs his shoulders, having no problem admitting defeat.

Coby: I just would have hit you in the side of the head with a running knee and called it a day. This guy is a little like you. There is definitely a passion for adding some flare. You know, style points.

Kris was not just going to let that kind of insult to his style stand though.

Kris: There is nothing flashy about just booting someone in the face to end a match-up and I’ve been doing that for forever.

Coby again has the perfect amount of experience dealing with Kris to be able to explain away his answer effortlessly though.

Coby: Yeah but before that it was that flipping leg drop so that you could cheat and hit people with that bulky brace. I think that is about as close to the line as you can get without breaking rules.

Not having any shame, Kris does not even try to deny it.

Kris: First of all, still going to be doing that. It’s awesome. I enjoy being in the air. Plus, you gotta take what you can get. I have cleaned up a lot of my tricks, but there is no need to color all the way inside the lines at all times.

Coby sits up on the mat and starts to push himself back to his feet.

Coby: That’s where we are going to have to agree to disagree.

Kris rolls to his side and pushes himself up off of the mat. He knew that Coby saw the rules as rigid and never meant to be broken, but Kris had not always had the relationship with them that he does now. He used to think that rules were meant to be broken, and to get away with it meant you were skilled. More recently though, he has strayed from breaking them but was never afraid to test their pliability.

Kris: I’m not going to be hitting people with brass knuckles or sneaking low blows when the referees are not looking, but I am not above trying to gain an edge.

Coby gestures around the room that they are standing in, the smile gone from his face.

Coby: What do you call all this? You think everyone has the time, money, or ability to set up their own personal gym like this? You think everyone can just create their own environment to train in? This right here is your leg up on the competition, and you still don’t quite get that, do you?

Kris takes a second to look around at what they had built in the very short time that they had been in San Diego.

Kris: They have their GO Gym, and Staggs whatever…. People can train anywhere.

Coby uses Kris point against him instead of trying to deflect away from it.

Coby: ...and when you look at the people that Staggs has trained, or the ones that come out of the GO Gym, look at how successful they are in SCW. Look at how they have come in and dominated. For that matter, look at everything that the Jet City people have been able to accomplish under the radar there. People that have this kind of set up, and can prepare like we can already have every advantage that they need.

It was not an angle that Kris had ever looked at it from. Coby was not done trying to shake Kris out of his old line of thinking though.

Coby: You went into your last match flippant, and relying on your shortcuts and little tricks to win. It didn’t work out. It hasn’t ever worked out. For every single one of your successes there is an equal failure that could have been avoided. How many times have you gotten hurt? How many times have you gotten pushed out of your comfort zone and it cost you a match? This….

Coby again points around the room at the equipment that they are surrounded by.

Coby: ...this is the key to winning. What we have been doing for the last two weeks is how you are going to take your spot back in SCW. If you want to get back to winning, this is the way. Not bending the rules. Not trying to cheat under the radar. And definitely not….

Coby cuts himself off before he goes too far. Although, the way that he stops manages to grab Kris’ attention almost more than any of the words that actually made it out of his mouth.

Kris: What were you going to say? Definitely not…. what?

Coby takes a step back from his friend, knowing that Kris is not ready to hear what he had stopped short of letting slip out. They were getting there, but now was not the time.

Coby: How about this, you go win that match, and maybe I can impart some more wisdom. I don’t give free tips to people that can’t handle themselves inside the ring.

Kris knew that Coby was mostly joking, but was willing to play along for the time being.

Kris: So that’s how it is?

Coby nods as he makes his way out onto the apron of the ring. He does not look back at his friend as he hops down to the floor.

Coby: That’s what’s up!

Kris picks up a towel from near the center of the ring and tosses it in Coby's direction. It catches the ceiling and falls short of reaching the Underground star.

Kris: We agreed on no catchphrases!

Coby puts his hands up in the air as he makes his way back towards the exit. He yells back at Kris without breaking his stride.

Coby: Sometimes it needs to be said!

Without waiting for Kris to call anything back to him, Coby makes his way out of the back entrance of the building, leaving Kris to finish cleaning up and locking up on his own.

==========================================================



Known Unknowns
San Diego, CA
6 May 2020
ON-Camera


It is supposed to be hard to step into the ring against someone that is new to the company.

Kris sits in the middle of the ring inside a dimly lit room. The camera seems to hover in front of him, but he is not looking at it. Instead, he sits back a little in the chair and lets out a heavy sigh.

I mean I admit it. When I saw the card go up, I may have been more nervous than I thought I would be. I mean had it been someone like Dmitri, Caleb Storms, Ben Jordan, or even Fenris I would have been more in my comfort zone. These are people with history here. They are people that I have shared the backstage area with. They are known quantities. Regardless of their level of talent, I know what to expect. There is a safety net there.

Clearly Kris is still not quite over coming up short in his return to the company.

Bill Barnhart was not one of those known quantities, and look how that ended up going for me. I wouldn’t necessarily call it my finest moment.

He tries to shrug the memory away, but some of the negativity still shows on his face. He does what he can to attempt to move past it.

I know that Finn Whelan is going to want to capitalize on the fact that I lost my last time out. I know that he has to be thinking that this is the jackpot spot to be in. He is only two matches into his SCW career and he gets to take on one of the best that has ever been in Sin City’s six sided ring.

He has said the words dozens of times before, but this time they do not sound the same. It is possible that his most recent loss had shaken the Grand Slam Champion’s confidence.

I know that my last match may not have been all that impressive, but there is no denying my place in SCW history. I guess I am a Triple Crown Champion according to the people running the show around here, but it’s actually a Grand Slam. I was man of the year just two years ago. Finn Whelan could have found himself in the ring across from someone that has yet to do anything impressive. He could have been in a match where he would have been the heavy favorite to win. Instead, he finds himself against “The Miracle” Kristopher Ryans.

He pauses, and allows himself to think about what this match could have been.

On another show, at another time, that’s a match worthy of a main event.

Both men had risen to the top of their profession, and both in some of the most violent ways. Had they entered Sin City Wrestling at the same time, the Roulette Division may not have survived. Kris tries not to let his mind linger on what could have been though.

I know that I haven’t earned that spot back yet, and I know that Finn is not there in SCW yet either, but nobody could argue the appeal.

Kris sits forward in his chair. The cadence of his voice starts to speed up as he gets more excited about the possibilities of this match.

I mean this guy is an unknown as far as Sin City goes, but that doesn’t make him an actual unknown. It doesn’t mean that he is unproven. He may be new around this locker room, but that doesn’t mean people don’t already know his name. How could I be part of Jet City without being familiar with The Seattle Saint?

Kris had taken pride in familiarizing himself with the talentpool in Seattle. It was how his brother had recruited for PRIDE both times the company was open. It was how they scouted talent for the Jet City Sports Lab. This card was hardly the first time he had come across Finn Whelan’s name.

To go even further, how could I, Kristopher Ryans, not know of Finn Whelan? If you don’t count the wonderfully different childhoods that we had, looking at Finn is a lot like looking in the mirror.

Kris pushes himself up from the chair and starts to move towards the camera. He holds his hands up though, pleading innocence before the viewers can accuse him of anything stereotypical.

This isn’t one of those villain ‘we are a lot alike’ speeches either. This is just me making an observation. I know that the guy might be relatively new around here, and he wasn’t exactly talking everyone’s ear off in his debut, but the more you learn about him the more it makes sense.

Kris runs his hand through his hair, trying to wade through how best to phrase his words.

The guy bounced around early in his career with Elena Dedraca and got into some trouble here and there not unlike myself and my brother when we teamed as Jet City. I’m not saying the two things are exactly equivalent, but the more I think about it, the more things like that just started to line up.

He shrugs his shoulders, but quickly finds another example.

The guy had some problems to deal with outside the ring. The kind of problems that plagued my early career and got me sent home from shows more than a handful of times. He picked fights with people just for something to do, because he didn’t really care about much else.

The smile that crosses Kris’ face almost makes it seem like he is talking about himself. It was starting to become clear why he had been so excited for this opportunity.

So then he trained. He got a leg up by being shown the ropes by people that had already climbed to the very top of this business. He always seemed to be the underdog, no matter what the situation. If anyone can relate to that it’s me. I started off as a Nobody and had to fight tooth and nail to become a Somebody. Every time I took a step forward everyone was just expecting a backslide. There was a point where I thought no amount of success was going to change the way that people thought of me. I’m glad that I was wrong.

Kris had only just started to accept that he had moved out of his brother’s shadow, and the weight that was lifted off of his shoulders was clear on screen. He seemed more free now than he had in his previous stints with the company.

I remember back when I was actually holding the SCW World Heavyweight Championship, Finn’s name just kept popping up in the finals of tournament after tournament. It seemed like everyone was always counting on him to lose, but the dude was always there at the end. It always seemed like the biggest prizes were always just out of reach for him though. I remember there was a company that closed on him once before a title match. That has to be a tough break.

He shakes his head, and does his best not to try and sound insulting. Instead of dwelling on the bad, Kris shifts gears, just as he starts to pace along the ropes.

Luck changed for him, not unlike it did for me. He went from a guy that was always just a little bit short to the guy sitting on top of the mountain. When I was tearing apart SCW fighting Crimson, Finn was dominating another company in a way that very few people can say that they have.

Kris almost sounded impressed, which was not something that his opponents could typically say of him.

Finn seems like the type of guy that is fueled by proving people wrong. I may be reading into it too much, but I think he is just a guy trying to make his impact on this business. He’s the type that wants people to remember him alongside some of the best to ever do it. Competing in the middle of a ring is the thing that he is best at, and he wants to show that off. I can’t say that I blame him.

After all, Kris shares the exact same type of personality. He stops at one of the corners of the ring and the camera stops with him, hovering just in front of him. Kris seems to be trying to pull out anything else that he could remember but nothing comes to mind. He shifts gears away from it as not to get stuck in a loop.

I honestly can’t say that I’ve kept up with what he’s been up to in my time away. I know that there was a time that we overlapped when I ventured outside the confines of Sin City to a ring with only four corners. I don’t think we ever actually got to cross paths though. He was just a guy on social media that I had a feeling was going to end up making people look silly when he finally rose to the top.

The smile on Kris’ face starts to fade though.

...and it looks like that time is now. It looks like the person that he is going to attempt to make a fool of, is me.

He raises his hand up to his chest, and does his best to convey his over-the-top hurt feelings to the viewers.

The problem is, regardless of how little he says in his promos, and regardless of how short and sweet he makes his appearances, he is not an unknown to me. He does not have the Bill Barnhart advantage of being someone that has flown under my radar. He had put together one hell of a career, and it has been entertaining to follow. The problem for him, is that I have followed. The crowd of people that told him that he could never amount to anything: I wasn’t in it.

He shrugs his shoulders, and the smile starts to come back to his face.

Now Finn Whelan is going to attempt to come into my environment and try to steal away a win from me? That’s not going to happen. Last time around I was hoping that I wasn’t going to have to leave my comfort zone. This time around I am better prepared, sharper, and more ready than I have ever been. It is just an added bonus that I am just as familiar with Finn as I am with people that have been on this roster for years. I told people when I came back that I was going to be taking back the spot that was taken away from me. I was going to refresh people’s memory when it came to the things that I did here. I was the nobody that proved everyone wrong. I was everything that Finn Whelan has tried to be for his entire career. This matchup couldn’t have come at a better time, because Finn helped me realize something that I almost forgot. Luckily, Coby was here to beat it into me before Finn got the chance.

Kris looks directly into the camera, not thinking about all of the fans watching at home anymore. The part of the show that was for them is already over. He drops the jovial tone and becomes more blunt.

So Finn, now that it’s clear that I know you, maybe I should introduce myself in case this is your first time. I’m Kristopher Ryans. I know you. I hope, for your sake, that you learn a little something about me. You're going to need to, because I just remembered that I’m the miracle that everyone's been waiting for. I’m the one that proves the naysayers wrong. I'm the resident underdog that always manages to come out on top eventually. And I'm going to be the person to hand you the first loss of your SCW career.

He laughs, and the confident smile returns to his face.

Someone go ahead and call Finn Whelan an ambulance… There’s gonna be an accident!

With that the video fades to black.




Pages: [1] 2 3